TW200952349A - Data processing device and data processing method - Google Patents

Data processing device and data processing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200952349A
TW200952349A TW098103754A TW98103754A TW200952349A TW 200952349 A TW200952349 A TW 200952349A TW 098103754 A TW098103754 A TW 098103754A TW 98103754 A TW98103754 A TW 98103754A TW 200952349 A TW200952349 A TW 200952349A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
bit
code
bits
symbol
ldpc
Prior art date
Application number
TW098103754A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI389460B (en
Inventor
Takashi Yokokawa
Makiko Yamamoto
Satoshi Okada
Ryoji Ikegaya
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2008/070960 external-priority patent/WO2009069513A1/en
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Publication of TW200952349A publication Critical patent/TW200952349A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI389460B publication Critical patent/TWI389460B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03MCODING; DECODING; CODE CONVERSION IN GENERAL
    • H03M13/00Coding, decoding or code conversion, for error detection or error correction; Coding theory basic assumptions; Coding bounds; Error probability evaluation methods; Channel models; Simulation or testing of codes
    • H03M13/03Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words
    • H03M13/05Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words using block codes, i.e. a predetermined number of check bits joined to a predetermined number of information bits
    • H03M13/11Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words using block codes, i.e. a predetermined number of check bits joined to a predetermined number of information bits using multiple parity bits
    • H03M13/1102Codes on graphs and decoding on graphs, e.g. low-density parity check [LDPC] codes
    • H03M13/1148Structural properties of the code parity-check or generator matrix
    • H03M13/118Parity check matrix structured for simplifying encoding, e.g. by having a triangular or an approximate triangular structure
    • H03M13/1185Parity check matrix structured for simplifying encoding, e.g. by having a triangular or an approximate triangular structure wherein the parity-check matrix comprises a part with a double-diagonal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03MCODING; DECODING; CODE CONVERSION IN GENERAL
    • H03M13/00Coding, decoding or code conversion, for error detection or error correction; Coding theory basic assumptions; Coding bounds; Error probability evaluation methods; Channel models; Simulation or testing of codes
    • H03M13/03Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words
    • H03M13/05Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words using block codes, i.e. a predetermined number of check bits joined to a predetermined number of information bits
    • H03M13/11Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words using block codes, i.e. a predetermined number of check bits joined to a predetermined number of information bits using multiple parity bits
    • H03M13/1102Codes on graphs and decoding on graphs, e.g. low-density parity check [LDPC] codes
    • H03M13/1148Structural properties of the code parity-check or generator matrix
    • H03M13/116Quasi-cyclic LDPC [QC-LDPC] codes, i.e. the parity-check matrix being composed of permutation or circulant sub-matrices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03MCODING; DECODING; CODE CONVERSION IN GENERAL
    • H03M13/00Coding, decoding or code conversion, for error detection or error correction; Coding theory basic assumptions; Coding bounds; Error probability evaluation methods; Channel models; Simulation or testing of codes
    • H03M13/03Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words
    • H03M13/05Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words using block codes, i.e. a predetermined number of check bits joined to a predetermined number of information bits
    • H03M13/11Error detection or forward error correction by redundancy in data representation, i.e. code words containing more digits than the source words using block codes, i.e. a predetermined number of check bits joined to a predetermined number of information bits using multiple parity bits
    • H03M13/1102Codes on graphs and decoding on graphs, e.g. low-density parity check [LDPC] codes
    • H03M13/1148Structural properties of the code parity-check or generator matrix
    • H03M13/116Quasi-cyclic LDPC [QC-LDPC] codes, i.e. the parity-check matrix being composed of permutation or circulant sub-matrices
    • H03M13/1165QC-LDPC codes as defined for the digital video broadcasting [DVB] specifications, e.g. DVB-Satellite [DVB-S2]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03MCODING; DECODING; CODE CONVERSION IN GENERAL
    • H03M13/00Coding, decoding or code conversion, for error detection or error correction; Coding theory basic assumptions; Coding bounds; Error probability evaluation methods; Channel models; Simulation or testing of codes
    • H03M13/25Error detection or forward error correction by signal space coding, i.e. adding redundancy in the signal constellation, e.g. Trellis Coded Modulation [TCM]
    • H03M13/255Error detection or forward error correction by signal space coding, i.e. adding redundancy in the signal constellation, e.g. Trellis Coded Modulation [TCM] with Low Density Parity Check [LDPC] codes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03MCODING; DECODING; CODE CONVERSION IN GENERAL
    • H03M13/00Coding, decoding or code conversion, for error detection or error correction; Coding theory basic assumptions; Coding bounds; Error probability evaluation methods; Channel models; Simulation or testing of codes
    • H03M13/65Purpose and implementation aspects
    • H03M13/6522Intended application, e.g. transmission or communication standard
    • H03M13/6552DVB-T2
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0056Systems characterized by the type of code used
    • H04L1/0057Block codes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/32Carrier systems characterised by combinations of two or more of the types covered by groups H04L27/02, H04L27/10, H04L27/18 or H04L27/26
    • H04L27/34Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems
    • H04L27/3405Modifications of the signal space to increase the efficiency of transmission, e.g. reduction of the bit error rate, bandwidth, or average power
    • H04L27/3416Modifications of the signal space to increase the efficiency of transmission, e.g. reduction of the bit error rate, bandwidth, or average power in which the information is carried by both the individual signal points and the subset to which the individual points belong, e.g. using coset coding, lattice coding, or related schemes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/32Carrier systems characterised by combinations of two or more of the types covered by groups H04L27/02, H04L27/10, H04L27/18 or H04L27/26
    • H04L27/34Amplitude- and phase-modulated carrier systems, e.g. quadrature-amplitude modulated carrier systems
    • H04L27/3488Multiresolution systems

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Probability & Statistics with Applications (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Error Detection And Correction (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a data processing device and a data processing method that are configured to improve a tolerance to a data error. A demultiplexer (25) conforms to an allocation rule to allocate code bits of an LDPC code to symbol bits for the expression of symbols. When a code bit of 10 x 2 bits and the (i+1)-th bit from the most significant symbol bit of the 10 x 2 bits of successive two symbols are bi and yi, respectively, the demultiplexer (25) carries out the following replacement by allocating, for example, b0 to y8, b1 to y6, b2 to y0, b3 to y1, b4 to y2, b5 to y3, b6 to y4, b7 to y5, b8 to y7, b9 to y10, b10 to y11, b11 to y12, b12 to y13, b13 to y16, b14 to y14, b15 to y15, b16 to y9, b17 to y18, b18 to y19, and b19 to y17, respecively. The present invention can be applied to a transmission system or the like to transmit the LDPC code, for instance.

Description

200952349 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種資料處理裝置及資料處理方法、以及 編碼裝置及編碼方法,特別關於一種可使對於例如錯誤之 耐受性提升之資料處理裝置及資料處理方法、以及編碼裝 置及編碼方法。 【先前技術】 LDPC(Low Density Parity Check ··低密度同位校驗)碼具 〇 有高度之失誤訂正能力,近年來開始廣泛採用於例如包含 歐洲所進行之DVB(Digital Video Broadcasting:數位視訊 廣播)-S.2等衛星數位播放在内之傳送方式(參考例如非專 利文獻1)。而且,LDPC碼亦檢討採用於下一代之地面數 位播放。 根據近年來之研究逐漸得知,LDPC碼係與渦輪碼等相 同,隨著碼長增長會獲得接近向農極限(Shannon limit)之 性能。而且,由於LDPC碼具有最小距離與碼長成比例之 ® 性質,因此作為其特徵係區塊失誤確率特性佳,進一步作 為優點亦可舉出幾乎不產生在渦輪碼等之解碼特性所觀測 到之所謂錯誤地板(error floor)現象。 以下,具體說明關於該類LDPC碼。此外,LDPC碼為線 性碼,未必要為二元,但於此說明作為二元。 LDPC碼之最大特徵為定義該LDPC碼之檢查矩陣(parity check matrix :同位校驗矩陣)鬆散。於此,鬆散之矩陣係 指矩陣要素「1」之個數非常少之矩陣(大部分之要素為0 137720.doc 200952349 之矩陣)。 圖1係表示LDPC碼之檢查矩陣Η之例。 於圖1之檢查矩陣Η’各行之權重(行權重)(「丨」之數 目)(weight)為「3」,且各列之權重(列權重)為「6」。 於藉由LDPC碼所進行之編碼(LDPC編碼),例如根據檢 查矩陣Η來將生成矩陣G生成,將該生成矩陣g對於二元之 資訊位元乘算,藉此生成碼字(LDPC碼)。 具體而5 ’進行LDPC編碼之編碼裝置係首先於與檢杳 矩陣Η之轉置矩陣Ητ間,算出式GHT=〇會成立之生成矩陣 G。於此,生成矩陣G為KxN矩陣之情況下,編碼裝置係 對於生成矩陣G乘算由K位元所組成之資訊位元之位元串 列(向量u) ’生成由N位元所組成之碼字c(=ug)。藉由該編 碼裝置所生成之碼字(LDPC碼)係經由特定之通訊道而於接 收側被接收。 LDPC碼之解碼係界洛格(Gallager)稱作確率解碼 (Probabilistic Decoding:機率解碼)所提案之運算法,可 藉由利用在由可變節點(variable node(亦稱為訊息節點 (message node)))及校驗節點(check node)所組成之所謂 Tanner 圖(Tanner graph)上之確率傳遞(belief propagation) 之訊息傳播運算法來進行。於此,以下亦適宜地將可變節 點及校驗節點僅稱為節點。 圖2係表示LDPC碼之解碼程序。 此外’以下適宜地將以對數概度比(l〇g likelihood ratio) 所表現之接收侧所接收到之LDPC碼(1碼字)之第i個碼位元 137720.doc 200952349 稱為接收值U()i。 從可變節點所輪 而且,從校 出之訊息設 之值「〇」概似度之實數值 驗節點所輸出之訊息設為Uj 為Vj。 首先,於LDPC碼之解碼中,如 接收碼,訊息(校驗節點訊息二 參 取:作:=:之計數器之整數之變數二 〇」,並刖進至步驟S12e於步驟S1 LDPC碼而獲得之接收值 根據接收 笪彳Φ 6 進仃式(1)所示之運算(可變節 點運异),以未出訊息(可變節點訊息,並 據該訊息Vl’進行式⑺所示之運算(校驗節點運算),以求 出訊息Uj。 [數1] dv—1200952349 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a data processing device and a data processing method, and an encoding device and an encoding method, and more particularly to a data processing device capable of improving tolerance to, for example, errors And data processing method, coding device and coding method. [Prior Art] The LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code has a high degree of error correction capability, and has been widely used in recent years for example, including DVB (Digital Video Broadcasting) conducted in Europe. A transmission method in which satellite digital broadcasting such as S.2 is performed (refer to, for example, Non-Patent Document 1). Moreover, the LDPC code is also reviewed for use in the next generation of terrestrial digital broadcasting. According to recent research, the LDPC code system is the same as the turbo code, and as the code length increases, the performance close to the Shannon limit is obtained. Moreover, since the LDPC code has a ® property in which the minimum distance is proportional to the code length, it is excellent in the characteristics of the error of the characteristic system block, and further, as an advantage, it is also observed that the decoding characteristics of the turbo code or the like are hardly observed. The so-called error floor phenomenon. Hereinafter, the LDPC code of this type will be specifically described. Further, the LDPC code is a linear code and is not necessarily binary, but is described here as a binary. The biggest feature of the LDPC code is that the parity check matrix (parity check matrix) defining the LDPC code is loose. Here, the loose matrix refers to a matrix with a very small number of matrix elements "1" (most of the elements are matrices of 0 137720.doc 200952349). Fig. 1 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix LDP of an LDPC code. The weights (row weights) of the rows of the check matrix 图 in Fig. 1 (the number of "丨") are "3", and the weights of the columns (column weight) are "6". The encoding is performed by the LDPC code (LDPC encoding), for example, according to the checking matrix Η, and the generating matrix g is multiplied for the binary information bits, thereby generating a codeword (LDPC code). . Specifically, the coding apparatus for performing LDPC coding is first to calculate a generation matrix G in which the equation GHT = 成立 is established between the transposed matrix Ητ of the check matrix Η. Here, in the case where the generation matrix G is a KxN matrix, the encoding device generates a bit matrix (vector u) of the information bits composed of K bits for the generation matrix G to generate a N-bit. Code word c (= ug). The code word (LDPC code) generated by the encoding device is received on the receiving side via a specific communication channel. The LDPC code decoding system Gallager is called the algorithm proposed by Probabilistic Decoding (Probabilistic Decoding), which can be utilized by a variable node (also called a message node). )) and the message propagation algorithm of the belief propagation on the so-called Tanner graph composed of check nodes. Here, the variable node and the check node are also hereinafter simply referred to as nodes. Figure 2 is a diagram showing the decoding procedure of the LDPC code. In addition, hereinafter, the ith code bit 137720.doc 200952349 of the LDPC code (1 code word) received by the receiving side represented by the logarithmic probability ratio is suitably referred to as the received value U. ()i. From the variable node, the value of the value of the "〇" is similar to the value of the message. The message output by the node is set to Uj as Vj. First, in the decoding of the LDPC code, such as the received code, the message (check node information 2: the variable of the integer of the counter of ==:), and proceeds to step S12e in step S1 LDPC code The obtained received value is calculated according to the operation shown in the equation (1) (variable node transport), and the message is not sent (variable node information, and the equation (7) is performed according to the message V1'. The operation (check node operation) to find the message Uj. [Number 1] dv-1

Vi=u〇i+ X Uj j=1Vi=u〇i+ X Uj j=1

[數2] ❹ tanh[Number 2] ❹ tanh

dc-1:Π tanhDc-1:Π tanh

Vi • (2) 於此,式(1)及式(2)之dv及de係分別表示檢查矩陣H之縱 向(行)及橫向(列)之「1」之個數之可任意選擇之參數,例 如於碼(3,6)之情況時,dv=3、de=6。 此外,於式(1)之可變節點運算及(2)之校驗節點運算, 由於分別不將從欲輸出訊息之分枝(edge ··邊線)(連結可變 郎點與校驗即點之線)所輸入之訊息,作為運算之對象, 137720.doc 200952349 因此運算之範圍為1至1-1、啖, 次1至dc-l。而且,式(2)之校 驗節點運算實際上係藉由事先製作以對於2輸入^之瑜 出所定義之式⑺所示之函·(νι,ν2)之表,將其如式⑷所 示連續地(回歸地)利用而進行。 [數3] • · · (3) x=2tanh-Mtanh(v彳/2)tanh(V2/2) j =R(Vi, V2) [數4] uj=R (vt, R (v2) R (v3, -R (Vdc_2> Vd〇_l))))Vi • (2) Here, the dv and de of the equations (1) and (2) respectively represent the arbitrarily selectable parameters of the number of "1" in the longitudinal direction (row) and the horizontal direction (column) of the inspection matrix H. For example, in the case of the code (3, 6), dv = 3 and de = 6. In addition, in the variable node operation of the equation (1) and the check node operation of (2), since the branch of the message to be output is not to be output (edge · edge), the point is changed and the point is verified. Line) The input message, as the object of calculation, 137720.doc 200952349 Therefore the calculation range is 1 to 1-1, 啖, and 1 to dc-l. Moreover, the check node operation of the equation (2) is actually produced by a table of the function (νι, ν2) represented by the equation (7) defined for the input of the two inputs, as shown in the equation (4). It is carried out continuously (returned). [Number 3] • · · (3) x=2tanh-Mtanh(v彳/2)tanh(V2/2) j =R(Vi, V2) [Number 4] uj=R (vt, R (v2) R (v3, -R (Vdc_2> Vd〇_l))))

」’並前進至步驟 定重複解碼次數 況時,返回步驟 於步驟S12,進一步將變數k僅遞增… S13。於步驟S13,判定變數1^是否大於特 c。於步驟S13 ,判定變數k不大於C之情 S12,以下重複同樣處理。 ^ ^ „ 八π κ W況時,前推$ 步驟S14,藉由谁件彳α、_ 進至 错由進盯式(5)所不之運算,求 ❹ 終輸出之解礁钍單々外& 业狗出作為最 [數5]之解壯果之訊息Vi’LDpc瑪之解竭處理終了。 U,And proceeding to step to repeat the number of decoding times, the process returns to step S12, and the variable k is further incremented only... S13. In step S13, it is determined whether the variable 1^ is greater than the special c. In step S13, it is determined that the variable k is not greater than C, S12, and the same processing is repeated below. ^ ^ „ 八 π κ W condition, push forward $ step S14, by who 彳α, _ into the wrong by the staring type (5) does not operate, seeking the final output of the reef & Industry dog as the most [number 5] solution of the strong fruit Vi'LDpc Ma's exhaustion treatment is finished. U,

vi=U〇j+ J (5) :此,式(5)之運算係與式⑴之可變節點 用來自漣桩协w磁μ 疋异不同,利 ;了變卽點之所有分枝之訊息 _ 圖场表示⑽㈣碼(編碼率1/2、碼長12)之订檢查矩陣 137720.doc 200952349 Η之例。 於圖3之檢查矩陣Η,與圖1相同,分別而言,行之權重 為3,列之權重為6。 圖4係表示圖3之檢查矩陣η之Tanner圖。 「於此,圖4中,校驗節點係以「+j表示,可變節點係以 「=」表示。校驗節點及可變節點分別對應於檢查矩陣11之 列及行。校驗節點與可變節點間之結線為分枝(edge:邊 線)’相當於檢查矩陣之要素「〗」。 亦即,檢查矩陣之第j列第i行之要素為i之情況時於圖 4,藉由分枝連接從上第丨個可變節點(「=」之節點)與從上 第j個校驗節點(「+」之節點)。分枝係表示對應於可變節 點之碼位元具有對應於校驗節點之限制條件。 於LDPC瑪之解碼彳法之和積運算法_ Algorithm),重複進行可變節點運算及校驗節點運算。 圖5係表示於可變節點進行之可變節點運算。 於可變節點’對應於所欲計算之分枝之訊息㈣藉由來 自相連於可變節點之剩餘分枝 利俅刀枝之讯息u丨及U2、及利用接收 值^之式⑴之可㈣點運算來求出。對應於其他 訊息亦同樣地求出。 之 圖6係表示於校驗節點進行之校驗節點運算。Vi=U〇j+ J (5) : In this case, the arithmetic system of equation (5) is different from the variable node of equation (1) by using the magnetic resonance μ from the 涟 pile, and it is beneficial to all the branches of the variable. The _ field represents an example of a check matrix of 137720.doc 200952349 (10) (four) code (coding rate 1/2, code length 12). The check matrix 图 in Fig. 3 is the same as Fig. 1, and the weight of the row is 3 and the weight of the column is 6. 4 is a Tanner graph showing the inspection matrix η of FIG. "In this case, in Figure 4, the check nodes are represented by "+j" and the variable nodes are indicated by "=". The check node and the variable node correspond to the columns and rows of the check matrix 11, respectively. The line between the check node and the variable node is branched (edge: edge), which corresponds to the element "〗" of the check matrix. That is, when the element of the i-th row of the jth column of the check matrix is i, in FIG. 4, the branch node is connected from the upper variable node (the node of "=") and the jth school from the top. Check the node (the node of "+"). The branching system indicates that the code bit corresponding to the variable node has a constraint condition corresponding to the check node. In the LDPC Ma decoding method, the arithmetic algorithm _ Algorithm, repeat variable node operation and check node operation. Figure 5 shows the variable node operation performed at the variable node. The variable node 'corresponds to the branch of the branch to be calculated (4) by means of the message u丨 and U2 from the remaining branch connected to the variable node, and the formula (1) of the received value ^(4) Click the operation to find out. Corresponding to other messages, the same is obtained. Figure 6 shows the check node operation performed by the check node.

於此,式(2)之校驗節點運算係可利用 exp{ln(|a|)+ln(|b|)}xsign(a)xsign(b)^M (6)。1由 ·,、 个κ馬為式 ,Slgn(x)係於xg 〇時為1,於χ<〇時為。 [數6] 137720.doc 200952349 /dr-1Here, the check node operation of equation (2) can utilize exp{ln(|a|)+ln(|b|)}xsign(a)xsign(b)^M (6). 1 is ·, , κ horse is the formula, Slgn (x) is 1 when xg 〇, and χ is χ. [Number 6] 137720.doc 200952349 /dr-1

Uj =2tanh -1 :2tanh' :2tanh' V; TT tanh 了 dc-1 exp expUj = 2tanh -1 : 2tanh' : 2tanh' V; TT tanh dc-1 exp exp

In tanhf-^ X TT s ignitanh /dc_1 ! Mv-,1 •Σ -In tanhi dc-1 x TI s ign(Vi) (6) 進一步而言’於Xg〇,若將函數φ(χ)定義為式 (J)(X)=ln(tanh(X/2)),則式φ-丨(x)=2tanh-i(e-x)成立,因此式 (6)可變形為式(7)。 [數7] ./dc_1 \ dc-iIn tanhf-^ X TT s ignitanh /dc_1 ! Mv-,1 •Σ -In tanhi dc-1 x TI s ign(Vi) (6) Further, in Xg〇, if the function φ(χ) is defined as Since the formula (J)(X)=ln(tanh(X/2)), the equation φ-丨(x)=2tanh-i(ex) holds, and therefore the formula (6) can be transformed into the formula (7). [Number 7] ./dc_1 \ dc-i

Uj = 0-M Σ 0(|vil) X π sign(Vi) (7) 於校驗節點,式(2)之校驗節點運算係按照式(7)來進 行 亦即,於校驗節點,如圖6,對應於所欲計算之分枝之 訊息4藉由利用來自相連純驗節點之剩餘分枝之訊息 ::=4广之式⑺之校驗節點運算來求出。對應於其他 为枝之訊息亦同樣地求出。 此外,式⑺之函數φ(χ)亦可表示為齡 厂為㈣="Χ)。將函數φ(χ) = 二 時’雖有利用LUT(Look Up Table 裝於硬體 但兩者均成為同_LUT。 -戈表)實裝之情況’ 137720.doc 200952349 非專利文獻 1 : DVB-S.2 : ETSI ΕΝ 302 307 Vl.1.2 (2006-06) 【發明内容】 發明所欲解決之問題 LDPC碼係於衛星數位播放之規格之DVB-S.2或下一代之 地面數位播放之規格DVB-T.2中採用。而且,LDPC碼預定 於下一代之CATV(Cable Television :有線電視)數位播放之 規格之DVB-C.2中採用。 〇 於依據DVB-S.2等DVB之規格之數位播放,LDPC碼被作 為 QPSK(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying :正交相位鍵移)等 正交調變(數位調變)之符元(符元化),該符元映射成信號 點並發送。 於LDPC碼之符元化,LDPC碼之碼位元之替換係以2位 元以上之碼位元單位進行,該替換後之碼位元被作為符元 之位元。 以各種方式提案有LDPC碼之符元化用之碼位元之替換 ^ 方式,但要求提案對於錯誤之耐受性較既已提案之方式提 升之方式。 而且,關於LDPC碼本身,亦要求提案使對於錯誤之耐 受性較DVB-S.2等DVB之規格所規定之LDPC碼提升之 LDPC碼。 本發明係有鑑於該類狀況而完成者,可使對於錯誤之耐 受性提升。 解決問題之技術手段 137720.doc 200952349 本發明之第1側面之資料處理裝置或資料處理方法包含 替換機構或替換步驟,其係於橫列方向及縱行方向記憶碼 長為 N位元之 LDPC(Low Density Parity Check:低密度同 位校驗)碼之碼位元之記憶機構之前述縱行方向所寫入、 於前述橫列方向所讀出之前述LDPC碼之碼位元之m位元被 作為1個符元,且特定正整數設為b,前述記憶機構於前述 橫列方向記憶mb位元,並且於前述縱行方向記憶N/(mb)位 元,前述LDPC碼之碼位元於前述記憶機構之前述縱行方 向寫入,其後於前述橫列方向讀出,於前述記憶機構之前 述橫列方向所讀出之mb位元之碼位元被作為b個前述符元 乏情況下,替換前述mb位元之碼位元,將替換後之碼位元 作為表示前述符元之符元位元;前述LDPC碼係DVB-S.2或 DVB-T.2之規格所規定之碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3 之LDPC碼;前述m位元為8位元,且前述整數b為2,前述 碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成256QAM所決定 之256個信號點中之任一個;前述記憶機構含有於橫列方 向記憶8x2位元之16個縱行,於縱行方向記憶64800/(8x2) 位元;將於前述記憶機構之橫列方向所讀出之8x2位元之 碼位元從最高階位元算起第i+Ι位元設為位元bi,並且將連 續2個前述符元之8x2位元之符元位元從最高階位元算起第 i+Ι位元設為位元yi,進行下述替換:將位元b〇分配給位元 y! 5,將位元b!分配給位元y7,將位元b2分配給位元y 1,將 位元b3分配給位元y 5,將位元b4分配給位元y6,將位元b5 分配給位元y 13,將位元b6分配給位元y! 1,將位元b7分配給 137720.doc -10- 200952349 位元y9 ’將位元t>8分配給位元ys,將位元b9分配給位元 y 14 ’將位元b 1 〇分配給位元y〗2 ’將位元b i!分配給位元y 3, 將位元b!2分配給位元yG ’將位元bn分配給位元y1Q,將位 元b 14分配給位元y4 ’將位元b i 5分配給位元y 2。 於如以上之第1側面,於前述LDPC碼是DVB-S.2或DVB-T.2 之規格所規定之碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之LDPC 碼,前述m位元為8位元,且前述整數b為2,前述碼位元之 8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成25 6QAM所決定之256個信 ® 號點中之任一個,前述記憶機構含有於橫列方向記憶8x2 位元之16個縱行’於縱行方向記憶64800/(8x2)位元之情況 下’將於前述記憶機構之橫列方向所讀出之8x2位元之碼 位元從最高階位元算起第i+H立元設為位元bi,並且將連續 2個刖述符元之8 X 2位元之符元位元從最高階位元算起第 1+1位元設為位元yi,進行下述替換:將位元b()分配給位元 y 1 5 ’將位元比分配給位元y?,將位元b2分配給位元y 1,將 Q 位元b3分配給位元y5,將位元b4分配給位元y6,將位元b5 分配給位元yu ’將位元be分配給位元yn,將位元卜分配給 位疋丫9 ’將位元bs分配給位元ys,將位元b9分配給位元 yi4 ’將位元b1Q分配給位元y12,將位元bn分配給位元y3, 將位疋bu分配給位元yG,將位元b13分配給位元yiG,將位 元fcl4分配給位元y4,將位元b15分配給位元y2。 本發明之第2側面之編碼裝置或編碼方法具備編碼機構 或步驟’其係進行藉由碼長為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之 ldpc>6馬之編碼;前述LDpc碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣 137720.doc 200952349 之檢查矩陣初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每360行之 週期配置於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與 前述碼長及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩 陣的1要素之位置以每360行表示者;前述檢查矩陣初始值 表係包括: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 4394 12762 14505 14593 14692 16522 17737 19245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 〇 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 16599 19475 19781 20625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 0 212026483155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 2061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 137720.doc -12- 200952349Uj = 0-M Σ 0(|vil) X π sign(Vi) (7) At the check node, the check node operation of equation (2) is performed according to equation (7), that is, at the check node, As shown in Fig. 6, the message 4 corresponding to the branch to be calculated is obtained by using the check node operation of the message of the remaining branch from the connected pure node:: =4 (7). The message corresponding to the other branches is also obtained in the same manner. In addition, the function φ(χ) of the formula (7) can also be expressed as (4) = "Χ). When the function φ(χ) = 2 is used, the LUT (Look Up Table is installed on the hardware but both become the same _LUT. - Ge table) is installed. 137720.doc 200952349 Non-Patent Document 1: DVB -S.2: ETSI ΕΝ 302 307 Vl.1.2 (2006-06) SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention The LDPC code is based on the DVB-S.2 specification of satellite digital broadcasting or the terrestrial digital broadcasting of the next generation. The specification is adopted in DVB-T.2. Further, the LDPC code is intended to be used in the next-generation CATV (Cable Television) digital broadcasting specification DVB-C.2. In the case of digital playback according to DVB specifications such as DVB-S.2, the LDPC code is used as a symbol of quadrature modulation (digital modulation) such as QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying). ), the symbol is mapped to a signal point and sent. In the symbolization of the LDPC code, the replacement of the code bits of the LDPC code is performed in units of code bits of 2 bits or more, and the replaced code bit is used as the bit of the symbol. The replacement of the code bits for the symbolization of the LDPC code has been proposed in various ways, but the way in which the proposal is more tolerant of errors than the way in which it has been proposed is proposed. Further, regarding the LDPC code itself, it is also required to propose an LDPC code which improves the LDPC code which is more resistant to errors than the DVB specification such as DVB-S.2. The present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and the tolerance to errors can be improved. Technical Solution for Solving the Problem 137720.doc 200952349 The data processing device or data processing method according to the first aspect of the present invention includes a replacement mechanism or a replacement step of LDPC having an N-bit memory length in the course direction and the wale direction. Low Density Parity Check: the m-bit of the code bit of the aforementioned LDPC code written in the aforementioned wale direction of the memory cell of the code bit of the low-density parity check) 1 symbol, and a specific positive integer is set to b, the memory means memorizes mb bits in the direction of the preceding row, and stores N/(mb) bits in the longitudinal direction, and the code bits of the LDPC code are as described above. Writing in the wale direction of the memory means, and then reading in the horizontal direction, the code bits of the mb bits read in the direction of the memory of the memory means are taken as b. , replacing the code bit of the mb bit, and replacing the replaced code bit as a symbol bit representing the symbol; the foregoing LDPC code is a code specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 or DVB-T.2 LDPC code with a length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3; The m-bit is 8 bits, and the integer b is 2, and the octet of the code bit is mapped as one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one of the symbols; the memory mechanism includes Memory 16 x 8 bits of 8x2 bits in the horizontal direction, 64800/(8x2) bits in the longitudinal direction; 8x2 bits of code bits read from the direction of the memory mechanism from the highest order The i+th bit is set to the bit bi from the bit count, and the i+th bit of the 8x2 bit of the preceding two symbols is set as the bit from the highest order bit. Yi, the following substitution is made: the bit b〇 is assigned to the bit y! 5, the bit b! is assigned to the bit y7, the bit b2 is assigned to the bit y 1, and the bit b3 is assigned to the bit y 5, assigning bit b4 to bit y6, assigning bit b5 to bit y 13, assigning bit b6 to bit y! 1, and assigning bit b7 to 137720.doc -10- 200952349 bit The element y9 'is assigned the bit t>8 to the bit ys, the bit b9 to the bit y 14 'the bit b 1 〇 is assigned to the bit y〗 2 'The bit bi! is assigned to the bit y 3, assign bit b! 2 to bit yG The bit bn is assigned to bit y1Q, the bit b 14 to the bit-membered y4 'will be assigned to the bit b i 5 bit y 2. In the first aspect of the above, the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3 as defined by the specifications of DVB-S.2 or DVB-T.2, and the aforementioned m bits. The element is 8 bits, and the integer b is 2, and the octet of the code bit is mapped to one of the 256 letter ® points determined by 25 6QAM as one of the symbols, and the memory means includes Memory 16 bits of 8x2 bits in the horizontal direction 'When the memory is 64800/(8x2) bits in the wale direction, the 8x2 bit code bits read in the direction of the memory mechanism are read. The i+H epoch is set to the bit bi from the highest order octet, and the symbol octet of 8 X 2 bits of two consecutive suffixes is counted from the highest order bit by the first +1. The bit is set to bit yi, and the following substitution is made: the bit b() is assigned to the bit y 1 5 'the bit ratio is assigned to the bit y?, and the bit b2 is assigned to the bit y 1, and Q is Bit b3 is assigned to bit y5, bit b4 is assigned to bit y6, bit b5 is assigned to bit yu 'location bit be is assigned to bit yn, bit 卜 is assigned to bit 疋丫9' Assign bit bs to bit ys, bit b9 Assigned to bit yi4' assigns bit b1Q to bit y12, bit bn to bit y3, bit 疋bu to bit yG, bit b13 to bit yiG, bit fcl4 Assigned to bit y4, bit b15 is assigned to bit y2. The encoding apparatus or encoding method according to the second aspect of the present invention includes an encoding unit or a step of performing an encoding of ldpc>6 horses having a code length of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3; and an inspection matrix of the aforementioned LDpc code According to the inspection matrix 137720.doc 200952349, the first element of the information matrix defined by the check matrix initial value table is arranged in the row direction every 360-row period, and the check matrix initial value table will be the same as the foregoing code length and the foregoing code. The position of the 1 element of the aforementioned information matrix corresponding to the information length corresponding to the information length is represented by every 360 rows; the initial value matrix of the foregoing inspection matrix includes: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 4394 12762 14505 14593 14692 16522 17737 19245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 〇 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 16599 19475 19781 20625 20961 21335 4257 10449 1240 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 19938 0 212026483155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 2061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 137720.doc -12- 200952349

4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 137720.doc -13 - 200952349 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 137720.doc 200952349 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 ® 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 149754347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 137720.doc -13 - 200952349 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 137720.doc 200952349 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 ® 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 1288 5 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975

Q 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 137720.doc •15· 200952349Q 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 137720.doc •15· 200952349

6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 137720.doc -16- 200952349 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 於如以上之第2側面中,進行藉由碼長為64800位元、編 碼率為2/3之LDPC碼之編碼。前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依 ® 該檢查矩陣之檢查矩陣初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素 以每360行之週期配置於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初 始值表係將與前述碼長及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應 的前述資訊矩陣的1要素之位置以每360行表示者;前述檢 查矩陣初始值表係包括: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 439412762 14505 14593 1469216522 17737 19245 21272 21379 _ 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 ❹ 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 7063220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 16599 19475 19781 20625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 137720.doc •17· 200952349 2120 2648 3155 3852 6888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 20614 21025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 137720.doc -18- 200952349 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 ® 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 ❹ 3422 991020194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 137720.doc •19- 200952349 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 137720.doc 2009523496509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 137720.doc -16- 200952349 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. In the second aspect as described above, encoding is performed by an LDPC code having a code length of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3. The inspection matrix of the LDPC code is configured by arranging one element of the information matrix defined by the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix in the row direction every 360-row period, and the check matrix initial value table will be the same as the foregoing code length. And the position of the 1 element of the information matrix corresponding to the information length corresponding to the foregoing coding rate is represented by 360 lines; the foregoing check matrix initial value table includes: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 439412762 14505 14593 1469216522 17737 19245 21272 21379 _ 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 ❹ 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 7063220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 16599 19475 19781 20625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 156 88 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 137720.doc •17· 200952349 2120 2648 3155 3852 6888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 20614 21025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 137720.doc -18- 200952349 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 ® 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 ❹ 3422 991020194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 137720.doc •19- 200952349 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 137720.doc 200952349

799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 137720.doc -21 - 200952349 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 本發明之第3側面之資料處理裝置或資料處理方法包含 替換機構或替換步驟,其係於橫列方向及縱行方向記憶碼 長為 N位元之 LDPC(Low Density Parity Check:低密度同 位校驗)碼之碼位元之記憶機構之前述縱行方向所寫入、 於前述橫列方向所讀出之前述LDPC碼之碼位元之m位元被 作為1個符元,且特定正整數設為b,前述記憶機構於前述 橫列方向記憶mb位元,並且於前述縱行方向記憶N/(mb)位 元,前述LDPC碼之碼位元於前述記憶機構之前述縱行方 向寫入,其後於前述橫列方向讀出,於前述記憶機構之前 述橫列方向所讀出之mb位元之碼位元被作為b個前述符元 137720.doc -22- 200952349 之情況下,替換前述mb位元之碼位元,將替換後之碼位元 作為表示前述符元之符元位元;前述LDPC碼係碼長N為 64800位元、編碼率為2/3之LDPC碼;前述m位元為8位 元,且前述整數b為2;前述碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符 元而映射成256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任一個;前 述記憶機構含有於橫列方向記憶8x2位元之16個縱行,於 縱行方向記憶64800/(8x2)位元;將於前述記憶機構之橫列 方向所讀出之8x2位元之碼位元從最高階位元算起第i+Ι位 元設為位元bi,並且將連續2個前述符元之8x2位元之符元 位元從最高階位元算起第i+Ι位元設為位元yi,進行下述替 換:將位元b〇分配給位元y7,將位元b i分配給位元y2,將 位元b2分配給位元y9,將位元t>3分配給位元y〇,將位元b4 分配給位元y4,將位元b5分配給位元y6,將位元b6分配給 位元y 13,將位元b7分配給位元y3,將位元b8分配給位元 y14,將位元b9分配給位元y1(),將位元b1G分配給位元y15, 將位元b!!分配給位元y 5,將位元b! 2分配給位元y 8,將位元 b〗3分配給位元y! 2,將位元b! 4分配給位元y 11,將位元b】5分 配給位元y!;前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣之 檢查矩陣初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每360行之週 期配置於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與前 述碼長N及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩 陣的1要素之位置以每360行表示者;前述檢查矩陣初始值 表係包括: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 137720.doc •23- 200952349 1958 2007 3294 4394 1276214505 14593 14692 16522 17737 19245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 108% 12486 13663 16398 16599 19475 1978120625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 21202648 3155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 2061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 137720.doc -24- 200952349 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 ® 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 ❹ 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 137720.doc -25- 200952349799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 137720.doc -21 - 200952349 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. The data processing device or the data processing method according to the third aspect of the present invention includes a replacement mechanism or a replacement step of LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) having a memory code length of N bits in the horizontal direction and the longitudinal direction. The m-bit of the code bit of the LDPC code read in the preceding direction of the memory cell of the code bit of the code bit is written as one symbol and a specific positive integer Let b be, the memory means memorize mb bits in the horizontal direction, and store N/(mb) bits in the wale direction, and the code bits of the LDPC code are written in the longitudinal direction of the memory mechanism. And then read in the above-mentioned course direction, and the code bits of the mb bits read in the aforementioned direction of the memory mechanism are replaced as b symbols 137720.doc -22- 200952349 The code bit of the mb bit, the replaced code bit is used as the symbol bit indicating the symbol; the LDPC code has a code length N of 64800 bits and an LDPC code with a coding rate of 2/3; The m bit is 8 bits, and the aforementioned integer b is 2; the aforementioned code bit The 8-bit is mapped to one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one of the aforementioned symbols; the memory mechanism includes 16 vertical lines of 8x2 bits in the horizontal direction and 64800/ in the vertical direction. (8x2) bit; the 8x2 bit code bit read out in the direction of the memory mechanism is set to the bit bi from the highest order bit, and will be consecutive 2 The symbolic element of the 8x2 bit of the preceding symbol is set to the bit yi from the highest order bit, and the following replacement is performed: the bit b〇 is allocated to the bit y7, and the bit is allocated. Bi is assigned to bit y2, bit b2 is assigned to bit y9, bit t>3 is assigned to bit y〇, bit b4 is assigned to bit y4, and bit b5 is assigned to bit y6, The bit b6 is assigned to the bit y 13, the bit b7 is assigned to the bit y3, the bit b8 is assigned to the bit y14, the bit b9 is assigned to the bit y1(), and the bit b1G is assigned to the bit Element y15, assigning bit b!! to bit y 5, assigning bit b! 2 to bit y 8, assigning bit b 3 to bit y! 2, allocating bit b! Give bit y 11, assign bit b] to bit y!; the inspection matrix of the LDPC code is configured by arranging one element of the information matrix defined by the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix in the row direction every 360 rows, and the check matrix initial value table will be as described above. The code length N and the position of the first element of the information matrix corresponding to the information length corresponding to the foregoing coding rate are represented by 360 lines; the foregoing check matrix initial value table includes: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 137720.doc •23- 200952349 1958 2007 3294 4394 1276214505 14593 14692 16522 17737 19245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 108% 12486 13663 16398 16599 19475 1978120625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11 436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 21202648 3155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 2061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 137720.doc -24- 200952349 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 ® 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 ❹ 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 137720.doc -25- 200952349

1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 991020194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 137720.doc -26- 200952349 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 ® 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 ❹ 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 137720.doc -27- 200952349 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 137720.doc 200952349 於如以上之第3側面中,前述[口尸匸碼係碼長N為64800位 元、編碼率為2/3之LDPC碼;前述m位元為8位元’且前述 整數b為2 ;前述碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成 256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任一個;前述記憶機構 含有於橫列方向記憶8x2位元之16個縱行’於縱行方向記 憶64800/(8x2)位元;將於前述記憶機構之橫列方向所讀出 之8x2位元之碼位元從最高階位元算起第i+1位元設為位元 bi,並且將連續2個前述符元之8x2位元之符元位元從最高 階位元算起第i+1位元設為位元yi,進行下述替換:將位元 b〇分配給位元y7,將位元b!分配给位元y2 ’將位元b2分配 給位元y9,將位元b3分配給位元y〇 ’將位元分配給位元 y4,將位元b5分配給位元y6,將位元t»6分配給位元y 13,將 位元b7分配給位元y3,將位元b8分配給位元yμ,將位元b9 分配給位元y 1。,將位元b 1 g分配給位元y 15,將位元b 1!分配 給位元y5,將位元b 12分配給位元y8,將位元bi3分配給位元 yi2,將位元bi4分配給位元yn,將位元b15分配給位元y!。 而且,前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣之檢查矩 陣初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每360行之週期配置 於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與前述碼長 及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩陣的1要 素之位置以每360行表示者;前述檢查矩陣初始值表係包 括: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 43941276214505 14593 146921652217737 19245 21272 21379 137720.doc •29- 200952349 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 1659919475 19781 20625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 2120 2648 3155 3852 6888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 1779120614 21025 1085 2434 58167151 80509422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 137720.doc -30- 200952349 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 137720.doc -31 - 200952349 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 137720.doc -32- 200952349 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 137720.doc -33- 200952349 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 此外,資料處理裝置及編碼裝置分別可為獨立之裝置, 137720.doc -34- 200952349 或可為構成1個裝置之内部區塊。 【實施方式】 發明之效果 日砍 < 町跫性提升。 圖7係表示適用本發明塞 (_統係指稱複數裝置 邏輯地集合之物,不問各結構之 褒置疋否處於同一框體 中)之—實施型態之結構例。1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 991020194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 137720.doc -26- 200952349 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 ® 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 ❹ 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 137720.doc -27- 200952349 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7 169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. 137720.doc 200952349 In the third aspect of the above, the aforementioned [mouth corpus code length N is 64800 bits, the coding rate is 2/3 LDPC code; the aforementioned m bit is 8 bits' and the aforementioned integer b is 2; the octet of the aforementioned code bit is mapped to one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one of the aforementioned symbols; the memory mechanism contains 16 vertical memories of 8x2 bits in the horizontal direction. Line 'memorizes 64800/(8x2) bits in the wale direction; the iq bit of 8x2 bits read from the direction of the memory mechanism is set from the highest order bit to the i+1th bit The bit bi, and the symbol bits of the 8x2 bits of the preceding two symbols are set from the highest order bit to the i+1th bit as the bit yi, and the following replacement is performed: the bit b〇 Assigned to bit y7, assign bit b! to bit y2 'Assign bit b2 to bit y9, assign bit b3 to bit y〇' to assign bit to bit y4, place bit B5 is assigned to bit y6, bit t»6 is assigned to bit y 13, bit b7 is assigned to bit y3, bit b8 is assigned to bit yμ, bit b9 is assigned to bit y 1 . Assigning the bit b 1 g to the bit y 15, assigning the bit b 1 ! to the bit y5 , assigning the bit b 12 to the bit y8 , and assigning the bit bi3 to the bit yi2 , the bit Bi4 is assigned to bit yn, and bit b15 is assigned to bit y!. Further, the inspection matrix of the LDPC code is configured by arranging one element of the information matrix defined by the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix in the row direction every 360-row period, and the check matrix initial value table is the same as the code The position of the first element of the information matrix corresponding to the information length corresponding to the foregoing coding rate is represented by every 360 lines; the initial value table of the foregoing check matrix includes: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 43941276214505 14593 146921652217737 19245 21272 21379 137720.doc •29- 200952349 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 1659919475 19781 20625 20961 21335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 1 1436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 2120 2648 3155 3852 6888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 1779120614 21025 1085 2434 58167151 80509422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 137720.doc -30- 200952349 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 137720.doc -31 - 200952349 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3 012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 137720.doc -32- 200952349 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 137720.doc -33- 200952349 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 147 11 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. In addition, the data processing device and the encoding device may each be a separate device, 137720.doc -34- 200952349 or may be an internal block constituting one device. [Embodiment] Effect of the Invention The Japanese cut < Fig. 7 is a view showing an example of a configuration in which an embodiment of the present invention is applied to a plug of the present invention (the system collectively refers to a logically aggregated object, regardless of whether or not each structure is disposed in the same casing).

於圖7,傳送系統係由發送裝£11及接收裝置12所構 成。 發送裝置11係進行例如電視播放節目之發送(播放)(傳 送)。亦即’發送裝置i丨係例如將作為電視播放節目之圖 像資料或聲音資料等作為發送對象之對象資料,編碼為 LDPC碼’經由例如衛星線路或地波、、網際網路 等網路等通訊道13而發送。 接收裝置12為例如接收電視播放節目之調階器或電視受 像機、STB(Set Top Box :機上盒)、接收IpTV(Internet Protocol Televisi〇n :網際網路協定電視)之 pc(pers〇nai Computer :個人電腦)等,接收從發送裝置u經由通訊道 13發送而來之LDPC碼,解碼為對象資料並輸出。 於此’圖7之傳送系統所使用之LDpc碼據知於 AWGN(Additive White Gaussian Noise :加成性白色高斯雜 訊)通訊道發揮極高之能力。 然而,於地波等之通訊道13,可能發生叢發(burst)失誤 或抹除(erasure)。例如於 〇FDM(Orthogonal Frequency 137720.doc ·35· 200952349In Fig. 7, the transmission system is constituted by a transmission device 11 and a receiving device 12. The transmitting device 11 performs, for example, transmission (playback) (transmission) of a television broadcast program. In other words, the transmission device i is, for example, an image data to be transmitted as image data or audio data of a television broadcast program, and is encoded as an LDPC code 'via, for example, a satellite line, a ground wave, an Internet, or the like. The communication channel 13 is sent. The receiving device 12 is, for example, a pacer or a television receiver that receives a television broadcast program, an STB (Set Top Box), and a PC that receives IpTV (Internet Protocol Televisi〇n: Internet Protocol Television) (pers〇nai) Computer: PC) receives an LDPC code transmitted from the transmitting device u via the communication channel 13, decodes it into a target data, and outputs it. The LDpc code used in the transmission system of Fig. 7 is known to have an extremely high capacity in the AWGN (Additive White Gaussian Noise) communication channel. However, in the communication channel 13 of the ground wave or the like, a burst error or erasure may occur. For example, 〇FDM (Orthogonal Frequency 137720.doc ·35· 200952349

Divisi〇n Multip〗exing :正交分頻多工)系統中,在 應(Desiredt〇UndesiredRatio:U/不需要率)為〇 不需要=回聲之功率與需要=主路徑之功率相等)之多路 徑環境下,有因應回聲(eehG)(主路m卜之路徑)之延遲 (delay) ’特定符元之功率成為〇(抹除)之情況。 而且,即使為顫振(flutter)(延遲為〇且加算有花費都卜 勒(d〇PP丨er)頻率之回聲之通訊道),於d/u為〇犯之情況 下,依都卜勒頻率而產生特定時刻之〇職之符元全體之 功率成為0(抹除)之情況。 進一步而言’由於接收裝置12側從接收來自發送裝置U 之信號之天線等接收部(未圖示)至接收裝置12之布線狀 況、或接收裝置12之電源之不安定性,亦可能發生叢發失 誤。 ❹ 另一方面,於LDPC碼之解碼中’於檢查矩陣H之行,甚 而於對應於LDPC碼之碼位元之可變節點,由於如前述^ 所丁進仃伴隨有LDPC碼之碼4立元(之接收值11。丨)之加算 之式⑴之可變即點運算’因此若於該可變節點運算所用之 碼位元產生錯誤,則所求出之訊息之精度降低。Divisi〇n Multip: Exing: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex) In the system, the multipath that should be (Desiredt〇UndesiredRatio: U/unwanted rate) is not required = the power of the echo is equal to the power required = the power of the main path In the environment, there is a delay (delay) in response to the echo (eehG) (path of the main path), and the power of the specific symbol becomes 〇 (erased). Moreover, even if it is a flutter (a delay is 〇 and adds a communication channel that costs the echo of the frequency of the d〇PP丨er), in the case of d/u being a sin, Eindler When the frequency is generated, the power of the entire symbol of the dereliction of duty at a specific time becomes 0 (erased). Further, 'the reception device 12 side may also have a disconnection from a receiving unit (not shown) such as an antenna that receives a signal from the transmitting device U to the receiving device 12, or the power supply of the receiving device 12 may be unstable. Make a mistake. ❹ On the other hand, in the decoding of the LDPC code, the line of the check matrix H, even the variable node corresponding to the code bit of the LDPC code, is accompanied by the code of the LDPC code as described above. The addition of the element (the received value of 11.) is variable (ie, the point operation). Therefore, if an error occurs in the code bit used in the variable node operation, the accuracy of the obtained message is lowered.

然後’於LDPC碼之解碼中,於校驗節點,由於利用以 相連於該校驗節點之可變節點所求出之訊息進行式⑺之 校驗即點運异’因此若相連之複數可變節點(對應之LDPC 碼之碼位元)同時成為錯誤(包含抹除)之校驗節點數變多, 則解碼之性能會劣化。 亦即例如校驗節點若相連於該校驗節點之可變節點2 137720.doc •36· 200952349 個以上同時變成抹除,則對所有可變節點送回值〇之確率 與1之確率為等確率之訊息。該情況下,送回等榷率之訊 息之校驗節點係無助於1次解碼處理(1集合之可變節點運 算及校驗節點運算),其結果,需要甚多解碼處理之重複 次數,解碼性能劣化,進一步而言,進行LDPC碼之解碼 之接收裝置12之消耗電力增大。 因此,於圖7之傳送系統,欲維持在AWGN通訊道之性 能,同時提升對叢發失誤或抹除之耐受性。 ® 圖8係表示圖7之發送裝置11之結構例。 於圖8,發送裝置11係由LDPC編碼部21、位元交錯器 22、映射部26及正交調變部27所構成。 對LDPC編碼部21供給有對象資料。 LDPC編碼部21係針對供給至該處之對象資料,按照對 應於LDPC碼之同位位元之部分、即同位矩陣成為階梯構 造之檢查矩陣進行LDPC編碼,輸出將對象資料作為資訊 位元之L D P C碼。 ❹ 亦即,LDPC編碼部2 1係進行將對象資料編碼為例如 DVB-S.2或DVB-T.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼之LDPC編 碼,輸出其結果所獲得之LDPC碼。 於此,DVB-T.2之規格係預定採用DVB-S.2之規格所規 定之LDPC碼。DVB-S.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼為 IRA(Irregular Repeat Accumulate :非正規重複累加)碼, 該LDPC碼之檢查矩陣之同位矩陣成為階梯構造。關於同 位矩陣及階梯構造會於後面敘述。而且,關於IRA碼係記 137720.doc -37- 200952349 載於例如「Irregular Repeat-Accumulate Codes(非正規重複 累加碼)」,H. Jin,A. Khandekar,and R. J- McEliece,inThen, in the decoding of the LDPC code, in the check node, the checksum of the equation (7) is performed by using the message obtained by the variable node connected to the check node, so that the complex number is variable if connected When the number of check nodes of the node (corresponding LDPC code) becomes an error (including erasure), the performance of decoding deteriorates. That is, for example, if the check node is connected to the variable node of the check node 2 137720.doc • 36 · 200952349 or more and becomes erased at the same time, the rate of returning the value to all the variable nodes and the accuracy of 1 are equal. The message of the rate. In this case, the check node of the message that returns the equal rate does not contribute to the decoding process (the variable node operation and the check node operation of the 1 set), and as a result, the number of repetitions of the decoding process is required. The decoding performance is degraded, and further, the power consumption of the receiving device 12 that performs decoding of the LDPC code increases. Therefore, in the transmission system of Fig. 7, it is desirable to maintain the performance of the AWGN communication channel while improving the tolerance to burst errors or erasures. ® Fig. 8 is a view showing an example of the configuration of the transmitting device 11 of Fig. 7. In Fig. 8, the transmitting apparatus 11 is composed of an LDPC encoding unit 21, a bit interleaver 22, a mapping unit 26, and a quadrature modulation unit 27. The target data is supplied to the LDPC encoding unit 21. The LDPC encoding unit 21 performs LDPC encoding on the target data supplied to the location, corresponding to the parity bit of the LDPC code, that is, the check matrix in which the parity matrix is a ladder structure, and outputs the LDPC code which uses the target data as the information bit. . In other words, the LDPC encoding unit 21 performs LDPC encoding of the LDPC code specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 or DVB-T.2, and outputs the LDPC code obtained as a result. Here, the specification of DVB-T.2 is intended to adopt the LDPC code specified by the specification of DVB-S.2. The LDPC code defined by the specification of DVB-S.2 is an IRA (Irregular Repeat Accumulate) code, and the parity matrix of the check matrix of the LDPC code becomes a ladder structure. The co-located matrix and the ladder structure will be described later. Furthermore, the IRA code system 137720.doc -37- 200952349 is contained in, for example, "Irregular Repeat-Accumulate Codes", H. Jin, A. Khandekar, and R. J- McEliece, in

Proceedings of 2nd International Symposium on Turbo codes and Related Topics,pp. 1-8,Sept. 2000 o LDPC編碼部21所輸出之LDPC碼係供給至位元交錯器 22 ° 位元交錯器22係將資料予以交錯之資料處理裝置,由同 位交錯器(parity interleaver)23、縱行扭轉交錯器(column twist interleaver)24及解多工器(DEMUX)25所構成。 同位交錯器23係進行同位交錯,將來自LDPC編瑪部21 之LDPC碼之同位位元,交錯至其他同位位元之位置 並 將該同位交錯後之LDPC碼供給至縱行扭轉交錯器24。 縱行扭轉交錯器24係針對來自同位交錯器石馬 進行縱行扭轉交錯,將該縱行扭轉交錯後之LDpcu馬供& 至解多工器25。 ° 亦即,LDPC碼係於後述之映射部26,將該石馬 位元以上之碼位元映射成表示正交調變之1侗灶一 U付兀之信號 點並發送。 於縱行扭轉交錯器24,為了使對應於位在LDpc編碼部 21所用之檢查矩陣之任意1列之1之LDPC石馬之複數% 元,不含於1個符元,作為重排來自同位交錯器 碼之碼位元之重排處理而進行例如後述之縱行扭轉交錯 解多工器25係針對來自縱行扭轉交錯器242LDpc瑪 進行替換成為符元之LDPC碼之2以上之碼位元之位 置之替 137720.doc -38- 200952349 換處理,藉此獲得已強化對於AWGN之耐受性之LDPC 碼。然後,解多工器25係將藉由替換處理所獲得之LDPC 碼之2以上之碼位元,作為符元供給至映射部26。 映射部26係將來自解多工器25之符元,映射成以正交調 變部27所進行之正交調變(多值調變)之調變方式所決定之 各信號點。 亦即,映射部26係將來自解多工器25之LDPC碼予以映 射成,由表示與載波同相之I成分之I轴及表示與載波呈正 交之Q成分之Q軸所規定之IQ平面(IQ星座)上以調變方式決 定之信號點。 於此,作為正交調變部27所進行之正交調變之調變方 式,有例如包含DVB-T之規格所規定之調變方式之調變方 式,亦即例如 QPSK(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying :正交 相位鍵移)或 1 6QAM(Quadrature Amplitude Modulation :正 交振幅調變)' 64QAM、256QAM、1024QAM、4096QAM 等。於正交調變部27,按照例如發送裝置11之操作者之操 作,預先設定藉由某一調變方式進行正交調變。此外,於 正交調變部27,可進行其他例如4PAM(Pulse Amplitude Modulation :脈衝振幅調變)和其他正交調變。 於映射部26映射成信號點之符元係供給至正交調變部 27 〇 正交調變部27係按照來自映射部26之信號點(映射成該 信號點之符元),進行載波之正交調變,將其結果所獲得 之調變信號經由通訊道13(圖7)發送。 137720.doc -39- 200952349 接著,圖9係表示於圖8之LDPC編碼部21用於LDPC編碼 之檢查矩陣Η。 檢查矩陣Η為 LDGM(Low-Density Generation Matrix ·•低 密度生成矩陣)構造,可藉由LDPC碼之碼位元中對應於資 訊位元之部分之資訊矩陣HA、及對應於同位位元之同位矩 陣Ητ,來表示為式H=[HA|HT](資訊矩陣Ha之要素設為左側 要素,同位矩陣Ητ之要素設為右側要素之矩陣)。 於此,1個LDPC碼(1碼字)之碼位元中之資訊位元之位元 數及同位位元之位元數,分別稱為資訊長K及同位長Μ, 並且1個LDPC碼之碼位元之位元數稱為碼長Ν(=Κ+Μ)。 關於某碼長Ν之LDPC瑪之貢訊長Κ及同位長Μ係由編碼 率決定。而且,檢查矩陣Η係列X行為ΜχΝ之矩陣。然 後,資訊矩陣ΗΑ為ΜχΚ之矩陣,同位矩陣Ητ為ΜχΜ之矩 陣。 圖10係表示DVB-S.2(及DVB-T.2)之規格所規定之LDPC 碼之檢查矩陣Η之同位矩陣Ητ。 DVB-S.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣Η之同位矩 陣Ητ係如圖1 0所示,成為1之要素排成所謂階梯狀之階梯 構造。同位矩陣Ητ之列權重就第1列而言為1,就剩餘全部 列而言為2。而且,行權重就最後1行而言為1,剩餘全部 行為2。 如以上,同位矩陣Ητ為階梯構造之檢查矩陣Η之LDPC 碼可利用該檢查矩陣Η容易地生成。 亦即,以列向量c表示LDPC碼(1碼字),並且將轉置該列 137720.doc -40- 200952349 向量所獲得之行向量表示作cT。而且,以列向量A表示 LDPC碼之列向量c中之資訊位元之部分並且以列向量τ 表示同位位元之部分。 於此’該情況下,列向量c可藉由作為資訊位元之列向Proceedings of 2nd International Symposium on Turbo codes and Related Topics, pp. 1-8, Sept. 2000 o The LDPC code output from the LDPC encoding unit 21 is supplied to the bit interleaver 22 ° bit interleaver 22 interleaves the data The data processing device is composed of a parity interleaver 23, a column twist interleaver 24, and a demultiplexer (DEMUX) 25. The parity interleaver 23 performs co-located interleaving, interleaving the parity bits of the LDPC code from the LDPC coder 21 to the positions of the other parity bits, and supplying the parity interleaved LDPC code to the walody twist interleaver 24. The whirling torsion interleaver 24 is for the TWpcu horse supply & to the demultiplexer 25 for the whirling of the equidistant interleaver stone horse. That is, the LDPC code is used by the mapping unit 26, which will be described later, to map the code bits above the stone horse bits to the signal points indicating the orthogonal modulation, and transmit them. The vertical twist interleaver 24 is not included in one symbol in order to make the complex nd% of the LDPC stone horse corresponding to any one of the check matrices used in the LDpc encoding unit 21, and is rearranged from the same position. For the rearrangement processing of the code bit of the interleaver code, for example, the vertical twist interleave multiplexer 25 to be described later is a code bit of 2 or more of the LDPC code which is replaced by the vertical twist interleaver 242LDpc. The position is replaced by 137720.doc -38- 200952349, thereby obtaining an LDPC code that has been enhanced to withstand AWGN. Then, the demultiplexer 25 supplies the code bits of 2 or more of the LDPC codes obtained by the replacement processing to the mapping unit 26 as symbols. The mapping unit 26 maps the symbols from the demultiplexer 25 to the respective signal points determined by the modulation method of the quadrature modulation (multi-value modulation) by the orthogonal modulation unit 27. That is, the mapping unit 26 maps the LDPC code from the demultiplexer 25 to an IQ plane defined by the I axis representing the I component in phase with the carrier and the Q axis representing the Q component orthogonal to the carrier. The signal point determined by modulation in the (IQ constellation). Here, as a modulation method of the quadrature modulation performed by the quadrature modulation unit 27, there is, for example, a modulation method including a modulation method defined by a specification of DVB-T, that is, for example, QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) : Quadrature phase key shift) or 1 6QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) '64QAM, 256QAM, 1024QAM, 4096QAM, etc. The quadrature modulation unit 27 preliminarily sets the orthogonal modulation by a certain modulation method in accordance with, for example, the operation of the operator of the transmission device 11. Further, in the quadrature modulation unit 27, for example, 4PAM (Pulse Amplitude Modulation) and other orthogonal modulation can be performed. The symbol mapped to the signal point by the mapping unit 26 is supplied to the orthogonal modulation unit 27. The orthogonal modulation unit 27 performs carrier wave in accordance with a signal point (a symbol mapped to the signal point) from the mapping unit 26. The quadrature modulation is transmitted, and the modulated signal obtained as a result is transmitted via the communication channel 13 (FIG. 7). 137720.doc -39- 200952349 Next, Fig. 9 shows an inspection matrix 用于 for LDPC encoding by the LDPC encoding unit 21 of Fig. 8. The check matrix Η is an LDGM (Low-Density Generation Matrix) low-density generation matrix structure, and the information matrix HA corresponding to the information bit in the code bit of the LDPC code and the co-located corresponding to the parity bit The matrix Ητ is expressed as the equation H=[HA|HT] (the elements of the information matrix Ha are set to the left side element, and the elements of the parity matrix Ητ are set as the matrix of the right side element). Here, the number of bits of information bits and the number of bits of the parity bits in the code bits of one LDPC code (1 code word) are respectively referred to as information length K and parity length, and one LDPC code. The number of bits of the code bit is called the code length Ν (=Κ+Μ). Regarding the LDPC of a certain length, the tribute and the same position are determined by the coding rate. Moreover, check the matrix of the matrix Η series X behavior. Then, the information matrix is a matrix of ΜχΚ, and the parity matrix Ητ is a matrix of ΜχΜ. Figure 10 is a diagram showing the parity matrix Ητ of the check matrix LDP of the LDPC code specified by the specifications of DVB-S.2 (and DVB-T.2). The parity matrix of the inspection matrix LDP of the LDPC code defined by the specification of DVB-S.2 is shown in Fig. 10, and the elements which become 1 are arranged in a so-called stepped structure. The column weight of the co-located matrix Ητ is 1 for the first column and 2 for the remaining columns. Moreover, the row weight is 1 for the last row and the remaining behavior is 2. As described above, the LDPC code in which the parity matrix Ητ is a stepped structure check matrix can be easily generated using the check matrix. That is, the LDPC code (1 codeword) is represented by the column vector c, and the row vector obtained by transposing the column 137720.doc - 40 - 200952349 vector is denoted as cT. Moreover, the column vector A represents the portion of the information bit in the column vector c of the LDPC code and the column vector τ represents the portion of the parity bit. In this case, the column vector c can be used as a column of information bits.

量A、及作為同位位元之列向量T,以式C = [A|T](列向量A 之要素设為左側要素,列向量T之要素設為右側要素之列 向量)來表示。 ❹ 檢查矩陣Η及作為LDPC碼之列向量C=[A|T]必須符合式The quantity A and the column vector T which is a parity bit are represented by the formula C = [A|T] (the element of the column vector A is set to the left side element, and the element of the column vector T is set to the column element of the right side element). ❹ Check matrix Η and column vector C=[A|T] as LDPC code must conform to

Hc ’作為構成符合該式HcT=〇之列向量C=[A|T]之同位 位元之列向量T,可藉由於檢查矩陣h=[ha|Ht]之同位矩陣 Ητ成為圖1〇所示之階梯構造之情況下,從式hct=〇之行向 量He之苐1列之要素’依序使各列之要素成為〇而可逐次 地求出。 圖Π係表示DVB-S_2(及DVB-T.2)之規格所規定之LDPC 碼之檢查矩陣Η及行權重。 ❹ 亦即’圖ΗΑ係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼之 檢查矩陣Η。 分別而言,關於檢查矩陣Η從第1行之ΚΧ行,行權重為 X ’關於其後之Κ3行,行權重為3,關於其後之Μ-1行,行 權重為2,關於最後1行,行權重為1。 於此,ΚΧ+Κ3+Μ-1 + 1等於石馬長Ν。 於DVB-S.2之規格,行數ΚΧ、Κ3及Μ(同位長)、以及行 權重X係規定如圖11Β所示。Hc 'as a column vector T constituting a parity bit of the column vector C=[A|T] of the formula HcT=〇, can be obtained by checking the parity matrix Ητ of the matrix h=[ha|Ht] In the case of the step structure shown in the figure, the elements of the first row from the row vector h of the formula hct=〇 are sequentially obtained by sequentially making the elements of the respective columns 〇. The diagram indicates the check matrix and row weight of the LDPC code specified by the specifications of DVB-S_2 (and DVB-T.2). ’ That is, the diagram indicates the inspection matrix of the LDPC code specified in the specifications of DVB-S.2. Separately, regarding the check matrix Η from the first row, the row weight is X 'about the next 3 rows, the row weight is 3, and the subsequent Μ-1 row, the row weight is 2, about the last 1 Line, the row weight is 1. Here, ΚΧ+Κ3+Μ-1 + 1 is equal to Shima Changyu. For the specifications of DVB-S.2, the number of lines ΚΧ, Κ3 and Μ (co-located length), and the weight of the line X are as shown in Figure 11Β.

亦即,圖11Β係表示關於DVB-S.2之規格所規定之LDPC 137720.doc -41 · 200952349 碼之各編碼率之行數ΚΧ、K3及Μ,以及行權重X。 於DVB-S.2之規格,規定有64800位元及16200位元之碼 長Ν之LDPC碼。 然後,如圖11Β所示,關於碼長Ν為64800位元之LDPC 瑪,規定有11個編瑪率(nominal rate :標稱速率)1/4、 1/3、2/5、1/2、3/5、2/3、3/4、4/5、5/6、8/9及 9/10,關 於碼長N為16200位元之LDPC碼,規定有10個編碼率I/4、 1/3、2/5、1/2、3/5、2/3、3/4、4/5、5/6及 8/9。 關於LDPC碼,據知對應於檢查矩陣Η之行權重越大之行 之碼位元,其錯誤率越低。 於圖11所示之DVB-S.2之規格所規定之檢查矩陣Η’越 是開頭側(左側)之行,其行權重傾向越大,因此關於對應 於該檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼’越是開頭之碼位元’對錯誤越 強勢(對於錯誤有对受性),越是末尾之碼位元’對錯誤傾 向越弱勢。 接著,圖12係表示以圖8之正交調變部27進行16QAM之 情況下之16個符元(對應之信號點)之IQ平面上之配置。 亦即,圖12A係表示16QAM之符元。 於16QAM,1符元表示4位元,存在有16(=24)個符元。 然後,16個符元係以IQ平面之原點為中心’以1方向xQ方 向成為4x4之正方形狀之方式配置。 現在,若將1符元所表示之位元串列從最高階位元算起 第i+Ι位元之位元表示作位元yi,則16QAM之1符元所表示 之4位元從最高階位元依序可表示作位元丫〇,丫1,72,乃°於調 137720.doc -42- 200952349 變方式為1 6QAM之情況下,LDPC碼之碼位元之4位元被作 為(符元化為)4位元7()至73之符元(符元值)。 圖1 2B係表示分別關於16QAM之符元所表示之4位元(以 下亦稱為符元位元)y〇至y3之位元界線。 於此’關於符元位元yi(於圖12為i=〇,i,2,3)之位元界線 係意味該符元位元yi成為〇之符元及成為丨之符元之界線。 如圖12B所示,關於16QAM之符元所表示之4符元位元y0 至中之最高位符元位元,僅有IQ平面之Q軸之i處成為 位兀界線,關於第2個(從最高階位元算起第2個)之符元位 元yi,僅有IQ平面之I軸之i處成為位元界線。 而且,關於第3個符元位元,4x4個符元中之左起第i 打與第2行間、及第3行與第4行間之2處成為位元界線。 進步而3,關於第4個符元位元丫3,4x4個符元中之從 上算起第1列與第2列間、及第3列與第4列間之2處成為位 元界線。 ❹ 符疋所表示之符元位元yi係從位元界線遠離之符元越 多,越不易失誤(錯誤確率低),接近位元界線之符元越 多,越容易失誤(錯誤確率高 現在若將不易失誤(對錯誤強勢)之位元稱為「強勢位 元」’並且將容易失誤(對錯誤弱勢)之位元稱為「弱勢位 元」,則關於16QAM之符元之4符元位元威^,最高位之 符元位心。及第2個符元位元yi成為強勢位元,第3個符元 位元及第4個符元位元乃成為弱勢位元。 圖 13至圖15係表示以圖8之正 交調變部27進行64QAM之 137720.doc -43- 200952349 情況下之64個符元(對應之信號點)之…平面上之配置。 於64QAM,1符元表示6位元,存在有64(=26)個符元。 然後’ 64個符元係以iq平面之原點為中心,以I方向xq方 向成為8x8之正方形狀之方式配置。 64QAM之1符元之符元位元係從最高階位元,可依序表 示作位元yQ,yi,y2,y3,y4,y5。於調變方式為64QAM之情況 下,LDPC碼之碼位元之6位元被作為6位元之符元位元y〇 至ys之符元。 於此,圖13係表示分別關於64QAM之符元之符元位元y0 至ys中之最高位之符元位元y〇及第2個符元位元乃之位元界 線;圖14係表示分別關於第3個符元位元y2及第4個符元位 兀^3之位元界線;圖15係表示分別關於第5個符元位元心及 第6個符元位元y5之位元界線。 如圖13所示,分別關於最高位之符元位元y〇及第2個符 元位元y!之位元界線為1處。而且,如圖所示,分別關 於第3個符元位元乃及第4個符元位元之位元界線為2處; 如圖15所示,分別關於第5個符元位元w及第6個符元位元 ys之位元界線為4處。 一因此,關於64QAM之符元之符元位元”至”,最高位符 兀位元y〇及第2個符元位元yi成為強勢位元,第3個符元位 元丫2及第4個符元位元y3成為其次強勢之位元。然後,第5 個符元位元h及第6個符元位元”成為弱勢位元。 從圖12,進一步從圖13至圖15可知,關於正交調變之符 元之符元位元,有高位位元成為強勢位元,低位位元成為 137720.doc -44 - 200952349 弱勢位元之傾向。 於此,如圖11所說明,關於LDPC編碼部21(圖8)所輸出 之LDPC碼,有對錯誤強勢之碼位元及對錯誤弱勢之碼位 元。 而且,如圖12至圖15所說明,關於正交調變部27所進行 之正交調變之符元之符元位元,有強勢位元及弱勢位元。 因此,若將LDPC碼之對錯誤弱勢之碼位元分配給正交 調變之符元之弱勢符元位元,則作為全體對於錯誤之耐受 ®性會降低。 因此,提案一種交錯器,其係以將LDPC碼之對錯誤弱 勢之碼位元分配給正交調變之符元之強勢位元(符元位元) 之傾向,來交錯LDPC碼之碼位元。 圖8之解多工器25可進行該交錯器之處理。 圖16係說明圖8之解多工器25之處理之圖。 亦即,圖1 6A係表示解多工器25之功能性結構例。 解多工器25係由記憶體31及替換部32所構成。 對記憶體31,供給有來自LDPC編碼部21之LDPC碼。 記憶體3 1係含有於橫列(row)(橫)方向記憶mb位元,並 且於縱行(column)(縱)方向記憶N/(mb)位元之記憶容量, 將供給至該處之LDPC碼之碼位元於縱行方向寫入,於橫 列方向讀出,並供給至替換部32。 於此,N(=資訊長K+同位長M)係如上述表示LDPC碼之 碼長。 而且,m係表示成為1符元之LDPC碼之碼位元之位元 137720.doc -45- 200952349 數,b為特定之正整數,其係用於將m予以整數倍之件數。 解多工器25係如上述,將LDPC碼之碼位元作為符元(符元 化)’倍數b係表示解多工器25藉由所謂丨次符元化所獲得 之付個數。 圖16A係表示調變方式為64QAM之情況下之解多工器υ 之結構例,因此,成為丨符元之LDPC碼之碼位元之位元數 m為6位元。That is, Fig. 11 shows the number of lines ΚΧ, K3 and Μ, and the row weight X of the respective coding rates of the LDPC 137720.doc -41 · 200952349 code prescribed by the specifications of DVB-S.2. In the specification of DVB-S.2, there are LDPC codes with a length of 64,800 bits and 16,200 bits. Then, as shown in FIG. 11A, regarding the LDPC Ma with a code length of 64,800 bits, 11 encoding rates (nominal rate) of 1/4, 1/3, 2/5, 1/2 are specified. , 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, and 9/10. For an LDPC code with a code length N of 16,200 bits, 10 encoding rates I/4 are specified. , 1/3, 2/5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6 and 8/9. Regarding the LDPC code, it is known that the code bit corresponding to the row having the larger row weight of the check matrix has a lower error rate. The more the check matrix Η' specified in the specification of DVB-S.2 shown in FIG. 11 is the row on the head side (left side), the greater the row weight tendency, and therefore the more the LDPC code corresponding to the check matrix ' It is the beginning of the code bit 'the stronger the error (there is a response to the error), the more the last bit of the code bit' is more vulnerable to the wrong tendency. Next, Fig. 12 shows an arrangement on the IQ plane of 16 symbols (corresponding signal points) in the case where 16QAM is performed by the quadrature modulation unit 27 of Fig. 8. That is, Fig. 12A shows the symbol of 16QAM. In 16QAM, 1 symbol represents 4 bits, and there are 16 (= 24) symbols. Then, the 16 symbols are arranged in a square shape of 4x4 in the 1-direction xQ direction centering on the origin of the IQ plane. Now, if the bit string represented by the 1 symbol is counted from the highest order bit and the bit of the i+th bit is represented as the bit yi, the 4 symbol represented by the 1 symbol of 16QAM is the highest. The order bits can be expressed as bit 丫〇, 丫 1, 72, and 于 720720.doc -42- 200952349 The change mode is 1 6QAM, the 4 bits of the LDPC code are treated as 4 bits. (symbolized to be a 4-bit 7 () to 73 symbol (symbol value). Fig. 1 2B shows the bit boundary of the 4-bit (hereinafter also referred to as the symbol bit) y〇 to y3 represented by the symbol of 16QAM, respectively. Here, the bit boundary of the symbol element yi (i = 〇, i, 2, 3 in Fig. 12) means that the symbol bit yi becomes the symbol of 〇 and the boundary of the symbol of 丨. As shown in FIG. 12B, regarding the 4-bit meta-bit y0 to the highest-order symbol bit represented by the symbol of 16QAM, only the i-axis of the Q-axis of the IQ plane becomes a bit boundary, and regarding the second ( The symbol element yi of the second) from the highest order bit is only the bit boundary of the I axis of the IQ plane. Further, regarding the third symbol bit, two of the 4x4 symbols from the left to the i-th row and the second row, and between the third row and the fourth row become the bit boundary. Progression 3, regarding the fourth symbol element 丫3, 4x4 symbols from the above, between the first column and the second column, and between the third column and the fourth column become the bit boundary . ❹ The symbolic element represented by 疋 yi is the more symbols that are far from the bit boundary, the more difficult it is to make mistakes (low error rate), the more symbols near the boundary of the bit, the more likely it is to make mistakes (the error rate is high now) If the bit that is not easy to be mistaken (for the strong error) is called the "strong bit" and the bit that is easy to make mistakes (for the weak position of the error) is called the "weak bit", then the 4 symbol of the symbol of 16QAM Bit Wei, the highest position of the symbol, and the second symbol yi become a strong bit, and the third and fourth symbols become weak bits. Fig. 15 shows a configuration on the plane of 64 symbols (corresponding signal points) in the case of 64QAM 137720.doc -43-200952349 by the quadrature modulation unit 27 of Fig. 8. On 64QAM, 1 symbol The element represents 6 bits, and there are 64 (=26) symbols. Then the '64 symbols are centered on the origin of the iq plane, and are arranged in a square shape of 8x8 in the direction of the x direction of the I direction. The symbol element of the symbol is from the highest order bit, which can be expressed as bits yQ, yi, y2, y3, y4, y5. In the case where the mode is 64QAM, the 6-bit code bit of the LDPC code is used as the symbol of the 6-bit symbol bit y 〇 to ys. Here, FIG. 13 is a symbol representing the symbol of 64QAM, respectively. The highest bit of the meta-bit y0 to ys is the bit boundary of the highest-order symbol y〇 and the second-character bit; FIG. 14 is a representation of the third symbol y2 and the fourth symbol, respectively. The bit line of the element 兀^3; Fig. 15 shows the bit boundary of the fifth symbol bit and the sixth symbol y5, respectively. As shown in Fig. 13, respectively, the highest bit The bit boundary of the meta-bit y〇 and the second symbol bit y! is one. Moreover, as shown in the figure, the third symbol bit and the fourth symbol bit are respectively The boundary line is 2; as shown in Fig. 15, the bit boundary of the 5th symbol bit w and the 6th symbol bit ys are respectively 4. In this case, the symbol of the symbol of 64QAM is used. The bit "to", the highest bit 〇 〇 and the second symbol yi become strong bits, and the third symbol 丫 2 and the fourth symbol y3 become the second strongest Bit. Then, the fifth symbol bit h and The sixth symbol bit" becomes a weak bit. From Fig. 12, it can be further seen from Fig. 13 to Fig. 15 that with respect to the symbol bit of the symbol of the quadrature modulation, the high bit becomes a strong bit, and the low bit The bit becomes a tendency of the weak bit in the case of 137720.doc -44 - 200952349. Here, as illustrated in Fig. 11, regarding the LDPC code outputted by the LDPC encoding section 21 (Fig. 8), there are code bits and pairs which are strong against errors. In addition, as described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 15, the symbol bit of the symbol of the quadrature modulation performed by the quadrature modulation unit 27 has a strong bit and a weak bit. Therefore, if the error bit of the LDPC code is assigned to the weak symbol bit of the orthogonally modulated symbol, the tolerance to the error will be reduced as a whole. Therefore, an interleaver is proposed which interleaves the code bits of the LDPC code by assigning the error bit of the LDPC code to the strong bit (symbol bit) of the quadrature modulated symbol. yuan. The multiplexer 25 of Figure 8 can perform the processing of the interleaver. Figure 16 is a diagram for explaining the processing of the multiplexer 25 of Figure 8. That is, Fig. 16A shows an example of the functional configuration of the demultiplexer 25. The multiplexer 25 is composed of a memory 31 and a replacement unit 32. The LDPC code from the LDPC encoding unit 21 is supplied to the memory 31. The memory 3 1 contains a memory mb bit in the row (horizontal) direction, and memorizes the memory capacity of the N/(mb) bit in the column (longitudinal) direction, and is supplied thereto. The code bits of the LDPC code are written in the wale direction, read out in the course direction, and supplied to the replacement unit 32. Here, N (= information length K + co-located length M) is the code length of the LDPC code as described above. Further, m is a bit 137720.doc -45- 200952349 which is a bit of a symplectic LDPC code, and b is a specific positive integer which is used to make m an integer multiple. The multiplexer 25 is as described above, and the code bit of the LDPC code is used as a symbol (symbolized). The multiple b indicates the number of the multiplexer 25 obtained by the so-called 丨 符 。. Fig. 16A shows an example of the configuration of the demultiplexer 情况 in the case where the modulation method is 64QAM. Therefore, the number of bits m of the code bit of the LDPC code which becomes the symbol is 6 bits.

而且,於圖16A,倍數b為1,因此記憶體31係具有縱行 方向X橫列方向為Ν/(6χ1)χ(6χ1)位元之記憶容量。 Q 於此,將記憶體31之橫列方向為丨位元之延伸於縱行方 向之記憶區域,以下適宜地稱為縱行。於圖丨6 A,記憶體 3 1係由6(=6X 1)個縱行所構成。 於解多工器25,LDPC碼之碼位元在構成記憶體31之縱 行從上往下方向(縱行方向)之寫入係從左朝向右方向之縱 行進行。 然後,若碼位元之寫入至最右縱行之最下面終了,則從 構成記憶體31之所有縱行之第1列,往橫列方向以6位元© (mb位元)單位讀出碼位元,並供給至替換部。 替換部32係進行替換來自記憶體3丨之6位元之碼位元之 位置之替換處理,將其結果所獲得之6位元作為表示 64QAM之1符元之6符元位元…七^^心而輸出。 亦即,從記憶體3 1,於橫列方向讀出mb位元(於此為6位 兀)之碼位元,若該從記憶體31所讀出之爪卜位元之碼位元 從最高階位元算起第i位元(_〇,!,·· 表示作位元 137720.doc -46· 200952349 I則從記憶體31,於橫列方向所讀出之6位元之竭位元係 從最高階位元,可依序表示作位病,bl,b2,b成b5。 以圖11所說明之行權重之關係’位於位元b。之方向之碼 位元係成為對錯誤強勢之碼位元,位於位元卜之方向之碼 位元係成為對錯誤弱勢之碼位元。 ΟFurther, in Fig. 16A, the multiple b is 1, so that the memory 31 has a memory capacity in which the direction of the X direction is Ν/(6χ1)χ(6χ1). Q Here, the course direction of the memory 31 is a memory area in which the 丨 bit extends in the waling direction, and is hereinafter referred to as a waling. In Fig. 6A, the memory 3 1 is composed of 6 (= 6X 1) vertical lines. In the multiplexer 25, the code bits of the LDPC code are written from the top left direction to the right direction in the vertical direction (the wale direction) constituting the memory 31. Then, if the code bit is written to the bottom of the rightmost vertical line, the first column of all the wales constituting the memory 31 is read in units of 6 bits © (mb bits) in the course direction. The bit is output and supplied to the replacement unit. The replacing unit 32 performs replacement processing for replacing the position of the 6-bit code bit from the memory 3丨, and the 6-bit obtained as a result is used as the 6-symbol bit representing the symbol of 64QAM... ^ Heart and output. That is, from the memory 3 1, the code bits of the mb bits (here, 6 bits) are read in the course direction, and if the code bits of the claw bits read from the memory 31 are from The highest order bit counts the i-th bit (_〇, !,·· represents the bit 137720.doc -46· 200952349 I from the memory 31, the 6-bit readout in the course direction From the highest order bit, the meta-system can be used to represent the positional disease, bl, b2, b into b5. The relationship between the weights of the rows described in Figure 11 is located in the direction of the bit b. A strong code bit, the code bit in the direction of the bit element becomes a code bit that is weak to the error.

於替換部32,為了使來自記憶體31之6位元之碼位元b。 至^中對錯誤弱勢之碼位元’分配給叫颜之丄符元之符 元位元y。”5中之強勢位元,可進行替換來自記憶體31之6 位兀之碼位元bG至bs之位置之替換處理。 於此’作為如何替換來自記憶體31之6位元之碼位元b〇 至匕,並分配給表示符元之6符元位元y❶至力之 各個之替換方式,從各企業提案有各種方式。 刀別而。,圖1 6B係表示第1替換方式,圖j 6C係表示第 2替換方式,圖16D係表示第3替換方式。 於圖16B至圖16D(於後述之圖17亦相同),連結位元㈣ A之線段係意味將碼位4分配給符元之符元位元以替換 至符元位元y』之位置)。 作為第1替換方式提案採用圖163之3種類之替換方式中 之任一種,作為第2替換方式提案採用圖16C之2種類之替 換方式中之任一種。 作為第3替換方式提案順序地選擇利用圖16D之6種類之 圖17係表示調變方式為64QAM(因此,映射成1符元之 L D P C碼之碼位元之位元數m與圖〗6同樣為6位元)且倍數匕 137720.doc -47- 200952349 為2之情況下之解多工器25之結構例、及第4替換方式。 倍數b為2之情況下,記憶體31係具有縱行方向< 橫列方 向為Ν/(6Χ2)χ(6χ2)位元之記憶容量,由12(=6χ2)個縱行 構成。 圖1 7A係表示對記憶體3〗之LDPC碼之寫入順序。 於解多工器25 ’如圖16所說明’ LDpc碼之碼位元在構 成記憶體31之縱行從上往下方向(縱行方向)之寫入係從左 朝向右方向之縱行進行。 然後,若碼位元之寫入至最右縱行之最下面終了,則從瘳 構成記憶體31之所有縱行之第〗列,往橫列方向以〗2位元 (mb位元)單位讀出碼位元,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係進行將來自記憶體31之12位元之碼位元之位 置,以第4替換方式替換之替換處理,並將其結果所獲得 之12位元,作為表示64QAM22符元邙個符元彡之以位元, 亦即作為表示64QAMi i符元之6符元位元y〇,yi,y2,y3,y4,y5 及表不接著之1符元之6符元位元7〇,;/1,>^,丫3,;^4,;/5而輸出。 於此’圖17B係表示藉由圖17A之替換部32所進行之替〇 換處理之第4替換方式。 此外’倍數b為2之情況下(3以上之情況亦同理),於替 換處理 mb位元之碼位元分配給連續b個符元之mb位元之 符疋位το。包含圖17在内,以下為了便於說明,從連續b 個符元之mb位元之符元位元之最高階位元算起之第i+1位 元表示作位元(符元位元)yi。 而且’何種替換方式適當,亦即如何更提升在AWGN通 137720.doc -48- 200952349 訊道之錯誤率,係依LDPC碼之編碼率或碼長、調變方式 等而不同。 接著,參考圖18至圖20來說明關於藉由圖8之同位交錯 器23所進行之同位交錯。 圖18係表示LDPC碼之檢查矩陣之Tanner圖(_部分)。 校驗節點係若如圖18所示,相連於該校驗節點之可變節 點(對應之碼位元)之2個等複數個同時成為抹除等錯誤,則 對相連於該校驗節點之所有可變節點,送回值〇之確率與丄 之確率為等確率之訊息。因&,若相連於同一校驗節點之 複數可變節點同時成為抹除等,則解碼性能會劣化。 然而,圖8之LDPC編碼部21所輸出之DVB_S22規格所 規定之LDPC碼為IRA碼,檢查矩陣H之同位矩陣Ητ係如圖 10所示成為階梯構造。 圖19係表不成為階梯構造之同位矩陣Ητ及對應於該同位 矩陣Ητ之Tanner圖。 亦即’圖19A係表示成為階梯構造之同位矩陣Ητ;圖 19Β係表示對應於圖19Α之同位矩陣〜之丁麵“圖。 同位矩陣Ητ成為階梯構造之情況下,於該同位矩陣之 丁―圖巾,利用LDPC碼之對應於同位矩陣而之值為以 要素之行之鄰接碼位元(同位位元)來求出訊息之可變節 點,係相連於同一校驗節點。 因此右由於叢發失誤或抹除等,上述鄰接之同位位元 同時變成錯誤’則相連在分別對應於該變成錯誤之複數同 位位元之複數可變節點(利用同位位元求出訊息之可變節 137720.doc -49- 200952349 點)之校驗節點會將值〇之確率與1之確率為等確率之訊 息,送回相連於該校驗節點之可變節點,因此解碼性能會 劣化。然後,於叢發長(由於叢發而變成錯誤之位元數)甚 大之情況時,解碼性能進一步劣化。 因此,同位交錯器23(圖8)係為了防止上述解碼性能之 劣化,進行將來自LDPC編碼部21之LDPC碼之同位位元, 予以交錯至其他同位位元之位置之同位交錯。 圖20係表示對應於圖8之同位交錯器23進行同位交錯後 之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣Η之同位矩陣Ητ。 於此,LDPC編碼部21所輸出之對應於DVB-S.2之規格所 規定之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣Η之資訊矩陣HA係成為巡迴構 造。 巡迴構造係指稱某行與其他行經循環移位(輪替)後一致 之構造,亦包含例如於每P行,該P行之各列之1之位置為 將該P行之最初行,僅以與除算同位長Μ所得之值q成比例 之值,往行方向循環移位後之位置之構造。以下,適宜地 將巡迴構造之P行稱為巡迴構造之單位之行數。 作為LDPC編碼部21所輸出之DVB-S.2之規格所規定之 LDPC碼係如圖11所說明,有碼長N為64800位元及16200位 元之2種類之LDPC碼。 現在,若著眼於碼長N為64800位元及16200位元之2種類 之LDPC碼中之碼長N為64800位元之LDPC碼,則該碼長N 為64800位元之LDPC碼之編碼率係如圖11所說明有11個。In the replacement unit 32, in order to make the 6-bit code bit b from the memory 31. The code bit element to the error of the error is assigned to the symbol y, which is called the symbol of Yan Zhifu. The strong bit in 5 can be replaced by a replacement process from the position of the 6-bit code bits bG to bs of the memory 31. Here, as a replacement of the 6-bit code bit from the memory 31 B〇至匕, and assigned to each of the 6 symbolic elements y❶ to force of the symbol, there are various ways to propose from each company. Fig. 1 6B shows the first alternative, Figure j 6C denotes a second alternative, and FIG. 16D shows a third alternative. In FIGS. 16B to 16D (the same applies to FIG. 17 described later), the line segment connecting the bit (4) A means that the code bit 4 is assigned to the symbol. The symbol of the element is replaced by the position of the symbol bit y.) As a first alternative, any of the alternatives of the three types of FIG. 163 is adopted, and the second alternative is proposed as the second alternative. Any one of the alternatives of the types. As a third alternative, it is proposed to sequentially select the type of the six types of FIG. 16D, and that the modulation mode is 64QAM (hence, the code bits of the LDPC code mapped to one symbol) The number of bits m is 6 bits as shown in Fig. 6 and the multiple 匕137720.doc -47-200 952349 is a configuration example of the multiplexer 25 and a fourth alternative. When the multiple b is 2, the memory 31 has a wale direction < the course direction is Ν/(6Χ2)χ The memory capacity of the (6χ2) bit is composed of 12 (=6χ2) vertical lines. Fig. 1 7A shows the writing order of the LDPC code to the memory 3. The demultiplexer 25' is illustrated in Fig. 16. The writing position of the LDpc code in the wales constituting the memory 31 from the top to the bottom (the waling direction) is performed from the left to the right direction. Then, if the code bit is written to the most When the bottom of the right vertical line is finished, the code bit is read out from the first column of all the wales constituting the memory 31, and the code bit is read out in the direction of the column by ">2 bits (mb bits), and is supplied to the replacement portion. 32. The replacing unit 32 performs a replacement process of replacing the position of the code bit from the 12-bit memory of the memory 31 with the fourth alternative, and obtains the 12-bit obtained as a result of the 64QAM22 symbol. The symbol is a bit, which is the 6-symbol y〇, yi, y2, y3, y4, y5 representing the 64QAMi i symbol and the symbol 1 6 symbol bits 7〇, ;/1,>^, 丫3,;^4,;/5 are output. Here, Fig. 17B shows the replacement by the replacement unit 32 of Fig. 17A. The fourth alternative of the processing. In addition, when the multiple b is 2 (the same applies for the case of 3 or more), the code bits of the replacement processing mb bits are allocated to the mb bits of the consecutive b symbols. Bit το. Including FIG. 17, the following is for the sake of explanation, the i+1th bit from the highest order bit of the mb bit of the consecutive b symbols is represented as a bit (symbol) Bit) yi. Moreover, the appropriate replacement method, that is, how to improve the error rate of the AWGN pass 137720.doc -48- 200952349 channel, is different according to the coding rate or code length and modulation mode of the LDPC code. Next, the co-interleaving by the parity interleaver 23 of Fig. 8 will be explained with reference to Figs. 18 to 20 . Fig. 18 is a Tanner diagram (part portion) showing a check matrix of an LDPC code. If the check node is as shown in FIG. 18, two or more of the variable nodes (corresponding code bits) connected to the check node are simultaneously erased and the like, and the pair is connected to the check node. For all variable nodes, the value of the return value is the same as the rate of accuracy. Since &, if the complex variable nodes connected to the same check node are erased at the same time, the decoding performance is degraded. However, the LDPC code defined by the DVB_S22 standard outputted by the LDPC encoding unit 21 of Fig. 8 is an IRA code, and the parity matrix Ητ of the check matrix H is a stepped structure as shown in Fig. 10 . Fig. 19 is a graph of the parity matrix Ητ which does not become a step structure and a Tanner graph corresponding to the parity matrix Ητ. That is, Fig. 19A shows the parity matrix Ητ which is a step structure; Fig. 19 shows the collocation diagram of the collocated matrix corresponding to Fig. 19Α. In the case where the collocated matrix Ητ is a ladder structure, it is in the same matrix. The wiper uses the LDPC code corresponding to the parity matrix and the value of the variable node of the information in the adjacent code bit (the parity bit) of the line of the element is connected to the same check node. Errors or erasures, etc., the above-mentioned adjacent parity bits become errors at the same time, and are connected to complex variable nodes corresponding to the complex parity bits that become erroneous (variable sections using the parity bits to obtain information 137720.doc The check node of -49-200952349) will send the message of the value of the correct rate and the accuracy of the correct rate to the variable node connected to the check node, so the decoding performance will be degraded. The decoding performance is further deteriorated when the length (the number of bits that become the error due to the burst) is very large. Therefore, the parity interleaver 23 (Fig. 8) is to prevent the degradation of the above decoding performance from being performed. The parity bits of the LDPC code of the LDPC encoding section 21 are interleaved to the co-located interleaving of the positions of the other parity bits. Fig. 20 is a diagram showing the check matrix of the LDPC code corresponding to the co-located interleaver 23 of Fig. 8. The information matrix HA of the check matrix corresponding to the LDPC code defined by the specification of DVB-S.2 is a tour structure. The tour structure refers to a line and other lines. The configuration after the cyclic shift (rotation) is consistent, and includes, for example, every P row, the position of each of the columns of the P row is the initial row of the P row, and only the value obtained by dividing the parity is q. The proportional value is the structure of the position after the cyclic shift in the row direction. Hereinafter, the P row of the tour structure is appropriately referred to as the number of rows of the tour structure. The DVB-S.2 outputted by the LDPC encoding unit 21 The LDPC code specified in the specification is as shown in Fig. 11. There are two types of LDPC codes of code length N of 64800 bits and 16200 bits. Now, if the code length N is concerned, it is 64800 bits and 16200 bits. The code length N of the two types of LDPC codes is an LDPC code of 64,800 bits. The code length N of the LDPC code of coding rate of 64,800 yuan system illustrated in FIG. 11, 11.

關於該11個編碼率分別之碼長N為64800位元之LDPC 137720.doc -50· 200952349 碼,就任一個而言,於DVB-S.2之規格均規定巡迴構造之 單位之行數P為同位長Μ之約數中之1及Μ除外之約數之一 之 360。 而且,關於11個編碼率分別之碼長Ν為64800位元之 LDPC碼,同位長Μ係利用依編碼率而不同之值q,成為以 式M=qxP = qx360所表示之質數以外之值。因此,值q亦與 巡迴構造之單位之行數P同樣為同位長Μ之約數中之1及Μ 除外之約數之其他之1,藉由以巡迴構造之單位之行數Ρ除 ® 算同位長Μ來獲得(同位長Μ之約數之Ρ及q之積為同位長 M)。 同位交錯器23係如上述,若將資訊長設為K,而且將0以 上、小於P之整數設為X,並且將0以上、小於q之整數設為 y,則作為同位交錯,將來自LDPC編碼部21之LDPC碼之 第K+1至K+M(=N)個碼位元之同位位元中之第Κ+qx+y+l個 碼位元,交錯至第K+Py+x+1個碼位元之位置。 若根據該類同位交錯,則由於相連於同一校驗節點之可 變節點(對應之同位位元)僅相隔巡迴構造之單位之行數 P,亦即於此僅相隔360位元,因此於叢發長小於360位元 之情況時,可避免相連於同一校驗節點之可變節點之複數 個同時變成錯誤之事態,其結果可改善對於叢發失誤之耐 受性。 此外,將第Κ+qx+y+l個碼位元交錯至第Κ+Py+x+l個碼 位元之位置之同位交錯後之LDPC碼,係與原本之檢查矩 陣Η進行將第K+qx+y+1行置換為第K+Py+x+1行之行置換 137720.doc -51 - 200952349 所獲得之檢查矩陣(以下亦稱轉換檢查矩陣)之LDPC碼一 致。 而且’於轉換檢查矩陣之同位矩陣,如圖20所示出現以 P行(於圖20為360行)作為單位之擬似巡迴構造。 於此,擬似巡迴構造係意味一部分除外之部分成為巡迴 構造之構造。對於DVB-S.2之規格所規定之ldpc碼之檢查 矩陣,施以相當於同位交錯之行置換所獲得之轉換檢查矩 陣係於其右角落部分之36(^〗x36〇行之部分(後述之移位矩 陣),僅缺少^固!之要素(成為〇之要素),因此非(完全)巡 迴構造而成為擬似巡迴構造。 此外,圖20之轉換檢查矩陣係成為對於原本之檢查矩陣 Η ’除相當於同位交錯之行置換以外,亦施以用以使轉換 矩陣以後述之構成矩陣構成之列之置換(列置換)後之 —考參考圖21至圖24,來說明關於作為藉】 錯 仃扭轉交錯器24所進行之重排處理之縱行扭轉交雜。 ;圖之t送裝置u ’為了提升頻率之 述將LDPCm夕千如 ‘、、,之馬位兀之2位元以上作為1個符元發送。 即,例如將媽办- _ 變方式梅w 疋之2位元作為1個符元之情況時’作為 之情W WQPSK,將碼位兀之4位元作為丨個符 '’ ’作為調變方式係利用例如16QAM。 如此’將竭位开夕,& 下,若之2位兀以上作為1個符元發送之情 之碼位元抹除等,則該符元(分配給符元位力 峠成為錯誤(抹除)。 137720.doc 200952349 因此,為了使解碼性能提升,降低相連於同一校驗節點 之可變節點(對應之碼位元)之複數個同時變成抹除之確 率,必須避免對應於1個符元之碼位元之可變節點相連於 同一校驗節點。 另一方面,如上述,LDPC編碼部21所輸出之DVB_S 2之 規格所規定之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣H,資訊矩·Ηα含有巡 迴構造,同位矩陣ΗΤ含有階梯構造。然後,如圖2〇所說 明’於同位交錯後之LDPC石馬之檢查矩陣即轉換檢查矩 陣,於同位矩陣亦出現巡迴構造(正確而言,如上述為擬 似巡迴構造)。 圖2 1係表示轉換檢查矩陣。 亦即,圖21A係表示碼長!^為648〇〇位元、編碼率⑴為 3/4之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣η之轉換檢查矩陣。 於圖21Α,於轉換檢查矩陣,值為1之要素之位置係以點 (·)表示。 〇 係以圖21Α之轉換檢查矩陣之LDpc碼,亦即以同 位交錯後之LDPC碼作為對象’表示解多工器25(圖〇所 行之處理。 於圖21B,將調變方式設為16QAM,於構成解多工器。 之記憶體31之4縱行,同位交錯後之LDPC碼之碼位元係 入於縱行方向。 、馬 於構成記憶體31之4縱行,寫入於縱行方向之碼位元係 於橫列方向,以4位元單位讀出而成為1符元。 ’、 4情況下’成為1符元之4位元之碼位元〜仏也也可能 I37720.doc -53- 200952349 成為對應於位於圖21A之轉換檢杳 ~矩陣之任意1列之1之碼 位元,該情況下,分別對應 冰 该碼位兀B〇,B】,B2,B3之可變 即點係相連於同一校驗節點。 因此,於1符元之4位元之找仏一 η 馬位τ〇Β0,Β丨,Β2,Β3成為對應於 位於轉換檢查矩陣之任意!列 ί 1乞碼位兀之情況下,若於 該:元發生抹除’則於分別對應於碼位元…❿之可 變郎點所相連之同一校驗節點’無法求出適當之訊息,其 結果,解竭性能會劣化。 之編碼率,同樣地對應於相連於 變節點之複數碼位元亦可能作為Regarding the LDPC 137720.doc -50· 200952349 code of which the code length N of each of the 11 coding rates is 64,800 bits, the specification of the DVB-S.2 specifies that the number of rows P of the unit of the tour structure is One of the divisors of the same position and one of the divisors of 360. Further, regarding the LDPC codes in which the code lengths of the 11 coding rates are 64,800 bits, the parity is a value other than the prime number expressed by the formula M = qxP = qx360, using a value q different depending on the coding rate. Therefore, the value q is also the same as the number of rows P of the unit of the patrolling structure, and the other one of the divisors of the collocation structure, and the other number of the circumstance, the number of rows in the unit of the patrolling structure is divided by the number of rows Μ 获得 获得 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( As described above, when the information length is set to K, and the integer of 0 or more and less than P is set to X, and the integer of 0 or more and less than q is set to y, it will be from the LDPC as a parity interleaving. The Κ+qx+y+l code bits in the same bit of the K+1 to K+M (=N) code bits of the LDPC code of the encoding unit 21 are interleaved to the K+Py+x +1 location of the code bit. According to the co-located interleaving, since the variable nodes (corresponding co-located bits) connected to the same check node are only separated by the number of rows P of the unit of the tour structure, that is, only 360 bits apart, When the length is less than 360 bits, a plurality of variable nodes connected to the same check node can be prevented from becoming an error at the same time, and the result is improved tolerance to burst errors. In addition, the LDPC code after the Κ+qx+y+1 code bits are interleaved to the position of the Κ+Py+x+l code bits is the same as the original check matrix 将The +qx+y+1 row is replaced by the row K+Py+x+1 row 137720.doc -51 - 200952349 The LDPC codes of the check matrix (hereinafter also referred to as the conversion check matrix) obtained are identical. Further, in the parity matrix of the conversion check matrix, as shown in Fig. 20, a pseudo-tour structure in which P rows (360 rows in Fig. 20) are used as a unit appears. Here, the pseudo-tour structure means that a part of the structure is a structure of the tour structure. For the check matrix of the ldpc code specified by the specification of DVB-S.2, the conversion check matrix obtained by the row replacement corresponding to the co-located interlace is part of 36 (^) x36 in the right corner portion (described later) The shift matrix) only lacks the element of the solid (the element of 〇), so it is a non-(complete) tour structure and becomes a pseudo-tour structure. In addition, the conversion check matrix of Fig. 20 becomes the original check matrix Η ' In addition to the permutation of the co-located interleaving, the permutation (column permutation) for arranging the constituent matrices to be described later in the conversion matrix is also applied. Referring to FIG. 21 to FIG. The vertical twisting of the rearrangement process performed by the twisting interleaver 24 is performed. The t-feeding device u' of the figure is used to increase the frequency, and the LDPCm is as long as the 'bits of ', and the horse is more than 2 bits. 1 symbol is sent. That is, for example, when the mother of the mother- _ change mode is used as the case of one symbol, the W WQPSK is used as the character. '' 'As a modulation method, for example, 16QA M. So, 'will exhaust the eve, &, if the 2 digits or more are sent as a symbolic element of a symbol, then the symbol (allocated to the symbol is wrong) (Erase) 137720.doc 200952349 Therefore, in order to improve the decoding performance, reducing the number of variable nodes (corresponding code bits) connected to the same check node becomes the erasure accuracy, and must avoid corresponding to 1 The variable node of the symbol bit of each symbol is connected to the same check node. On the other hand, as described above, the check matrix H of the LDPC code specified by the specification of DVB_S 2 output by the LDPC encoding unit 21, the information moment Ηα Containing a tour structure, the co-located matrix ΗΤ contains a step structure. Then, as illustrated in Figure 2〇, the check matrix of the LDPC stone horse after the co-interlace is the conversion check matrix, and the patrol structure also appears in the parity matrix (correctly, as described above Fig. 21 is a conversion check matrix. That is, Fig. 21A shows a conversion check of the check matrix η of the LDPC code whose code length is 648 bits and the coding rate (1) is 3/4. Matrix. Figure 21Α In the conversion check matrix, the position of the element with a value of 1 is represented by a dot (·). The LDpc code of the conversion check matrix of Fig. 21Α, that is, the LDPC code of the same bit interleaved as the object 'represents the solution multiplexer 25 (Figure B 〇 〇 。 。 。 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于 于In the longitudinal direction of the memory 31, the code bits written in the wale direction are in the course direction, and are read in units of 4 bits to become 1 symbol. In the case of '4' 'It is also possible to become a 4-bit code bit of 1 symbol. I37720.doc -53- 200952349 is a code bit corresponding to 1 of any one of the columns of the conversion check matrix of Fig. 21A. Next, corresponding to the ice code position 兀B 〇, B], B2, B3 variable point is connected to the same check node. Therefore, in the 4-bit of 1 symbol, find the η horse position τ〇Β0, Β丨, Β2, Β3 to correspond to any of the conversion check matrix! In the case where the column ί 1 兀 兀 , , , , 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元 元As a result, the exhaustion performance deteriorates. The coding rate, which also corresponds to the complex digital bit connected to the variable node, may also be used as

關於編碼率為3/4以外 同一校驗節點之複數可 16QAM之1個符元。 此,縱行扭轉交錯器24係進行將來自同位交錯器23之 同位交錯後之LDPC碼之碼位元,予以交錯之縱行扭轉交 B以便對應於位於轉換檢查矩陣之任意i列之^之複數碼 位元不含於1個符元。 圖22係說明縱行扭轉交錯之圖。 亦即,圖22係表示解多工器25之記憶體31(圖16、圖© 屺隱體31係如圖16所說明,具有於縱行(縱)方向記憶灿 位兀,並且於橫列(橫)方向記憶N/(mb)位元之記憶容量, 由灿個縱行所構成。然後,縱行扭轉交錯H24係對於記恨 體3 1 ’控制將LDpc碼之碼位元寫入於縱行方向、於橫列 讀出時之開始寫位置,藉此進行縱行扭轉交錯。 亦即’於縱行扭轉交錯器24,分別針對複數縱行,適宜 137720.doc -54 200952349 地變更開始碼位元之寫入之開始寫位置,以使於橫列方向 讀出之作為1符元之複數瑪位元’不會成為對應於位於轉 換檢查矩陣之任意1列之1之碼位元(重排LDPC碼之碼位 元’以使對應於位於檢查矩陣之任意1列之丨之複數碼位元 不含於同一符元)。 於此,圖22係表示調變方式為16QAM且圖16所說明之倍 數b為1之情況下之記憶體3 1之結構例。因此,被作為i符 元之LDPC碼之碼位元之位元數m為4位元,而且記憶體3 1 ® 係以4(=mb)個縱行所構成。 縱行扭轉交錯器24(取代圖16之解多工器25)係從左朝向 右方向之縱行,進行將LDPC碼之碼位元從構成記憶體31 之4個縱行從上往下方向(縱行方向)之寫入。 然後,若碼位元之寫入至最右縱行終了,則縱行扭轉交 錯器24係從構成記憶體31之所有縱行之第1列,於橫列方 向以4位元(mb位元)單位讀出碼位元,並作為縱行扭轉交 〇 錯後之LDPC碼輸出至解多工器25之替換部32(圖16、圖 17)。 其中,於縱行扭轉交錯器24,若將各縱行之開頭(最上 面)之位置之位址設為〇,以升序之整數表示縱行方向之各 位置之位址,則關於最左縱行,將開始寫位置設作位址為 〇之位置’關於(左起)第2縱行,將開始寫位置設作位址為2 之位置,關於第3縱行,將開始寫位置設作位址為4之位 置,關於第4縱行,將開始寫位置設作位址為了之位置。 此外,關於開始寫位置是位址為〇之位置以外之位置之 137720.doc -55- 200952349 縱仃’將碼位兀寫入至最下面之位置後,返回開頭(位址 為〇之位置),進行即將至開始寫位置前之位置為止之寫 入。然後,其後進行從下一(右)縱行之寫入。 藉由進仃如以上之縱行扭轉交錯,關於dvb_S 2之規格 所規定之碼長N為648〇〇之所有編碼率2LDpc^^,可避免 對應於相連於同—校驗節點之複數可變節點之複數碼位元 被作為16QAM之1個符元(含於同一符元)其結果,可使有 抹除之通訊道之解碼性能提升。 圖23係針對DVB_S 2之規格所規定之碼長N為 648oo之u 個編碼率分別之LDpc碼,依各調變方式表示縱行扭轉交 錯所必要之記憶體3丨之縱行數及開始寫位置之位址。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如QpSK,因此丄 符兀之位元數1!!為2位元之情況下,若根據圖23 ,記憶體h 係含有於橫列方向記憶2xl(=mb)位元之2個縱行於縱行 方向記憶64800/(2x1)位元。 然後,記憶體31之2個縱行中,分別第1縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 2之位置。 _ 此外’於作為例如解多工器25(圖8)之替換處理之替換 方式採用圖16之第1至第3替換方式中之任一方式之情況等 時,倍數b成為1。 由於倍數b為2,且作為調變方式採用例如QpSK, U此1 符元之位元數m為2位元之情況下,若根據圖23,記換體 係含有於橫列方向記憶2x2位元之4個縱行,於縱行方 J呑己 137720.doc -56- 200952349 憶 64800/(2x2)位元。 然後,s己憶體31之4個縱行中,分別第遣行之開始寫位 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 之位置第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4之位置,第4 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置。 此外’於作為例如解多工器25(圖8)之替換處理之替換 方式採用圖Π之第4替換方式之情況等時,倍數b成為2。、 ❹,由於倍數⑷’且作為調變方式採用例如16QAM,因此 1符兀之位元數瓜為4位元之情況下,若根據圖Μ,記憶體 31係含有於橫列方向記憶4χ1位元之4個縱行,於縱行^向 記憶64800/(4x1)位元。 2後’記憶體31之4個縱行中’分別第遣行之開始寫位 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 2之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4之位置,第* 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置。 ❹ *由於倍數匕為2’且作為調變方式採用例如16QAM,因此 1符兀之位元數4 4位元之情況下,若根據圖23,記憶體 31係含有於橫列方向記憶4χ2位元之8個縱行,於縱行方向 記憶64800/(4x2)位元。 然後’記憶'體31之8個縱行中,分別第墙行之開始寫位 置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 〇之位置’帛3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第4 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4之位置,第5縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為4之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 137720.doc -57- 200952349 二5二位置π第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置, 緃仃之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置。 以由於倍數…,且作Α調變方式採用例如64QAM,因此 ^/合之古位讀^位元之情況下^根據圖^記情體 31係含有於橫列方向記_ %體 記憶6侧㈣位元 位凡之6個縱行,於縱行方向 然後,記憶體31之6個縱行中,分 置設作位址為0之位置,笛9計 订之開始寫位 2之位署^ 第2縱仃之開始寫位置設作位址為 置’第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第4 ;仃之開始寫位置設作位址為9之位置,第$縱行之開始 位置設作位址為1〇之位 * 址為13之位置。 帛寫位置設作位 由於倍數b為2’且作為調變方式採用例如64QAM, =位元數.為6位元之情況下’若根據圖23,記憶體 係3有於橫列方向記憶6X2位元之12個縱行,於 向記憶64800/(6x2)位元。Regarding the coding rate of 3/4, the complex number of the same check node can be one symbol of 16QAM. Thus, the whirling torsion interleaver 24 performs the interleaving of the code bits of the LDPC code interleaved from the co-located interleaver 23, and interleaves the wobbles B to correspond to any i-column located in the conversion check matrix. The complex digital bit is not included in one symbol. Fig. 22 is a view showing the longitudinal twisting and interlacing. That is, FIG. 22 shows the memory 31 of the multiplexer 25 (FIG. 16, FIG. 屺, the hidden body 31 is as illustrated in FIG. 16 and has a memory level in the vertical (longitudinal) direction, and is in the course. The memory capacity of the (horizontal) direction memory N/(mb) bit is composed of a walt. Then, the wales are twisted and interleaved. The H24 system is used to control the LDpc code. In the row direction, the writing position is started at the time of reading in the horizontal direction, thereby performing the directional twisting interleaving. That is, the 'longitudinal twisting interleaver 24, for the plural wales, is suitable for the 137720.doc -54 200952349 to change the start code. The start of the write position of the bit, so that the complex-matrix as the 1-symbol read in the horizontal direction does not become the code bit corresponding to one of the arbitrary ones of the conversion check matrix (heavy The code bits of the LDPC code are arranged such that the complex digital bits corresponding to any one of the columns of the check matrix are not included in the same symbol. Here, FIG. 22 shows that the modulation mode is 16QAM and FIG. 16 A configuration example of the memory 3 1 in the case where the multiple b of the description is 1. Therefore, the LDPC code which is the i symbol is used. The number m of bits of the code bit is 4 bits, and the memory 3 1 ® is composed of 4 (= mb) wales. The whirling twist interleaver 24 (instead of the multiplexer 25 of Fig. 16) The writing of the LDPC code from the four vertical lines constituting the memory 31 from the top to the bottom (the waling direction) is performed in the wales from the left to the right direction. Then, if the code bits are written When the rightmost vertical line ends, the vertical twist interleaver 24 reads the code bits in units of 4 bits (mb bits) in the row direction from the first column of all the wales constituting the memory 31. And the LDPC code after the twisting of the wales is output to the replacement unit 32 of the multiplexer 25 (Figs. 16 and 17). Here, in the reticular interleaver 24, if the wales are at the beginning (the most The address of the position above is set to 〇, and the address of each position in the waling direction is represented by an integer in ascending order. For the leftmost wales, the start writing position is set to the position where the address is ' 'About (from left) In the second vertical line, the start write position is set to the position where the address is 2, and regarding the third vertical line, the start write position is set to the position where the address is 4, and regarding the 4th vertical line, it will be opened. The initial write position is set as the address for the position. In addition, the start write position is the position other than the position where the address is 137 137720.doc -55- 200952349 仃 仃 'write the code bit 至 to the bottom position , return to the beginning (the address is the location of 〇), write until the position before the start of the write position. Then, write from the next (right) wales. Longitudinal torsion interleaving, the code length N specified by the specification of dvb_S 2 is 648〇〇, and all the coding rates 2LDpc^^ can avoid the complex digital bits corresponding to the complex variable nodes connected to the same-check node. As a result of 1 symbol of 16QAM (including the same symbol), the decoding performance of the erased communication channel can be improved. FIG. 23 is an LDpc code for a code rate N of 648 oo specified by the specification of DVB_S 2, and the number of wales of the memory 3 必要 necessary for the wobble interleaving according to each modulation mode and the start of writing. The location of the location. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, QpSK, if the number of bits of the symbol is 1!! is 2 bits, according to FIG. 23, the memory h is stored in the direction of the memory 2xl (= The mb) two wales of the bit store 64800/(2x1) bits in the wale direction. Then, in the two wales of the memory 31, the start write position of the first wales is set to the position of 〇, and the start write position of the second traverse is set to the position of address 2. In the case where the replacement of the demultiplexer 25 (Fig. 8) is used as an alternative to the first to third alternatives of Fig. 16, the multiple b becomes 1. Since the multiple b is 2, and the modulation method is, for example, QpSK, where the number of bits m of the 1 symbol is 2 bits, according to FIG. 23, the switching system stores 2x2 bits in the horizontal direction. The four vertical lines, in the vertical line J 137720.doc -56- 200952349 recall 64800 / (2x2) bits. Then, in the four wales of the suffix 31, the start write position of the first squad line is set to the position where the address is 0, and the start write position of the second traverse line is set as the address for the position of the third vertical line. The start write position is set to the position where the address is 4, and the start write position of the 4th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 7. Further, when the fourth alternative of the figure is used as an alternative to the replacement processing of the demultiplexer 25 (Fig. 8), the multiple b becomes two. ❹ 由于 由于 倍 倍 倍 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于 由于4 vertical lines, 64800/(4x1) bits in the longitudinal direction. After 2, in the 4 wales of the memory 31, the write position of the first row is set to the address of 0, and the write position of the 2nd row is set to the address of 2, the third vertical The start write position of the line is set to the position where the address is 4, and the start write position of the *th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 7. ❹ * Since the multiple 匕 is 2' and the modulation method is, for example, 16QAM, if the number of bits of the 1 symbol is 4 4 bits, according to Fig. 23, the memory 31 contains 4 χ 2 bits in the horizontal direction. 8 vertical lines, remembering 64800/(4x2) bits in the wale direction. Then, in the eight wales of the 'memory' body 31, the start position of the first wall line is set as the address of the 〇, and the start position of the second traverse is set to the position of the address 帛3 vertical The start write position of the line is set to the position where the address is 2, the start write position of the 4th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 4, and the start write position of the 5th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 4, the sixth position The starting position of the wales is set as the address 137720.doc -57- 200952349 2 5.2 position π The starting position of the 7th waling is set to the position of the address 7, and the starting writing position of 緃仃 is set as the address is 7 position. For example, 64QAM is used because of the multiples, and the Α Α 因此 因此 因此 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ (4) The six vertical lines of the bit position are in the vertical direction, then, in the six vertical lines of the memory 31, the position is set to be 0, and the position of the start of the second is set. ^ The start position of the 2nd vertical is set as the address. The write position of the 3rd vertical line is set to the position where the address is 5, and the start position of the 4th is set to the position of the address of 9, The starting position of the first wales is set to the address of 1 * * the address is 13. The write position is set as the bit b is 2' and the modulation method is, for example, 64QAM, = bit number. In the case of 6 bits, 'If according to Fig. 23, the memory system 3 has 6X2 bits in the horizontal direction. The 12 vertical lines of Yuan, the memory of 64800/(6x2) bits.

然後,記憶體31之12個縱行中,分別第m行之開始寫 ^置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為0之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置, 权縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第5縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為4之位置’第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4之位 置’第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第9縱行 之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第職行之開始寫Z 137720.doc 200952349 置設作位址為7之位置,第丨丨縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為8之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為9之位置。 由於倍數b為1 ’且作為調變方式採用例如256qAM,因 此1符元之位元數瓜為8位元之情況下,若根據圖23,記憶 體31係含有於橫列方向記憶8xl位元之8個縱行,於縱行方 向記憶64800/(8x1)位元。 然後,記憶體3 1之8個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫位 〇 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第4 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4之位置,第5縱行之開始寫 位置认作位址為4之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為5之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置, 第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為了之位置。 由於倍數b為2,且作為調變方式採用例如256QAM,因 此1符兀之位兀數瓜為8位元之情況下,若根據圖,記憶 ©體31係含有於橫列方向記憶8x2位元之16個縱行,於縱行 方向記憶64800/(8x2)位元。 ^後3己憶體3 1之16個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置’第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為2之位置’第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置, 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第5縱行之開 。寫位置。又作位址為2之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為3之位置’第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位 置第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為之位置,第9縱行 137720.doc -59- 200952349 之開始寫位置設作位址為16之位置,第10縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為20之位置,第11縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為22之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為22之位 置’第13縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為27之位置,第14縱 行之開始寫位置設作位址為27之位置,第15縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為28之位置,第16縱行之開始寫位置設作位 址為3 2之位置。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如1024qam,因 此1符元之位元數爪為^位元之情況下,若根據圖23,記憶 _ 體3 1係含有於橫列方向記憶1 〇x 1位元之〗〇個縱行,於縱行 方向記憶64800/(1 〇xl)位元。 然後’記憶體3 1之1 0個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為3之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為6之位置, 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為8之位置,第$縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為11之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設 作位址為13之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為15 © 之位置’第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為丨7之位置,第9 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為18之位置,第1〇縱行之開始 寫位置設作位址為20之位置。 由於倍數b為2’且作為調變方式採用例如1〇24qAM,因 此1 #元之位元數m為i 〇位元之情況下,若根據圖,記憶 體31係含有於橫列方向記憶10><2位元之20個縱行,於縱行 方向記憶64800/(10x2)位元。 ]3772〇.doc -60· 200952349 然後,記憶體3 1之20個縱行中,分別第i縱行之開始寫 位置设作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為1之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置, 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4之位置第5縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為6之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為6之位 置第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為9之位置,第9縱行 ❹之開始寫位置设作位址為13之位置,第1〇縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為Μ之位置,第U縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為14之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為“之位 置第13縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2 1之位置,第丨4縱 行之開始寫位置設作位址為21之位置,第15縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為23之位置,第16縱行之開始寫位置設作位 址為25之位置,第17縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為^之位 置,第18縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為%之位置,第Η縱 ❹/亍之開始寫位置6又作位址為28之位置,第縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為3 〇之位置。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如4〇96QAm,因 此1符兀之位元數0為12位元之情況下,若根據圖23,記憶 體3 1係3有於橫列方向記憶12χ 1位元之丨2個縱行,於縱行 方向記憶64800/(12x1)位元。 然後,記憶體31之12個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置, 137720.doc -61 - 200952349 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第$縱行 。寫位置叹作位址為3之位置’第…縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為4之位置’第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為*之位 置’第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第9縱行 之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第職行之開始寫位 又作位址為7之位置’第u縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為8之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為9之位置。 於倍數b為2 ’且作為調變方式採用例如4〇96qam,因 此1符7L之位讀„!為12位元之情況下,若根據圖U,記憶 體η係含有於橫列方向記憶12><2位元之24個縱行,於縱^ 方向記憶64800/(12x2)位元。 然後,記憶體31之24個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置’第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為5之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為8之位置, 第4縱订之開始寫位置設作位址為8之位置,第$縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為8之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為8之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為忉之位 置,第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為1〇之位置,第9縱行 之開始寫位置設作位址為1〇之位置,第1〇縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為12之位置’第U縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為13之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為μ之位 置,第13縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為口之位置,第μ縱 行之開始寫位置設作位址為之位置’第15縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為21之位置,第16縱行之開始寫位置設作位 137720.doc -62· 200952349 址為22之位置,第17縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為23之位 置’第18縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為26之位置,第19縱 行之開始寫位置設作位址為37之位置,第20縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為39之位置,第21縱行之開始寫位置設作位 址為40之位置,第22縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為41之位 置’第23縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為4丨之位置,第縱 行之開始寫位置設作位址為41之位置。 圖24係針對DVB-S.2之規格所規定之碼長]^為162〇〇之1〇 個編碼率分別之LDPC碼,依各調變方式表示縱行扭轉交 錯所必要之記憶體3 1之縱行數及開始寫位置之位址。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如QpSK,因此工 符兀之位元數„!為2位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶體^ 係含有於橫列方向記憶2xl位元之2個縱行,於縱行方向記 憶 16200/(2 XI)位元。 然後,記憶體31之2個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫位 〇置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 0之位置。 由於L數b為2 ’且作為調變方式採用例如QpsK,因此1 符兀之位元數_ 2位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶體“ 係含有於橫列方向記憶2x2位元之4個縱行,於縱行方向記 憶 16200/(2x2)位元。 然後,記憶體31之4個縱行中,分別第隱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 2之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第4 137720.doc -63- 200952349 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置。 ,由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如i6qam,因此 1付兀之位元數„!為4位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶體 Μ係含有於橫列方向記憶4xl位元之4個縱行,於縱行 記憶16200/(4 xl)位元。 然後,記憶、體3!之4個縱行中,分別第味行之開始寫位 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 2之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第4 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置。 由於倍數b為2,且作為調變方式採用例如16QAM,因此 1符元之位元數m為4位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶體 31係含有於橫列方向記憶4x2位元之8個縱行,於縱行方向 記憶16200/(4x2)位元。 然後,記憶體31之8個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為〇之位置,第4 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為1之位置’第5縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為7之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為20之位置’第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為⑽之位 置,第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為21之位置。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如64qam,因此 1符元之位元數m為6位元之情況下’若根據圖24,記憶體 3 1係含有於橫列方向記憶6χ 1位元之6個縱行,'於縱行方向 記憶16200/(6x1)位元。 137720.doc • 64· 200952349 然後,記憶體31之6個縱行中,分別第^縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為0之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為 〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第* 縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第5縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為7之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為7之位置。 由於倍數b為2,且作為調變方式採用例如64Qam,因此 ❹1付兀之位元數m為6位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶體 31係含有於橫列方向記憶6χ2位元之12個縱行,於縱行方 向記憶16200/(6x2)位元。 然後,記憶體3 1之12個縱行中,分別第丨縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為〇之位置, 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第5縱行之開 始寫位置a又作位址為2之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 Q 位址為2之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位 置,第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第9縱行 之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第1〇縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為6之位置,第丨丨縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為7之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如256Qam ,因 此1符tl之位元數111為8位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶 體3 1係含有於橫列方向記憶8χ丨位元之8個縱行,於縱行方 向記憶16200/(8x1)位元。 137720.doc -65- 200952349 = 之洲縱行中,分㈣m行之開 Ο ❹ Γ5又作位址為G之位置’第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 :〇之位置’第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為G之位置, 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第墙行之開 始寫位置設作位址為2之位置’第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為2之位置’第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位 置,第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第9縱行 之:始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第1〇縱行之開始寫位 置设作位址為5之位置,第11縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為5之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置, 第13縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為5之位置,第14縱行之 開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置,第15縱行之開始寫位置 設作位址為7之位置,第16縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7 之位置’第17縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置,第 18縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為8之位置,第19縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為8之位置,第20縱行之開始寫位置設 作位址為1 〇之位置。 由於倍數b為1,且作為調變方式採用例如4096QAM,因 此1符元之位元數„!為12位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶 體31係含有於橫列方向記憶12xl位元之12個縱行,於縱行 方向記憶16200/(12x1)位元。 然後’記憶體3 1之12個縱行中,分別第1縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為0之位置, 137720.doc -67- 200952349 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第5縱行之開 始寫位置3又作位址為2之位置,第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為2之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位 置,第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第9縱行 之開始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第1〇縱行之開始寫位 置設作位址為6之位置,第U縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為7之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為7之位置。 由於倍數b為2,且作為調變方式採用例如4〇96QAM,因 此1符兀之位元數m為12位元之情況下,若根據圖24,記憶❹ 體31係含有於橫列方向記憶12><2位元之24個縱行,於縱行 方向記憶16200/( 12x2)位元。 然後,記憶體31之24個縱行中,分別第丄縱行之開始寫 位置設作位址為〇之位置,第2縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為〇之位置,第3縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為〇之位置, 第4縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為〇之位置,第5縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為〇之位置’第6縱行之開始寫位置設作 位址為〇之位置,第7縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為〇之位© 置第8縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為丨之位置,第9縱行 之開始寫位置設作位址為丨之位置,第1〇縱行之開始寫位 置设作位址為1之位置,第u縱行之開始寫位置設作位址 為2之位置,第12縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置, 第B縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為2之位置,第μ縱行之 =始寫位置設作位址為3之位置,第15縱行之開始寫位置 认作位址為7之位置,第16縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為9 137720.doc -68- 200952349 之位置,第17縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為9之位置,第 18縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為9之位置,第19縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為1 0之位置,第20縱行之開始寫位置設 作位址為1 0之位置,第2 1縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為10 之位置,第22縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為10之位置,第 23縱行之開始寫位置設作位址為1 0之位置,第24縱行之開 始寫位置設作位址為11之位置。 接著,參考圖25之流程圖來說明關於圖8之發送裝置11 ® 所進行之發送處理。 LDPC編碼部2 1係於該處等待對象資料供給,於步驟 S1 01,將對象資料編碼為LDPC碼,將該LDPC碼供給至位 元交錯器22,處理係前進至步驟S102。 位元交錯器22係於步驟S102,將來自LDPC編碼部21之 LDPC碼作為對象,進行位元交錯,將該位元交錯後之 LDPC碼經符元化之符元供給至映射部26,處理係前進至 步驟S103。 亦即,於步驟S 1 02,於位元交錯器22,同位交錯器23係 將來自LDPC編碼部21之LDPC碼作為對象,進行同位交 錯,將該同位交錯後之LDPC碼供給至縱行扭轉交錯器 24。 縱行扭轉交錯器24係將來自同位交錯器23之LDPC碼作 為對象,進行縱行扭轉交錯,並供給至解多工器25。 解多工器25係替換藉由縱行扭轉交錯器24予以縱行扭轉 交錯後之LDPC碼之碼位元,進行使替換後之碼位元成為 137720.doc -69- 200952349 符元之符元位元(表示符元之位元)之替換處理。 於此,藉由解多工器25所進行之替換處理除可按照圖1 6 及圖1 7所示之第1至第4替換方式來進行以外,亦可按照分 配規則來進行。分配規則係用以將LDPC碼之碼位元分配 給表示符元之符元位元之規則,關於其詳細會於後面敘 述。 藉由解多工器25之替換處理所獲得之符元係從解多工器 25供給至映射部26。 映射部26係於步驟S 103,將來自解多工器25之符元映射 成正交調變部27所進行之正交調變之調變方式所決定之信 號點,並供給至正交調變部27,處理係前進至步驟S 1 04。 正交調變部27係於步驟S 1 04,按照來自映射部26之信號 點,進行載波之正交調變,處理係前進至步驟S105,發送 正交調變之結果所獲得之調變信號,並終了處理。 此外,圖25之發送處理係重複於管線進行。 如以上,藉由進行同位交錯或縱行扭轉交錯,可提升將 LDPC碼之複數碼位元作為1個符元發送之情況下之對於抹 除或叢發失誤之耐受性。 於此,圖8中係為了便於說明,個別地構成進行同位交 錯之區塊即同位交錯器23、與進行縱行扭轉交錯之區塊即 縱行扭轉交錯器24,但同位交錯器23與縱行扭轉交錯器24 亦可一體地構成。 亦即,同位交錯與縱行扭轉交錯之任一均可藉由碼位元 對於記憶體之寫入及讀出來進行,可藉由將進行碼位元之 137720.doc •70- 200952349 寫入之位址(寫入位址)轉換為進行碼位元之讀出之位址(讀 出位址)之矩陣來表示。 因此,若預先求出乘算表示同位交錯之矩陣與表示縱行 扭轉交錯之矩陣所獲得之矩陣,則藉由利用該矩陣轉換碼 位元,可獲得進行同位交錯,並進一步將該同位交錯後之 LDPC碼予以縱行扭轉交錯後之結果。 而且,除同位交錯器23及縱行扭轉交錯器24以外,解多 工器25亦可一體地構成。 ® 亦即,以解多工器25所進行之替換處理亦可藉由將記憶 LDPC碼之記憶體3 1之寫入位址,轉換為讀出位址之矩陣 來表示。 因此,若預先求出乘算表示同位交錯之矩陣、表示縱行 扭轉交錯之矩陣及表示替換處理之矩陣所獲得之矩陣,則 可藉由該矩陣總括進行同位交錯、縱行扭轉交錯及替換處 理。 此外,關於同位交錯及縱行扭轉交錯,僅進行其中任一 方或雙方均不進行亦可。 接著,參考圖26至圖28,說明關於針對圖8之發送裝置 11所進行之計測錯誤率(bit error rate :位元錯誤率)之模 擬。 模擬係採用D/U為0 dB之有顫振(flutter)之通訊道來進 行。 圖26係表示模擬所採用之通訊道之模型。 亦即,圖26 A係表示模擬所採用之顫振之模型。 137720.doc -71 - 200952349 而且,圖26B係表示有圖26A之模型所表示之顫振之通 訊道之模型。 此外,於圖26B,Η表示圖26A之顫振之模型。而且,於 圖 26Β,Ν 表示 ICI(Inter Carrier Interference :載波間干 擾),於模擬中,以AWGN逼近其功率之期待值E[N2]。 圖27及圖28係表示在模擬所獲得之錯誤率與顫振之都卜 勒頻率fd之關係。 此外,圖27係表示調變方式為16QAM、編碼率(r)為 3/4,替換方式為第1替換方式之情況下之錯誤率與都卜勒 頻率fd之關係。而且,圖28係表示調變方式為64QAM、編 碼率(r)為5/6,替換方式為第1替換方式之情況下之錯誤率 與都卜勒頻率fd之關係。 進一步而言,於圖27及圖28,粗線係表示進行同位交 錯、縱行扭轉交錯及替換處理全部之情況下之錯誤率與都 卜勒頻率fd之關係,細線係表示僅進行同位交錯、縱行扭 轉交錯及替換處理中之替換處理之情況下之錯誤率與都卜 勒頻率fd之關係。 於圖27及圖28之任一圖,可知進行同位交錯、縱行扭轉 交錯及替換處理全部之情況係較僅進行替換處理之情況, 其錯誤率提升(變小)。 接著,進一步說明關於圖8之LDPC編碼部21。 如圖11所說明,於DVB-S.2之規格,規定有64800位元及 16200位元之2種碼長N之LDPC碼。 然後,關於碼長N為64800位元之LDPC碼,規定有11個 137720.doc -72- 200952349 編碼率 1/4、1/3、2/5、1/2、3/5、2/3、3/4、4/5、5/6、8/9 及9/10,關於碼長N為16200位元之LDPC碼,規定有1〇個 編碼率 1/4、1/3、2/5、1/2、3/5、2/3、3/4、4/5、5/6及 8/9(圖 11B)。 LDPC編碼部21係按照依每碼長N及每編碼率所準備之檢 查矩陣Η,藉由該類碼長N為64800位元或16200位元之各 編碼率之LDPC碼進行編碼(失誤訂正編碼)。 圖29係表示圖8之LDPC編碼部21之結構例。 LDPC編碼部2 1係由編碼處理部60 1及記憶部602所構 成。 編碼處理部6 01係由編碼率設定部611、初始值表讀出部 612、檢查矩陣生成部613、資訊位元讀出部614、編碼同 位運算部6 15、及控制部616所構成,其進行供給至LDPC 編碼部2 1之對象資料之LDPC編碼,將其結果所獲得之 LDPC碼供給至位元交錯器22(圖8)。 亦即,編碼率設定部61丨係因應例如操作者之操作等, 來設定LDPC碼之碼長N及編碼率。 初始值表讀出部612係從記憶部602,讀出對應於編碼率 设定部ό 11所設定之碼長N及編碼率之後述之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 檢查矩陣生成部613係根據初始值表讀出部612所讀出之 檢查矩陣初始值表,於行方向以每36〇行(巡迴構造之單位 之行數P)之週期,配置對應於因應編碼率設定部6丨丨所設 定之碼長N及編碼率之資訊長κ(=碼長N_同位長M)之資訊 137720.doc -73- 200952349 矩陣HAil之要素,產生檢查矩陣11並儲存於記憶部⑼之。 資訊位元讀出部6丨4係從供給至L D p c編碼部2丨之對象資 料’讀出(擷取)資訊長Κ份之資訊位元。 編碼同位運算部615係從記憶部6〇2讀出檢查矩陣生成部 613所生成之檢查矩陣Η,根據特定式算出對於資訊位元讀 出部614所讀出之資訊位元之同位位元來生成碼字(LDpc 碼)0 控制部616係控制構成編碼處理部60丨之各區塊。 於記憶部602,儲存有分別關於648〇〇位元及162〇〇位元 之2種碼長N之分別對應於圖丨丨所示之複數編碼率之複數檢 查矩陣初始值表等。而且,記憶部6〇2係暫時記憶編碼處 理部601之處理上所必要之資料。 圖30係說明圖29之LDPC編碼部21之處理之流程圖。 於步驟S201,編碼率設定部611係決定(設定)進行LDpc 編碼之碼長N及編碼率r。 於步驟S202,初始值表讀出部6丨2係從記憶部6〇2,讀出 對應於藉由編碼率設定部61丨所決定之碼長N及編碼率^之 預先決定之檢查矩陣初始值表。 於步驟S203,檢查矩陣生成部613係利用初始值表讀出 部612從記憶部602所讀出之檢查矩陣初始值表,求出(生 成)藉由編碼率設定部6U所決定之碼長N及編碼率ri LDPC碼之檢查矩陣η ’供給至記憶部6〇2並儲存。 於步驟S204,資訊位元讀出部614係從供給至LDpc編碼 部21之對象資料,讀出對應於藉由編碼率設定部6ιι所決 137720.doc •74- 200952349 定之碼長N及料率訊長κ(=Νχ〇之資訊位元,並且 從記憶部_讀出檢查矩陣生成部613所求出之檢查矩陣 Η,並供給至編竭同位運算部65。 於步驟S205,編碼同位運算部615係依次運算符合式⑻ 之碼字c之同位位元。Then, among the 12 wales of the memory 31, the start of the mth line is set to the position where the address is 〇, and the start position of the second traverse is set to the position where the address is 0, and the third vertical The start write position of the line is set to the position where the address is 2, the start write position of the right trajectory is set to the position where the address is 2, and the start write position of the 5th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 3, the sixth vertical The start write position of the line is set to the position where the address is 4 'the start position of the 7th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 4'. The start write position of the 8th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 5, the ninth position The starting position of the wales is set to the address of 5, the beginning of the first line of writing Z 137720.doc 200952349 is set to the address of 7, the starting position of the 丨丨 丨丨 is set as the address is At the position of 8, the start position of the 12th wales is set to the position of the address 9. Since the multiple b is 1 ' and the modulation method is, for example, 256qAM, if the number of bits of the 1 symbol is 8 bits, according to FIG. 23, the memory 31 contains 8x1 bits in the horizontal direction. The 8 wales store 64800/(8x1) bits in the wale direction. Then, in the eight wales of the memory 3 1 , the start write position of the 丨 丨 设 is set to the position where the address is 0, and the start write position of the second traverse is set to the position of the address. The write position of the third vertical line is set to the position where the address is 2, the start write position of the fourth vertical line is set to the position where the address is 4, and the start write position of the fifth vertical line is regarded as the position of the address of 4. The write position of the sixth vertical line is set to the position where the address is 5, the start write position of the seventh vertical line is set to the position where the address is 7, and the start write position of the eighth vertical line is set as the address for the position. . Since the multiple b is 2, and the modulation method is, for example, 256QAM, if the number of bits of the 1 symbol is 8 bits, the memory body 31 is stored in the horizontal direction to store 8x2 bits. Longitudinal, remembering 64800/(8x2) bits in the wale direction. ^In the 16 wales of the 3rd recalled body 3, the starting write position of the 丨 丨 设 is set as the address of 〇 'the start position of the 2nd waling is set to the position where the address is 2' The start position of the third wales is set to the position where the address is 2, and the start write position of the fourth wales is set to the position where the address is 2, and the fifth wales are opened. Write location. The address of the address is 2, and the write position of the sixth vertical line is set to the position where the address is 3'. The start position of the 7th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 7 and the write position of the 8th vertical line is started. The address is set to the location, the write position of the ninth vertical line 137720.doc -59- 200952349 is set to the address of 16, and the write position of the 10th vertical line is set to the address of 20, the first The start position of the 11 wales is set to the position of the address 22, and the start write position of the 12th wales is set to the position where the address is 22'. The start write position of the 13th waling is set to the position of 27, The write position of the 14th wales is set to the address of 27, the start write position of the 15th ordinate is set to the address of 28, and the write position of the 16th trajectory is set to the address of 3 2 position. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, 1024qam, when the number of bits of the 1-symbol is ^bit, according to FIG. 23, the memory_3 is stored in the horizontal direction. 〇x 1 bit 〇 纵 纵, memory 64800 / (1 〇 xl) bits in the waling direction. Then, in the 10 wales of the memory 3 1 , the start write position of the 丨 丨 设 is set as the address of 〇, and the write position of the 2nd ordinate is set as the position of the address 3, The start position of the 3 wales is set to the position where the address is 6, the start position of the 4th rowth is set to the position of the address 8, and the start write position of the 10000th line is set to the position of the address of 11, The start position of the sixth wales is set to the position of the address 13, and the start position of the seventh traverse is set to the address of 15 ©. The position of the eighth octant is written as the address 丨7 At the position, the start position of the ninth wales is set to the position of the address 18, and the start write position of the first wales is set to the position of the address of 20. Since the multiple b is 2' and the modulation method is, for example, 1〇24qAM, when the number of bits of the 1# element is i 〇 bit, the memory 31 is stored in the horizontal direction according to the figure. ; < 20 wales of 2 bits, remembering 64800/(10x2) bits in the wale direction. ]3772〇.doc -60· 200952349 Then, in the 20 wales of the memory 3 1 , the start write position of the ith walt is set as the address of 〇, and the write position of the second row is set as The address of the address is 1 and the write position of the 3rd ordinate is set to the address of 3, the write position of the 4th traverse is set to the address of 4, and the write position of the 5th trajectory is set as the start position. The address of the address is 5, the write position of the sixth vertical line is set to the address of the address 6, the start position of the seventh vertical line is set to the address of the address of 6 and the write position of the eighth vertical line is set as the start position. The address of the address is 9 and the start write position of the 9th vertical line is set to the address of 13, and the start write position of the 1st vertical line is set to the position of the address, and the start of the U vertical line is written. The position is set to the address of 14 and the start of the 12th traverse is set to the address of "the position of the 13th wales. The write position is set to the address of 2 1 , and the 4th traverse The start write position is set to the position where the address is 21, the start write position of the 15th vertical line is set to the position of the address 23, and the start write position of the 16th vertical line is set to the position of the address 25 At the beginning of the 17th ordinate, the write position is set to the position of the address, the start position of the 18th ordinate is set to the position where the address is %, and the start write position 6 of the first vertical ❹/亍 is the address At the position of 28, the write position of the first vertical line is set to the position of 3 〇. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, 4〇96QAm, the number of bits of the 1 symbol is 12 bits. In this case, according to Fig. 23, the memory 3 1 system 3 stores 2 wales of 12 χ 1 bit in the course direction, and stores 64800 / (12x1) bits in the wale direction. Then, the memory 31 Among the 12 wales, the start write position of the 丨 丨 设 is set to the position of 〇, the start position of the second traverse is set to the position of 〇, and the write position of the third trajectory is set. The address is 2, 137720.doc -61 - 200952349 The starting position of the 4th traverse is set to the position of the address 2, the first collateral. The write position sighs the address to the position of 3 '... The start position of the wales is set to the position where the address is 4, 'the start position of the 7th waling is set to the position where the address is *', and the write position of the 8th waling is set. The address of the address is 5, the start position of the ninth wales is set to the address of 5, and the beginning of the first line is written as the position of the address 7. The start position of the UD is set. The address of the address is 8 and the start position of the 12th trajectory is set to the position of the address 9. The multiple b is 2' and the modulation method is, for example, 4〇96qam, so the 1st 7L bit reads „! In the case of 12 bits, according to Fig. U, the memory η is stored in 24 wales of the horizontal direction memory >< 2 bits, and 64800 / (12x2) bits are stored in the vertical direction. Then, among the 24 wales of the memory 31, the start write position of the first wales is set as the address of the ' position. The start position of the second wales is set to the position where the address is 5, and the third vertical position The start write position of the line is set to the address of 8, the start write position of the 4th vertical order is set to the address of the address 8, and the start write position of the first vertical line is set to the address of the address of 8, the sixth The start position of the wales is set to the address of 8, the start position of the 7th ordinate is set to the address of 忉, and the write position of the 8th traverse is set to the address of 1〇. The start position of the ninth wales is set to the position of 1 ,, and the start write position of the first 〇 设 is set to the position where the address is 12'. The start position of the utitudinal line is set to address 13 The position of the beginning of the 12th waling is set to the position where the address is μ, the starting writing position of the 13th waling is set as the address of the mouth, and the starting writing position of the thy collateral is set as the address is The position of the beginning of the 15th ordinate is set to the address of 21, and the write position of the 16th waling is set to 137720.doc -62· 200952349 is 22 The write position of the 17th wales is set to the position where the address is 23'. The write position of the 18th ordinate is set to the address of 26, and the write position of the 19th traverse is set to the address of 37. The position of the start of the 20th wales is set to the position of the address 39, the start write position of the 21st wales is set to the address of 40, and the write position of the 22nd walt is set as the address. The position of the 41th position is the position where the address is set to 4, and the write position of the first line is set to the position of 41. Fig. 24 is an LDPC code for a coding rate of 162 码 for a code length of DVB-S.2, and a memory 3 1 for vertical wobble interleaving according to each modulation method. The number of wales and the address at which to start writing. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, QpSK, the number of bits of the symbol „! is 2 bits, and according to FIG. 24, the memory is stored in the horizontal direction to store 2×1 bits. Two vertical lines, which store 16200/(2 XI) bits in the wale direction. Then, in the two wales of the memory 31, the start of the 丨 丨 写 write position is set as the address of the 〇 The start position of the second wales is set to the position where the address is 0. Since the L number b is 2' and the modulation method is, for example, QpsK, the number of bits of 1 symbol _ 2 bits is determined according to In Fig. 24, the memory "containing 4 wales of 2x2 bits in the horizontal direction and 16200/(2x2) bits in the waling direction. Then, in the four wales of the memory 31, the start write position of the first hidden line is set to the position where the address is 0, and the start write position of the second vertical line is set to the position where the address is 2, the third vertical line The start write position is set to the position where the address is 3, and the start write position of the 4th 137720.doc -63- 200952349 is set to the position where the address is 3. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, i6qam, the number of bits of the 兀! is 4 bits, and according to Fig. 24, the memory system contains 4xl in the horizontal direction. 4 wales of the bit, 16200/(4 xl) bits in the wales. Then, in the 4 wales of memory and body 3!, the starting write position of the first scent line is set to address 0. Position, the start position of the 2nd wales is set to the position where the address is 2, the start write position of the 3rd ordinate is set to the address of 3, and the write position of the 4th traverse is set to the address of 3 Since the multiple b is 2 and the modulation method is, for example, 16QAM, if the number of bits of the 1-symbol m is 4 bits, the memory 31 is stored in the horizontal direction according to FIG. 8 vertices of 4x2 bits, 16200/(4x2) bits are memorized in the wale direction. Then, in the 8 wales of the memory 31, the start write position of the 丨 丨 is set to be 0. Position, the start position of the 2nd wales is set as the address of 〇, and the write position of the 3rd ordinate is set to the position of 〇, and the start of the 4th trajectory The position where the address is 1 is set to 'the start position of the 5th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 7, and the start write position of the 6th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 20'. The start of the 7th vertical line The write position is set to the position of the address (10), and the start write position of the eighth vertical line is set to the position of the address 21. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, 64qam, the 1-bit symbol In the case where the number m is 6 bits, 'According to Fig. 24, the memory 3 1 contains 6 vertical lines of 6 χ 1 bits in the course direction, and '16200/(6x1) bits are memorized in the wale direction. 137720.doc • 64· 200952349 Then, in the six wales of the memory 31, the start write position of the first vertical line is set to the position where the address is 0, and the start write position of the second vertical line is set as the address is In the position of the 〇, the start position of the third wales is set to the position where the address is 2, the start write position of the *th walt is set to the position where the address is 3, and the start write position of the 5th traverse is set as the address. For the position of 7, the start position of the sixth wales is set to the position of the address 7. Since the multiple b is 2, and the modulation method is, for example, 64Qam, ❹1 In the case where the number of bits m is 6 bits, according to FIG. 24, the memory 31 contains 12 vertical lines in which 6 χ 2 bits are stored in the horizontal direction, and 16200/(6×2) bits are stored in the vertical direction. Then, in the 12 wales of the memory 3 1 , the start write position of the first wales is set as the address of the 〇, and the start write position of the second traverse is set as the address of the ,, the first 3 The starting position of the vertical line is set to the position of the address, the writing position of the 4th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 2, and the writing position a of the 5th vertical line is set to the position of the address 2. The write position of the sixth vertical line is set to the position where the Q address is 2, the start write position of the seventh vertical line is set to the position where the address is 3, and the start write position of the eighth vertical line is set to the address of 3 At the position, the start position of the ninth wales is set to the position where the address is 3, the start write position of the first wales is set to the position where the address is 6, and the start write position of the 丨丨 丨丨 is set as the position. The address is the position of 7, and the start position of the 12th wales is set to the position of the address 7. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, 256Qam, if the number of bits 111 of the 1-bit is 8 bits, according to FIG. 24, the memory 3 1 is stored in the horizontal direction. The 8 vertical lines of the bit store 16200/(8x1) bits in the wale direction. 137720.doc -65- 200952349 = In the arbitrage of the continent, the division of (four) m rows ❹ Γ5 is the location of the location of G. The start of the second trajectory is set as the address: the location of the ' '3 The start position of the wales is set to the position where the address is G, the start write position of the 4th wales is set to the position where the address is 2, and the start write position of the first line is set to the position where the address is 2' The start position of the wales is set to the position where the address is 2'. The write position of the 7th ordinate is set to the address of 2, and the write position of the 8th traverse is set to the position of 2, the first 9 vertical line: the initial write position is set to the address of 5, the first write position of the 1st vertical line is set to the address of 5, and the write position of the 11th vertical line is set to the address of 5 Position, the start position of the 12th wales is set to the position where the address is 5, the start write position of the 13th wales is set to the address of 5, and the start write position of the 14th ordinate is set to the address of 7 At the position, the start position of the 15th wales is set to the position where the address is 7, and the start write position of the 16th ordinate is set to the position where the address is 7 'the start position of the 17th walt is set as the position. For the position of 7, the write position of the 18th wales is set to the position of the address 8, the start position of the 19th traverse is set to the address of 8, and the write position of the 20th wal is set as the bit. The location is 1 〇. Since the multiple b is 1, and the modulation method is, for example, 4096QAM, the number of bits of the first symbol „! is 12 bits, and according to FIG. 24, the memory 31 contains 12x1 bits in the horizontal direction. 12 wales of the element, remembering 16200/(12x1) bits in the waling direction. Then, in the 12 wales of the memory 3 1 , the writing position of the first waling is set as the position of the 〇 The write position of the 2nd wales is set to the position of 〇, and the write position of the 3rd ordinate is set to the position of 0, 137720.doc -67- 200952349 The start position of the 4th wales The address is set to the position of 2, the write position 3 of the 5th vertical line is the position where the address is 2, and the write position of the 6th vertical line is set to the position of the address 2, the beginning of the 7th vertical line The write position is set to the position where the address is 3, the start write position of the 8th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 3, and the start write position of the 9th vertical line is set to the position where the address is 3, the first vertical line The start write position is set to the address of the address 6, the start position of the U vertical line is set to the address of the address 7, and the start position of the 12th vertical line is set to the address of 7 Since the multiple b is 2, and the modulation method is, for example, 4〇96QAM, if the number of bits of the 1 symbol is 12 bits, the memory module 31 is included in the course direction according to Fig. 24 . Memory 12><2 octaves of 24 bits, memory 16200/(12x2) bits in the wales direction. Then, in the 24 wales of the memory 31, the start position of the 丄 丄 分别 is set as The address of the address is 〇, the write position of the second traverse is set to the address of 〇, the write position of the third traverse is set to the address of 〇, and the write position of the fourth trajectory is set. The address of the address is 〇, the write position of the 5th ordinate is set to the address of 〇. The start position of the 6th row is set as the address of 〇, and the write position of the 7th ordinate is started. Set the address to be the position of the © 置 置 第 第 第 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写 写The start write position is set to the position where the address is 1, and the start write position of the uth vertical line is set to the position where the address is 2, and the start write position of the 12th vertical line is set as The address is the position of 2, the start write position of the Bth vertical line is set to the position where the address is 2, the first write position of the μth vertical line is set to the position where the address is 3, and the write position of the 15th vertical line is recognized. The address of the address is 7 and the write position of the 16th traverse is set to the address of 9 137720.doc -68- 200952349, and the write position of the 17th traverse is set to the address of the address 9, The start position of the 18 wales is set to the position of the address 9. The start position of the 19th wales is set to the address of 10, and the write position of the 20th traverse is set to the address of 1 0. Position, the start position of the 2nd wales is set to the address of 10, the write position of the 22nd wales is set to the address of 10, and the write position of the 23rd traverse is set as the address. At the position of 10, the start position of the 24th wales is set to the position where the address is 11. Next, the transmission processing performed by the transmitting apparatus 11 ® of Fig. 8 will be described with reference to the flowchart of Fig. 25. The LDPC encoding unit 2 1 waits for the supply of the target data, and encodes the target data into an LDPC code in step S1 01, supplies the LDPC code to the bit interleaver 22, and the processing proceeds to step S102. In step S102, the bit interleaver 22 performs bit interleaving on the LDPC code from the LDPC encoding unit 21, and supplies the symbolized symbol of the LDPC code interleaved to the mapping unit 26 for processing. The process proceeds to step S103. That is, in step S102, in the bit interleaver 22, the parity interleaver 23 performs the co-located interleaving with the LDPC code from the LDPC encoding unit 21, and supplies the co-interleaved LDPC code to the directional twist. Interleaver 24. The whirling twist interleaver 24 takes the LDPC code from the co-located interleaver 23 as a target, performs wobble interleaving, and supplies it to the demultiplexer 25. The demultiplexer 25 replaces the code bits of the LDPC code which are longitudinally twisted and interleaved by the wobble interleaver 24, and causes the replaced code bit to become a symbol of 137720.doc -69 - 200952349 Replacement processing of the bit (indicating the bit of the symbol). Here, the replacement processing by the demultiplexer 25 may be performed in accordance with the first to fourth alternatives shown in Figs. 16 and 17 and may be performed in accordance with the distribution rule. The allocation rule is a rule for assigning the code bits of the LDPC code to the symbol bits representing the symbols, which will be described later in detail. The symbols obtained by the replacement processing of the demultiplexer 25 are supplied from the demultiplexer 25 to the mapping unit 26. In step S103, the mapping unit 26 maps the symbols from the demultiplexer 25 to the signal points determined by the modulation method of the quadrature modulation by the quadrature modulation unit 27, and supplies them to the orthogonal modulation. The variable portion 27, the processing system proceeds to step S104. The quadrature modulation unit 27 performs the orthogonal modulation of the carrier in accordance with the signal point from the mapping unit 26 in step S104, and the processing proceeds to step S105 to transmit the modulated signal obtained as a result of the quadrature modulation. And ended up processing. Further, the transmission processing of Fig. 25 is repeated in the pipeline. As described above, by performing the co-located interleaving or the wobble interleaving, the tolerance for erasing or bursting errors in the case where the complex digital bit of the LDPC code is transmitted as one symbol can be improved. Here, in FIG. 8, for convenience of explanation, the parity interleaver 23 which is a block which performs the co-interlacing, and the vertical twist interleaver 24 which is a block which performs the wagger interleaving are individually formed, but the parity interleaver 23 and the vertical The row twisting interleaver 24 can also be constructed integrally. That is, any of the parity interleaving and the vertical twist interleaving can be performed by writing and reading the memory bit by the code bit, and can be written by the 137720.doc • 70- 200952349 which performs the code bit. The address (write address) is converted into a matrix of addresses (read addresses) from which the code bits are read. Therefore, if the matrix obtained by multiplying the matrix representing the co-located interlace and the matrix representing the wobble interleaving of the wales are obtained in advance, by using the matrix to convert the code bit, the co-located interleaving can be obtained, and the co-located interleaving is further performed. The LDPC code is the result of the twisted interleaving. Further, the demultiplexer 25 may be integrally formed in addition to the co-interleaver 23 and the whirling interleaver 24. That is, the replacement process performed by the demultiplexer 25 can also be represented by converting the write address of the memory 31 of the memory LDPC code into a matrix of read addresses. Therefore, if the matrix representing the co-located interlace, the matrix representing the wobble interleave, and the matrix obtained by the matrix representing the replacement process are obtained in advance, the matrix interleave, the wobble interleave, and the replacement process can be performed by the matrix. . Further, regarding the co-interlacing and the whirling twisting, only one or both of them may not be performed. Next, with reference to Figs. 26 to 28, an simulation of the measurement error rate (bit error rate) performed with respect to the transmitting apparatus 11 of Fig. 8 will be described. The analog system uses a channel with a D/U of 0 dB flutter. Figure 26 is a diagram showing the model of the communication channel used for the simulation. That is, Fig. 26A shows a model of the flutter used in the simulation. 137720.doc -71 - 200952349 Moreover, Fig. 26B shows a model of the chattering channel of the flutter represented by the model of Fig. 26A. Further, in Fig. 26B, Η represents the model of the flutter of Fig. 26A. Further, in Fig. 26, Ν denotes ICI (Inter Carrier Interference), and in the simulation, the expected value E[N2] of the power is approximated by AWGN. Fig. 27 and Fig. 28 show the relationship between the error rate obtained by the simulation and the frequency fd of the flutter. Further, Fig. 27 shows the relationship between the error rate and the Doppler frequency fd in the case where the modulation method is 16QAM and the coding rate (r) is 3/4, and the alternative is the first alternative. Further, Fig. 28 shows the relationship between the error rate and the Doppler frequency fd in the case where the modulation method is 64QAM and the code rate (r) is 5/6, and the alternative is the first alternative. Further, in FIGS. 27 and 28, the thick line indicates the relationship between the error rate and the Doppler frequency fd in the case of performing the co-located interleaving, the longitudinal torsional interleaving, and the replacement processing, and the thin line indicates that only the co-interlacing is performed. The relationship between the error rate in the case of the twisting interleaving and the replacement processing in the replacement processing and the Doppler frequency fd. As shown in any of Figs. 27 and 28, it can be seen that the case where all of the co-located interleaving, the whirling twist interleaving, and the replacement processing are performed is a case where only the replacement processing is performed, and the error rate is increased (smaller). Next, the LDPC encoding unit 21 of Fig. 8 will be further explained. As illustrated in Fig. 11, in the specification of DVB-S.2, there are two LDPC codes of code length N of 64800 bits and 16200 bits. Then, regarding the LDPC code with a code length N of 64,800 bits, there are 11 137720.doc -72-200952349 encoding rates of 1/4, 1/3, 2/5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3. 3/4, 4/5, 5/6, 8/9, and 9/10. For an LDPC code with a code length N of 16,200 bits, one encoding rate of 1/4, 1/3, 2/ is specified. 5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6 and 8/9 (Fig. 11B). The LDPC encoding unit 21 performs encoding by using an LDPC code of a code length N of 64800 bits or 16200 bits in accordance with an inspection matrix 每 prepared per code length N and per coding rate (error correction coding) ). FIG. 29 shows an example of the configuration of the LDPC encoding unit 21 of FIG. The LDPC encoding unit 2 1 is composed of an encoding processing unit 60 1 and a storage unit 602. The encoding processing unit 610 is composed of a coding rate setting unit 611, an initial value table reading unit 612, a check matrix generating unit 613, an information bit reading unit 614, a coded parity calculating unit 615, and a control unit 616. The LDPC code of the target data supplied to the LDPC encoding unit 21 is supplied, and the LDPC code obtained as a result is supplied to the bit interleaver 22 (Fig. 8). In other words, the coding rate setting unit 61 sets the code length N and the coding rate of the LDPC code in response to, for example, the operation of the operator. The initial value table reading unit 612 reads out the check matrix initial value table described later in accordance with the code length N and the coding rate set by the coding rate setting unit 从11 from the storage unit 602. The inspection matrix generation unit 613 is arranged in accordance with the inspection matrix initial value table read by the initial value table reading unit 612 in a cycle of 36 lines (the number of rows P of the circuit structure) in the row direction. The rate setting unit 6 generates the information of the code length N and the coding rate κ (= code length N_the same length M) 137720.doc -73- 200952349 The element of the matrix HAil, generates the inspection matrix 11 and stores it in Memory Department (9). The information bit reading unit 6丨4 reads (takes) the information bit of the information length from the target material supplied to the L D p c encoding unit 2丨. The coded parity calculating unit 615 reads the check matrix 生成 generated by the check matrix generating unit 613 from the storage unit 6〇2, and calculates the parity bit of the information bit read by the information bit reading unit 614 based on the specific expression. Generating Codeword (LDpc Code) 0 The control unit 616 controls each block constituting the encoding processing unit 60A. The memory unit 602 stores a complex check matrix initial value table corresponding to the complex code rates shown in Fig. 2 for the two code lengths N of 648 及 and 162 分别, respectively. Further, the storage unit 〇2 temporarily stores the data necessary for the processing of the encoding processing unit 601. Fig. 30 is a flow chart for explaining the processing of the LDPC encoding unit 21 of Fig. 29. In step S201, the coding rate setting unit 611 determines (sets) the code length N and the coding rate r for performing LDpc coding. In step S202, the initial value table reading unit 6丨2 reads out from the storage unit 6〇2 the initial check matrix corresponding to the code length N and the coding rate determined by the coding rate setting unit 61丨. Value table. In step S203, the check matrix generation unit 613 obtains (generates) the code length N determined by the coding rate setting unit 6U by the check matrix initial value table read from the storage unit 602 by the initial value table reading unit 612. And the inspection matrix η ' of the coding rate ri LDPC code is supplied to the memory unit 6〇2 and stored. In step S204, the information bit reading unit 614 reads out the target data supplied from the LDpc encoding unit 21, and reads the code length N and the rate information corresponding to the 137720.doc • 74- 200952349 determined by the encoding rate setting unit 6 ι. The IK (= 资讯 information bit) is read from the memory unit _ and the test matrix 求出 obtained by the check matrix generation unit 613 is supplied to the edited parity calculation unit 65. In step S205, the coded parity calculation unit 615 The parity bits of the codeword c conforming to equation (8) are sequentially operated.

HcT=〇 / • · · (8) 於式(8),c表示作為碼字(LDpc碼)之列向量,j表示列 向量c之轉置。 ❹ ❹ =此,如上述,作為LDPC^‘|(1碼字)之列向量e中,以列 向量A表示資訊位元之部分,並且以列向量了表示同位位 兀之部分之情況下’列向量c可藉由作為資訊位元之列向 量A及作為同位位元之列向量τ,並以式c=[a|t]來表示。 檢查矩陣Η及作為LDPC碼之列向量C = [A丨丁]必須符合式HcT = 〇 / • · (8) In equation (8), c denotes a column vector as a codeword (LDpc code), and j denotes a transpose of the column vector c. ❹ ❹ = This, as described above, in the column vector e of LDPC^'| (1 code word), the column vector A indicates the portion of the information bit, and the column vector indicates the portion of the parity bit '' The column vector c can be represented by the column vector A as the information bit and the column vector τ as the parity bit, and expressed by the equation c=[a|t]. Check matrix Η and column vector as LDPC code C = [A 丨] must be consistent

Hc ~〇,作為構成符合該式Hct=〇之列向量c=[a丨丁]之同位 位元之列向量τ可藉由於檢查矩陣h=[Ha|Ht]之同位矩陣Ητ 成為圖10所示之階梯構造之情況下,從式HcT=〇i行向量Hc ~ 〇, as the column vector τ constituting the parity bit of the column vector c=[a ]] of the formula Hct=〇 can be obtained by checking the parity matrix Ητ of the matrix h=[Ha|Ht] In the case of the ladder structure shown, the equation HcT=〇i row vector

HcT之第丨列之要素,依序使各列之要素成為〇而可逐次地 求出。 編嗎同位運算部615若對於資訊位元a求出同位位元τ, 則將藉由該資訊位元A及同位位元T所表示之碼字c=[AiT] 作為資訊位元A之LDPC編碼結果而輸出。 此外’碼字c為64800位元或16200位元。 其後,於步驟S206,控制部616係判定是否終了 LDpc編 碼。於步驟S206,判定不終了 LDPC編碼之情況下,亦即 137720.doc -75· 200952349 例如尚有應予以LDPC編碼之對象資料之情況下,處理係 返回步驟S201,以下重複步驟S201至S206之處理。 而且,於步驟S206,判定終了 LDPC編碼之情況下,亦 即例如無應予以LDPC編碼之對象資料之情況下,LDPC編 碼部2 1係終了處理。 如以上,準備有對應於各碼長N及各編碼率r之檢查矩陣 初始值表,LDPC編碼部21係將特定碼長N之特定編碼率r 之LDPC編碼,利用從對應於該特定碼長N及特定編碼率r 之檢查矩陣初始值表所產生之檢查矩陣Η來進行。 檢查矩陣初始值表係將檢查矩陣Η之對應於因應LDPC碼 (藉由檢查矩陣Η所定義之LDPC碼)之碼長N及編碼率r之資 訊長K之資訊矩陣Ha(圖9)之1之要素之位置,以每360行 (巡迴構造之單位之行數P)表示之表,依各碼長N及各編碼 率r之檢查矩陣Η逐一事先編製。 圖31至圖58係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之數個檢查矩 陣初始值表。 亦即,圖31係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為16200位元之編碼率r為2/3之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 圖32至圖34係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為2/3之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖33係接續於圖32之圖,圖34係接續於圖33之 圖。 137720.doc -76- 200952349 圖35係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長N為16200 位元之編碼率r為3 /4之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖36至圖39係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為3/4之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖37係接續於圖36之圖,圖38係接續於圖37之 圖。而且,圖39係接續於圖38之圖。 圖40係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν為16200 ® 位元之編碼率r為4/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖41至圖44係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64 800位元之編碼率r為4/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖42係接續於圖41之圖,圖43係接續於圖42之 圖。而且,圖44係接續於圖43之圖。 圖45係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν為16200 位元之編碼率r為5/6之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 ❹ 圖46至圖49係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為5/6之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖47係接續於圖46之圖,圖48係接續於圖47之 圖。而且,圖49係接續於圖48之圖。 圖50係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν為16200 位元之編碼率r為8/9之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖51至圖54係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 137720.doc -77- 200952349The elements of the second column of HcT are sequentially obtained by making the elements of each column 〇. If the parity bit calculating unit 615 obtains the parity bit τ for the information bit a, the code word c=[AiT] represented by the information bit A and the parity bit T is used as the LDPC of the information bit A. The result is encoded and output. Further, the code word c is 64,800 bits or 16,200 bits. Thereafter, in step S206, the control unit 616 determines whether or not the LDpc code is terminated. In the case where it is determined in step S206 that the LDPC encoding is not completed, that is, 137720.doc -75· 200952349, for example, if there is still object data to be LDPC-encoded, the processing returns to step S201, and the processing of steps S201 to S206 is repeated as follows. . Further, in the case where it is determined in step S206 that the LDPC encoding is ended, that is, for example, when there is no object data to be LDPC-encoded, the LDPC encoding unit 21 terminates the processing. As described above, the check matrix initial value table corresponding to each code length N and each code rate r is prepared, and the LDPC encoding unit 21 encodes the LDPC of the specific code rate r of the specific code length N, and uses the corresponding code length corresponding to the specific code length. N and the check matrix generated by the check matrix initial value table of the specific coding rate r are performed. The check matrix initial value table will check the information matrix Ha (Fig. 9) of the information length K corresponding to the code length 因 corresponding to the LDPC code (the LDPC code defined by the check matrix )) and the coding rate r. The position of the element is expressed in a table of every 360 lines (the number of rows P of the circuit structure), and is prepared in advance according to the code length N and the inspection matrix of each coding rate r. 31 to 58 show a plurality of check matrix initial value tables defined by the specifications of DVB-S.2. That is, Fig. 31 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 对于 for the coding rate r of the code length r of 16200 bits as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 32 through Fig. 34 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code rate 64 of 64,800 bits with a code length r of 2/3 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Further, Fig. 33 is continued from Fig. 32, and Fig. 34 is continued from Fig. 33. 137720.doc -76- 200952349 Figure 35 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 编码 for a code rate N of 16200 bits with a code length N of 3/4 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 36 to Fig. 39 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code rate 64 of 64,800 bits with a code length r of 3/4 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Further, Fig. 37 is a view continuing from Fig. 36, and Fig. 38 is a view continuing from Fig. 37. Moreover, Fig. 39 is continued from Fig. 38. Fig. 40 is a table showing the initial value of the check matrix of the check matrix 编码 for the code length r of 16200 ® bits, which is 4/5, as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 41 to Fig. 44 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code length 64 of 64 800 bits with a code length r of 4/5 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Further, Fig. 42 is continued from Fig. 41, and Fig. 43 is continued from Fig. 42. Moreover, Fig. 44 is a view subsequent to Fig. 43. Fig. 45 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 编码 of the code rate r of 5/6 with a code length 16 of 16200 bits as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. ❹ Figs. 46 to 49 show the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code length 64 of 64,800 bits and the code rate r of 5/6 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Further, Fig. 47 is a view continuing from Fig. 46, and Fig. 48 is a view continuing from Fig. 47. Moreover, Fig. 49 is continued from Fig. 48. Fig. 50 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 编码 for the coding rate r of the code length r of 16200 bits as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Figure 51 to Figure 54 show the specifications for DVB-S.2 for code length Ν 137720.doc -77- 200952349

為64800位元之編碼率r為8/9之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 D 此外,圖52係接續於圖51之圖,圖53係接續於圖η之 圖。而且,圖54係接續於圖53之圖。 圖55至圖58係表示DVB_S2之規格所規定之對於碼長n 為64_位元之編碼率49/1〇之檢查矩陣H之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 此外’圖56係接續於圖55之圖,圖57係接續於圖%之 圖。而且,圖58係接續於圖57之圖。 · 檢查矩陣生成部613(圖29)係利用檢查矩陣初始值表, 如以下求出檢查矩陣Η。 亦即,圖59係表示從檢查矩陣初始值表求出檢查矩陣η 之方法。 此外,圖59之檢查矩陣初始值表係表示對於圖31所示之 DVB-S.2之規格所規定之碼長]^為162〇〇位元之編碼率『為 2/3之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 檢查矩陣初始值表係如上述,將對應於因應LDpc碼之❹ 碼長N及編碼率r之資訊長κ之資訊矩陣Ha(圖9)之丨之要素 之位置,以每360行(巡迴構造之單位之行數p)表示之表, 於其第i列,檢查矩陣Η之第l+360x(M)行之i之要素之列 號碼(檢查矩陣Η之第1列之列號碼設作〇之列號碼)僅排列 有該第1+36〇χ(Μ)行之行所具有之行權重之數目。 於此,由於檢查矩陣Η之對應於同位長M之同位矩陣 Ητ(圖9)係如圖19所示決定,因此若根據檢查矩陣初始值 137720.doc • 78- 200952349 表,可求出檢查矩陣Η之對應於資訊長K之資訊矩陣Ήα(圖 9)。 檢查矩陣初始值表之列數k+Ι係依資訊長K而不同。 於資訊長K與檢查矩陣初始值表之列數k+Ι間,式(9)之 關係成立。 K=(k+l)x360 ---(9) 於此,式(9)之360係圖20所說明之巡迴構造之單位之行 數P。 Ο W 於圖59之檢查矩陣初始值表,從第1列至第3列排列有13 個數值,從第4列至第k+Ι列(於圖59為第30列)排列有3個 數值。 因此,從圖59之檢查矩陣初始值表所求出之檢查矩陣H 之行權重係從第1行至第1+36〇χ(3-1)-1行為13,從第 1+36〇\(3-1)行至第〖行為3。 圖59之檢查矩陣初始值表之第1列為〇、2084、1613、 1548、1286、1460、3196、4297、2481、3369、3451、 4620、2622,此係表示於檢查矩陣η之第1行,列號碼為 0 、 2084 、 1613 、 1548 、 1286 、 1460 、 3196 、 4297 、 2481、3369、3451 ' 4620、2622之列之要素為i(且其他要 素為0)。 而且,圖59之檢查矩陣初始值表之第2列為1、ι22、 1516、3448、2880、1407、1847、3799、3529、373、 971、4358、3108,此係表示於檢查矩陣η之第 361(=1+36〇χ(2-1))行,列號碼為 1、122、1516、3448、 137720.doc -79- 200952349 2880 、 1407 、 1847 、 3799 、 3529 、 373 、 971 、 4358 、 3108 之列之要素為1。 如以上,檢查矩陣初始值表係將檢查矩陣H之資訊矩陣 Ha之1之要素之位置以每360行表示。 檢查矩陣Η之第l+36〇x(i-l)行以外之行,亦即將第 2+360x0-1)行至第36〇xi行之各行係將藉由檢查矩陣初始 值表所決定之第l+36〇x(i-l)行之!之要素,按照同位長M 往下方向(行之下方向)週期性地予以循環移位而配置。 亦即,例如第2+36(^(^)行係將第1+36〇χ(Μ)行往下方 向僅循環移位M/360(=q),接著之第3+36〇x(i-l)行係將第 1 360 (i 1)行在下方向僅循環移位2XM/36〇(=2xq)(將第 2+36〇x(i-l)行往下方向僅循環移位M/36〇(=q))。 現在,若將檢查矩陣初始值表之第丨列(從上算起第丨個) 之第j行(左起第j個)之數值表示作,並且將檢查矩陣H 之第W行之第j個之1之要素之列號碼表示作Hw_j,則檢查矩 陣Η之第1 +36〇x(i-i)行以外之行之第w行之丨之要素之列號 碼!!…〗可由式(1〇)求出。The check matrix initial value table is a check matrix of 64800 bits with an encoding rate r of 8/9. Further, Fig. 52 is continued from Fig. 51, and Fig. 53 is continued from Fig. η. Moreover, Fig. 54 is continued from Fig. 53. Fig. 55 to Fig. 58 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix H for the coding rate 49/1 of the code length n of 64_bit as defined by the specification of DVB_S2. Further, Fig. 56 is continued from Fig. 55, and Fig. 57 is continued from Fig. Moreover, Fig. 58 is continued from Fig. 57. The inspection matrix generation unit 613 (FIG. 29) uses the inspection matrix initial value table to obtain the inspection matrix 以下 as follows. That is, Fig. 59 shows a method of obtaining the inspection matrix η from the inspection matrix initial value table. In addition, the check matrix initial value table of FIG. 59 indicates that the code length specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 shown in FIG. 31 is 162 bits, and the code rate is 2/3 check matrix η. Check the matrix initial value table. The check matrix initial value table is as described above, and corresponds to the position of the element corresponding to the information matrix Ha (Fig. 9) corresponding to the code length N of the LDpc code and the information rate r, in every 360 lines (tour structure) The table of the number of rows in the unit p), in its column i, check the column number of the element of the l+360x(M) line of the matrix ( (the column number of the first column of the check matrix 设 is set as 〇 The number of the row is only the number of rows of the row of the 1+36〇χ(Μ) row. Here, since the parity matrix Ητ ( FIG. 9 ) corresponding to the parity M of the check matrix 决定 is determined as shown in FIG. 19 , the check matrix can be obtained according to the check matrix initial value 137720.doc • 78- 200952349 table. Η corresponds to the information matrix 资讯α of information length K (Figure 9). The number of columns k+Ι of the check matrix initial value table differs depending on the information length K. The relationship of equation (9) holds between the information length K and the number of columns k + 检查 of the check matrix initial value table. K = (k + l) x 360 -- - (9) Here, 360 of the formula (9) is the number P of the unit of the tour structure explained in Fig. 20 . Ο W In the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 59, there are 13 values arranged from the 1st column to the 3rd column, and 3 values are arranged from the 4th column to the k+th column (the 30th column in Fig. 59). . Therefore, the row weight of the check matrix H obtained from the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 59 is from the 1st line to the 1+36〇χ(3-1)-1 behavior 13 from the 1+36〇\ (3-1) Go to the action 〖 Behavior 3. The first column of the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 59 is 〇, 2084, 1613, 1548, 1286, 1460, 3196, 4297, 2481, 3369, 3451, 4620, 2622, which is shown in the first row of the inspection matrix η. The elements whose column numbers are 0, 2084, 1613, 1548, 1286, 1460, 3196, 4297, 2481, 3369, 3451 '4620, 2622 are i (and other elements are 0). Moreover, the second column of the check matrix initial value table of FIG. 59 is 1, ι 22, 1516, 3448, 2880, 1407, 1847, 3799, 3529, 373, 971, 4358, 3108, which is shown in the check matrix η 361 (=1+36〇χ(2-1)) lines, column numbers 1, 122, 1516, 3448, 137720.doc -79- 200952349 2880, 1407, 1847, 3799, 3529, 373, 971, 4358, The element of 3108 is 1. As described above, the check matrix initial value table checks the position of the element of the information matrix Ha of the matrix H by every 360 lines. Check the line other than the l+36〇x(il) line of the matrix ,, that is, the line from the 2+360x0-1) to the 36th xi line will be determined by checking the matrix initial value table. +36〇x(il)! The elements are periodically arranged in a downward direction (downward direction of the line) in accordance with the same length M. That is, for example, the 2+36 (^(^) line only shifts the 1+36〇χ(Μ) line downward by only M/360 (=q), and then the 3+36〇x ( Il) The 1360 (i 1) line is only cyclically shifted by 2XM/36〇 (=2xq) in the down direction (the second 2+36〇x(il) line is only cyclically shifted M/36〇 (=q)) Now, if the value of the jth row (jth from the left) of the third column (the first one from the top) of the check matrix initial value table is expressed, and the matrix H is checked The column number of the jth 1st element of the Wth line is expressed as Hw_j, and then the column number of the element after the wth line of the line other than the 1st + 36〇x(ii) line of the matrix ! is checked!!... 〗 can be obtained from the formula (1〇).

Hw.j=mod{hiJ+m〇d((w-l),P)xq, Μ) • · · (10) 於此’ mod(x,y)係意味以y除以χ後之餘數。 而且,ρ為上述巡迴構造之單位之行數,例如kdvb_ S.2之規格係如上述為36〇。進一步而fq係藉由以巡迴 構造之早位之行數p(=36〇)除算同位長M所獲得之值 M/360。 137720.doc -80- 200952349 檢查矩陣生成部613(圖29)係精由檢查矩陣初始值表, 來特定出檢查矩陣Η之第1+3 60 x(i-l)行之1之要素之列號 碼0 進一步而言,檢查矩陣生成部613(圖29)係按照式(10), 求出檢查矩陣Η之第1+3 60x(i-l)行以外之行之第w行之1之 要素之列號碼Hw_j ’並生成將藉由以上所獲得之列號碼之 要素作為1之檢查矩陣Η。 然而,DVB-S.2之規格所規定之編碼率2/3之LDPC碼據 知錯誤地板比較起其他編碼率之LDPC碼差(高)。 於此,隨著S/N(Es/N〇)變高,失誤率(BER)之降低鈍化, 產生失誤率不降低之現象(錯誤地板現象),該不降低時之 失誤率為錯誤地板。 若錯誤地板高,一般而言,通訊道丨3(圖7)之對於錯誤 之耐受性降低,因此宜施以用以提升對於錯誤之耐受性之 對策。 φ 作為用以提升對於錯誤之耐受性之對策,例如有解多工 器25(圖8)所進行之替換處理。 於替換處理’作為替換LDPC碼之碼位元之替換方式有 例如上述第1至第4替換方式,但要求提案對於錯誤之耐受 性較包含該等第1至第4替換方式之既已提案之方式更提升 之方式。 因此,於解多工器25(圖8),如圖25所說明,可按照分 配規則來進行替換處理。 以下,說明關於按照分配規則之替換處理,在其之前先 137720.doc 81 200952349 說明關於藉由既已提案之替換方式(以下亦稱為現行 所進行之替換處理。 參考圖60及圖61,說明關於在解多I器25假設以現行方 式進行替換處理之情況下之該替換處理。 圖60係表示LDPC碼丨碼長料648〇〇位&、編媽率為^ 之LDPC碼之情況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。Hw.j=mod{hiJ+m〇d((w-l),P)xq, Μ) • · · (10) where ‘mod(x,y) means the remainder after y is divided by χ. Further, ρ is the number of rows of the above-described tour structure, for example, the specification of kdvb_S.2 is 36〇 as described above. Further, fq is a value M/360 obtained by dividing the co-located length M by the number of rows p (= 36 〇) of the early position of the tour structure. 137720.doc -80- 200952349 The check matrix generation unit 613 (Fig. 29) specifies the column number of the element 1 of the 1+3 60 x (il) line of the check matrix 0 by the check matrix initial value table. Further, the inspection matrix generation unit 613 (FIG. 29) obtains the column number Hw_j of the element of the w-th row of the row other than the first +3 60x(il) row of the inspection matrix 按照 according to the equation (10). 'And generate an inspection matrix 作为 that takes the element of the column number obtained above as one. However, the LDPC code of 2/3 of the coding rate specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 is known to be an LDPC code difference (high) of other coding rates compared to the wrong floor. Here, as S/N (Es/N〇) becomes higher, the failure rate (BER) is reduced and passivated, and the phenomenon that the error rate does not decrease (wrong floor phenomenon) occurs, and the error rate when the voltage is not lowered is the wrong floor. If the wrong floor is high, in general, the communication channel 丨3 (Fig. 7) is less tolerant to errors, so countermeasures for improving tolerance to errors should be applied. φ is a countermeasure for improving the tolerance to errors, for example, a replacement process performed by the demultiplexer 25 (Fig. 8). The replacement process 'as an alternative to the code bit replacing the LDPC code is, for example, the above-described first to fourth alternatives, but the proposal is required to be more resistant to errors than the ones including the first to fourth alternatives. The way to improve it. Therefore, in the demultiplexer 25 (Fig. 8), as illustrated in Fig. 25, the replacement processing can be performed in accordance with the allocation rule. In the following, the replacement processing according to the distribution rule will be described. 137720.doc 81 200952349 describes the replacement method by the proposed method (hereinafter also referred to as the replacement processing currently performed. Referring to FIG. 60 and FIG. 61, This replacement processing is performed in the case where the replacement multi-device 25 is assumed to perform the replacement processing in the current manner. Fig. 60 is a diagram showing the LDPC code of the LDPC code weight 648 && An example of the replacement process of the current mode.

亦即,圖60A係表示LDPC碼是碼長N4 648〇〇位元、編 碼率為3/5之LDPC碼,進-步調變方式為16qam,倍數匕 為2之情況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 調變方式為16QAM之情況下,碼位元之4(=111)位元係作 為1個符元而映射成i 6 Q A M所決定之! 6個信號點中之任— 個。 進一步而言,碼長N為64800位元,倍數1?為2之情況下, 解多工器25之記憶體31(圖16、圖17)係含有於橫列方向記 憶4x2(=mb)位元之8個縱行,於縱行方向記憶64_ 位元。 /於解多工器25’ LDPC碼之碼位元寫入於記憶體31之縱〇 行方向,若64800位元之碼位元〇碼字)之寫入終了,則寫 入於記憶體31之碼位元係於橫列方向,以4x2(=mb)位元單 位續出,並供給至替換部32(圖i 6、圖丨7)。 •替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3丨之4 χ2(=mb)位元之碼位 兀,例如圖6〇A所示分配給連續2(外) 個符元之4x2(=mb)位元之符元位元yQ,yi,y2,y3,y4,y5,y6,yA 方式,替換4x2(=mb)位元之碼位元b〇至b7e 137720.doc -82- 200952349 亦即,替換部32係分別 將碼位元bQ分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y i, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y6, ® 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖60B係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編瑪率為 3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為64QAM,倍數b為2之情 況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 調變方式為64QAM之情況下,碼位元之6(=m)位元係作 為1個符元而映射成64QAM所決定之64個信號點中之任一 個。 進一步而言,碼長N為64800位元,倍數b為2之情況下, 解多工器25之記憶體31(圖16、圖17)係含有於橫列方向記 憶6><2(=mb)位元之12個縱行,於縱行方向記憶64800/(6x2) 位元。 於解多工器25,LDPC碼之碼位元寫入於記憶體3 1之縱 行方向,若64800位元之碼位元(1碼字)之寫入終了,則寫 入於記憶體31之碼位元係於橫列方向,以6x2(=mb)位元單 位讀出,並供給至替換部32(圖16、圖17)。 137720.doc -83- 200952349 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3 1之6 χ2(=mb)位元之碼位 元匕〇,1)1,1)2,13,匕4,1)5,1)6,1)7,1)8,59,1)1〇,1)11,例如圖603所示分配 給連續2(=b)個符元之6x2(=mb)位元之符元位元 丫〇山,丫2,丫3,;^4,丫5,76,丫7,78,丫9,71〇,)^1之方式,替換6><2( = 1111)) 位元之碼位元bG至bn。 亦即,替換部32係分別 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元yn, 將碼位元h分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元710, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元156分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元1)8分配給符元位元y ,, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b1G分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b! 1分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖60C係表示LDPC碼是碼長]^為64800位元、編碼率為 3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM,倍數b為2之 情況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 調變方式為256QAM之情況下,碼位元之8(=111)位元係作 為1個符元而映射成256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任 137720.doc •84· 200952349 一個。 進一步而言,碼長N為64800位元,倍數5為2之情況下, 解多工H 25之記憶體31(圖16、圖17)係含有於橫列方向記 憶8x2(=mb)位元之16個縱行,於縱行方向記憶648〇〇/(^ 位元。 /於解多工器25, LDPC碼之碼位元寫入於記憶體31之縱 行方向,若64800位元之碼位元(1碼字)之寫入終了,則寫 入於記憶體31之碼位元係於橫列方向,以8x2(=mb)位元單 位讀出’並供給至替換部32(圖16、圖17)。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3128x2(=mb)位元之碼位 兀 boA’bhbhb^bsbhbhbhbhbmbmbababM,!^,例如 圖60C所示分配給連續2(=b)個符元之8x2(=mb)位元之符元 位兀 ythyhyaW’yhysyhyhyhyhywyn’yaymywyMt* 式’替換8x2(=mb)位元之碼位元b〇至b15。 亦即’替換部32係分別 將碼位元b G分配給符元位元y丨5, 〇 將碼位元b 1分配給符元位元y J, 將碼位元b 2分配給符元位元y丨3, 將石馬位元b 3分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b 5分配給符元位元y丨1, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b 7分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b 8分配給符元位元y! 〇, 137720.doc -85- 200952349 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b! 〇分配給符元位元y 4, 將碼位元b π分配給符兀位元y 7 ’ 將碼位元b 12分配給符元位元y 1 2 ’ 將碼位元b! 3分配給符元位元y 2, 將碼位元b ! 4分配給符元位元y 1 4, 將碼位元b 15分配給符元位元y 〇 ’ 而進行替換。 圖61係表不LDPC碼是碼長N為16200位元、編碼率為3/5 之LDPC碼之情況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 亦即,圖61A係表不LDPC碼是碼長N為16200位元、編 碼率為3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為16QAM,倍數b 為2之情況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 調變方式為16QAM之情況下,碼位元之4(=m)位元係作 為1個符元而映射成1 6QAM所決定之16個信號點中之任一 個。 進一步而言,碼長N為16200位元,倍數b為2之情況下, 解多工器25之記憶體3 1(圖16、圖17)係含有於橫列方向記 憶4x2(=mb)位元之8個縱行,於縱行方向記憶16200/(4x2) 位元。 於解多工器25,LDPC碼之碼位元寫入於記憶體3 1之縱 行方向,若16200位元之碼位元(1碼字)之寫入終了,則寫 入於記憶體3 1之碼位元係於橫列方向,以4 X2(=mb)位元單 位讀出,並供給至替換部32(圖16、圖17)。 137720.doc -86- 200952349 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31i4x2(=inb)位元之碼位 兀 %,1>1,152,1)3,154,1)5,136,1)7,例如圖61入所示分配給連續2(=13) 個符元之4x2(=mb)位元之符元位元 方式’替換4x2(=mb)位元之碼位元bG至b7。 亦即,替換部32係與上述圖60A之情況相同,進行將碼 位元b〇至t>7分配給符元位元70至^7之替換。 圖61B係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為16200位元、編碼率為 3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為64QAM,倍數1?為2之情 況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 調變方式為64QAM之情況下,碼位元之6(=111)位元係作 為1個符元而映射成64QAM所決定之64個信號點中之任一 個。 進一步而言,碼長N為16200位元,倍數1?為2之情況下, 解多工器25之記憶體31(圖16、圖17)係含有於橫列方向記 憶6x2(=mb)位元之12個縱行,於縱行方向記憶ΐ62〇〇/(6χ2) 位元。 0 /於解多工器25,LDPC碼之碼位元寫入於記憶體31之縱 行方向,若16200位元之碼位元(1碼字)之寫入終了,則寫 入於記憶體31之碼位元係於橫列方向,以6x2(=mb)位元單 位讀出,並供給至替換部32(圖16、圖17)。 _替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3R6x2(=mb)位元之碼位 元^151,132,133,1?4,135,136,1)7,138,1?9,七1(),1311,例如圖618所示分配 給連續2(=b)個符元之6x2(=mb)位元之符元位元 y〇’yi’y2,y3,y4,y5,y6,y7,y8,y9,yI〇,yn 之方式,替換 6χ2卜的) 137720.doc -87· 200952349 位元之碼位元bQ至bu。 亦即,替換部32係與上述圖娜之情況相同’進行將碼 位元bG至bn分配給符元位元乃至乃〗之替換。 , '編碼率為 倍數b為1之 圖61C係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為162〇〇位元 3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256qam, 情況下之現行方式之替換處理之一例。 调變方式為256QAM之情況下’碼位元之8(=111)位元係作That is, FIG. 60A shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length of N4 648 、 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and the current mode is replaced in the case where the step modulation mode is 16qam and the multiple 匕 is 2. One example. In the case where the modulation method is 16QAM, the 4 (=111) bits of the code bit are mapped to i 6 Q A M as one symbol! Any of the 6 signal points. Further, when the code length N is 64,800 bits and the multiple 1 is 2, the memory 31 of the multiplexer 25 (FIG. 16, FIG. 17) contains 4x2 (= mb) bits in the horizontal direction. 8 vertical lines of the yuan, remembering 64_bits in the longitudinal direction. The code bit of the multiplexer 25' LDPC code is written in the direction of the vertical direction of the memory 31, and if the writing of the 64800-bit code bit codeword is finished, it is written in the memory 31. The code bits are successively arranged in the horizontal direction, in units of 4x2 (= mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Fig. i6, Fig. 7). The replacement unit 32 is configured to assign a code bit 读出 of 4 χ 2 (= mb) bits read from the memory 3 兀, for example, as shown in FIG. 6A to 4x2 (= mb) of consecutive 2 (outer) symbols. The bit yQ, yi, y2, y3, y4, y5, y6, yA of the bit, replaces the code bit of the 4x2 (= mb) bit b〇 to b7e 137720.doc -82- 200952349, that is, The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bit bQ to the symbol bit y7, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit yi, assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol bit y4, and sets the code bit b3. Assigned to the symbol bit y2, the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y5, the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol bit y3, and the code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol bit y6, ® Bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y〇 and is replaced. Fig. 60B shows an example of the replacement processing of the current mode in the case where the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a code rate of 3/5, and a further modulation method is 64QAM, and the multiple b is 2. In the case where the modulation method is 64QAM, the 6 (=m) bits of the code bit are mapped to one of the 64 signal points determined by 64QAM as one symbol. Further, when the code length N is 64,800 bits and the multiple b is 2, the memory 31 of the multiplexer 25 (Figs. 16 and 17) is stored in the horizontal direction memory >< 2 (= Mb) 12 vertical lines of bits, remembering 64800/(6x2) bits in the wale direction. In the demultiplexer 25, the code bit of the LDPC code is written in the wale direction of the memory 3 1 , and if the writing of the 64800 bit code bit (1 code word) is finished, it is written in the memory 31. The code bits are read in the horizontal direction, in units of 6x2 (= mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Figs. 16 and 17). 137720.doc -83- 200952349 The replacement unit 32 is to read the code bits from the 6 χ 2 (= mb) bits of the memory 3 1 , 1) 1, 1) 2, 13, 匕 4, 1) 5,1)6,1)7,1)8,59,1)1〇,1)11, for example, as shown in Fig. 603, assigned to 6x2 (= mb) bits of consecutive 2 (=b) symbols Fuyuan bit 丫〇山,丫2,丫3,;^4,丫5,76,丫7,78,丫9,71〇,)^1, replace 6><2( = 1111) The bit elements bG to bn of the bit. That is, the replacing unit 32 assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit yn, assigns the code bit h to the symbol bit y7, and assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol bit y3, and sets the code bit. Element b3 is assigned to symbol bit 710, code bit b4 is assigned to symbol bit y6, code bit b5 is assigned to symbol bit y2, and code bit 156 is assigned to symbol bit y9, The code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y5, the code bit 1)8 is assigned to the symbol bit y, the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit y8, and the code bit b1G is assigned to the symbol Bit y4, the code bit b! 1 is assigned to the symbol bit y, and is replaced. Fig. 60C shows an example of the replacement processing of the current mode in the case where the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and a further modulation method is 256QAM, and the multiple b is 2. In the case where the modulation mode is 256QAM, the 8 (=111) bits of the code bit are mapped to one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one symbol and 137720.doc •84·200952349 one. Further, when the code length N is 64,800 bits and the multiple 5 is 2, the memory 31 (FIG. 16, FIG. 17) of the multiplexed H 25 contains 8x2 (= mb) bits in the horizontal direction. 16 wales, memory 648 〇〇 / (^ bit in the wale direction / / multiplexer 25, LDPC code code bits are written in the longitudinal direction of the memory 31, if 64800 bits When the writing of the code bit (1 code word) is completed, the code bit written in the memory 31 is in the course direction, and is read out in 8x2 (= mb) bit units and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Fig. 16. Fig. 17) The replacement unit 32 assigns the code bits read from the memory 3128x2 (= mb) bits 兀 boA 'bhbhb bsbhbhbhbhbhbmbmbababM, !^, for example, as shown in Fig. 60C to consecutive 2 (= b) The symbol of the 8x2 (= mb) bit of the symbol 兀ythyhyaW'yhysyhyhyhyhyhyhyyn'yaymywyMt* type 'replaces the code bits b8 to b15 of 8x2 (= mb) bits. That is, the 'replacement part 32 separates the code The bit b G is assigned to the symbol bit y 丨 5, 码 the code bit b 1 is assigned to the symbol bit y J , and the code bit b 2 is assigned to the symbol bit y 丨 3 , Element b 3 is assigned to symbol element y 3, and code bit b4 is divided For the symbol bit y8, the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol bit y丨1, the code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol bit y9, and the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y5. The code bit b 8 is assigned to the symbol bit y! 〇, 137720.doc -85- 200952349 The code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit y6, and the code bit b! 〇 is assigned to the symbol bit y 4. Assign the code bit b π to the symbol y 7 ' to assign the code bit b 12 to the symbol y 1 2 ' to assign the code bit b! 3 to the symbol y 2, The code bit b 4 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 4, and the code bit b 15 is assigned to the symbol bit y 〇 ' for replacement. Fig. 61 shows that the LDPC code is code length N is 16,200 bits. An example of the replacement processing of the current mode in the case of an LDPC code having a coding rate of 3/5. That is, Fig. 61A shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits and an encoding rate of 3/5. An example of the replacement processing of the current mode in the case where the modulation method is 16QAM and the multiple b is 2. When the modulation method is 16QAM, the 4 (=m) bits of the code bit are used as one symbol. And mapped to 16 signal points determined by 1 6QAM Further, when the code length N is 16,200 bits and the multiple b is 2, the memory 3 1 of the multiplexer 25 (Fig. 16, Fig. 17) contains 4x2 in the horizontal direction (= Mb) 8 vertical lines of bits, remembering 16200/(4x2) bits in the wale direction. In the demultiplexer 25, the code bit of the LDPC code is written in the wale direction of the memory 3 1 , and if the writing of the 16200 bit code bit (1 code word) is finished, it is written in the memory 3 The code bits of 1 are read in the horizontal direction, read in units of 4 X2 (= mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Figs. 16 and 17). 137720.doc -86- 200952349 The replacement unit 32 is to read the code bits 兀%,1>1,152,1)3,154,1)5,136,1) from the memory 31i4x2 (=inb) bits. 7. For example, as shown in Fig. 61, the symbol bits of the 4x2 (= mb) bits assigned to consecutive 2 (= 13) symbols are replaced by the code bits bG to b7 of 4x2 (= mb) bits. That is, the replacing unit 32 performs the same as the case of the above-described Fig. 60A, and performs replacement of the code bits b 〇 to t > 7 to the symbol bits 70 to ^7. Fig. 61B shows an example of the replacement processing of the current mode in the case where the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and a further modulation method is 64QAM, and a multiple of 1 is 2. In the case where the modulation method is 64QAM, the 6 (=111) bits of the code bit are mapped to one of the 64 signal points determined by 64QAM as one symbol. Further, when the code length N is 16,200 bits and the multiple 1 is 2, the memory 31 of the multiplexer 25 (Fig. 16, Fig. 17) contains 6x2 (= mb) bits in the horizontal direction. The 12 vertical lines of the yuan store ΐ62〇〇/(6χ2) bits in the longitudinal direction. 0 / in the multiplexer 25, the code bit of the LDPC code is written in the wale direction of the memory 31, and if the writing of the 16200 bit code bit (1 code word) is finished, it is written in the memory The code bits of 31 are read in the horizontal direction, read in units of 6x2 (= mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Figs. 16 and 17). The _ replacement unit 32 is a code bit to be read from the memory 3R6x2 (= mb) bits ^ 151, 132, 133, 1 ? 4, 135, 136, 1) 7, 138, 1 ? 9, 7 1 ( ), 1311, for example, as shown in FIG. 618, the symbol bits y〇'yi'y2, y3, y4, y5, y6, y7 are assigned to 6x2 (= mb) bits of consecutive 2 (= b) symbols. Y8, y9, yI 〇, yn way, replace 6 χ 2 卜) 137720.doc -87 · 200952349 bit code bits bQ to bu. That is, the replacing unit 32 is the same as the case of the above-described Tuna', and the replacement of the code bits bG to bn to the symbol bits or the like is performed. Fig. 61C shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code whose code length N is 162 bits 3/5, and the modulation method is 256qam. In the case of the replacement method of the current mode, an example of the replacement process is . In the case where the modulation mode is 256QAM, the 8 bits of the code bit are (=111) bits.

為1個符元而映射成256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任 一個。 進一步而言,碼長N為16200位元,倍數{5為1之情況下, 解多工器25之記憶趙31(圖16、圖17)係含有於橫列方向記 憶kihb)位元之8個縱行,於縱行方向記憶16雇/(8χΐ: 位元。 /解多工器25’ LDPC碼之碼位元寫入於記憶體3ι之縱 行方向,S 16200位元之碼位元(1碼字)之寫人終了,則寫 入於記憶體31之碼位元係於橫列方向,以8 —位元單 位讀出,並供給至替換部32(圖j 6、圖1 7)。 ⑩ 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31<8xl(==mb)位元之碼位 元、^^^^^^,例如圖㈣所示分配給十叫固符 元之8x1(=mb)位元之符元位元yG,yi y2,y3,y4,y5,y6,y7之方 式’替換8xl(=mb)位元之碼位元〜至!^。 亦即,替換部32係分別 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y3, 137720.doc • 88 - 200952349 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y 1, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b 5分配給符元位元y 6, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 接著,說明關於按照分配規則之替換處理(以下亦稱為 ® 採新替換方式之替換處理)。 圖62至圖64係說明新替換方式之圖。 於新替換方式,解多工器25之替換部32係按照事先決定 之分配規則來進行mb位元之碼位元之替換。 分配規則係用以將LDPC碼之碼位元分配給符元位元之 規則。於分配規則規定有:碼位元之碼位元群組、與分配 該碼位元群組之碼位元之符元位元之符元位元群組之組合 即群組集合;及該群組集合之碼位元群組、及符元位元群 組分別之碼位元及符元位元之位元數(以下亦稱為群組位 元數)。 於此,碼位元係如上述,於錯誤確率有差別,符元位元 亦於錯誤確率有差別。碼位元群組係因應錯誤確率來群組 區分碼位元之群組,符元位元群組係因應錯誤確率來群組 區分符元位元之群組。 圖62係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3 之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM,倍數b為2之情況 137720.doc •89- 200952349 下之瑪位元群組及符元位元群組。 該情況下,從記憶體31所讀出之8x2(=mb)位元之碼位元 13〇至13]5係因應錯誤確率之差別,如圖62A所示可群組區分 為5個碼位元群組GbbGbhGbhGbhGh。 於此,碼位元群組Gbi係其下標丨越小,屬於該碼位元群 組Gbi之碼位元之錯誤確率越良好(越小)之群組。 於圖62A,分別而言,碼位元群組Gbi係碼位元^^◦所屬, 碼位元群組Gh係碼位元b】所屬,碼位元群組Gb3係碼位元 h至b?所屬,碼位元群組Gb4係碼位元所屬,碼位元群_ 組Gb5係碼位元13„至1)15所屬。 調變方式為256QAM,倍數之情況下, 兀之符元位元丫0至>^5係因應錯誤確率之差別,如圖62]3所 示可群組區分為彳個符元位元群組^”々^,^^^々%。 於此,付元位元群組Gyi係與碼位元群組相同,其下梗i 越小’屬於該符元位元群組Gyi之符元位元之錯誤確率越 良好之群組。 於圖62B,分別而言,符元位元群組Gyi係符元位元❹ 7〇71,78,79所屬,符元位元群組〇72係符元位元乃,3?3,乃〇乃 所屬’符元位元群組Gy;係符元位元”…,^^〜所屬’符 元位元群組G>U係符元位元y6,y7,y14 y15所屬。 圖63係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3 之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為25 6QAM,倍數b為2之情況 下之分配規則。 於圖63之分配規則’碼位元群組〇151與符元位元群組Gy4 137720.doc 90· 200952349 之組合係作為1個群租隹人 _ , ^ 砰、,且杲〇,於圖中左起第1個規定。然 後忒群組集合之群組位元數規定為丨位元。 於此卩下將群組集合及其群組位元數—併稱為群組集 合資訊。削吏,例如將碼位元群組叫與符元位元群組如 之群組集合、及該群組集合之群組位元數即丨位元,記載 為群組集合資訊(Gbl,Gy4,1}。 於圖63之分配規則’除群組集合資訊⑽❿⑶以外, 亦規定有群組集合資訊⑽办…義办⑶㈣如山, (Gb35Gy3,2), (Gb3,Gy4,2), (Gb4,Gy3,l), (Gbs^yj,!), (Gb5,Gy2,3), (Gb5,Gy3,l)。 例如群組集合資訊(Gb»,Gy4,i)係意味將屬於碼位元群組It is mapped to one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM for one symbol. Further, the code length N is 16,200 bits, and when the multiple is {5 is 1, the memory Zhao 31 (FIG. 16, FIG. 17) of the multiplexer 25 is included in the horizontal direction memory kithb. Longitudinal, memory 16 employees in the waling direction / (8 χΐ: bit. / multiplexer 25' LDPC code code bits are written in the direction of memory 3 ι, S 16200 bits of code bits When the writer of (1 code word) is finished, the code bits written in the memory 31 are in the course direction, read out in 8-bit units, and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Fig. j 6 and Fig. 17). The replacement unit 32 assigns the code bits read from the memory 31 < 8xl (== mb) bits, ^^^^^^, for example, as shown in Fig. 4, to 8x1 of the ten-symbol symbol ( =mb) The bit yG, yi y2, y3, y4, y5, y6, y7 of the bit 'replaces the code bit of the 8xl (= mb) bit ~ to !^. That is, the replacement part 32 The code bit bG is assigned to the symbol bit y7, respectively, and the code bit b! is assigned to the symbol bit y3, 137720.doc • 88 - 200952349 The code bit b2 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1, The code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y5, and the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y2. The code bit b 5 is assigned to the symbol bit y 6, the code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol bit y4, and the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y〇 for replacement. Replacement processing of the distribution rule (hereinafter also referred to as replacement processing of the new replacement method). Fig. 62 to Fig. 64 are diagrams showing a new alternative. In the new alternative, the replacement unit 32 of the multiplexer 25 is in advance. Determining the allocation rule to replace the MM bit code bits. The allocation rule is a rule for assigning the code bits of the LDPC code to the symbol bits. The allocation rule specifies: the code bit of the code bit a group, a combination of a group of symbol bits corresponding to a symbol bit of a code bit group of the code bit group; and a group of code bits and a symbol bit of the group set; The number of bits of the symbol group and the number of bits of the symbol element (hereinafter also referred to as the group bit number). Here, the code bit element is as described above, and the error bit rate is different, and the symbol bit element is also There is a difference in the error rate. The code bit group is a group that distinguishes the code bits according to the error rate. The bit group is grouped into groups of symbol bits according to the error rate. Fig. 62 shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and the modulation mode is further modified. 256QAM, the case where the multiple b is 2, 137720.doc • 89-200952349, the megabyte group and the cryption group. In this case, the 8x2 (= mb) bit read from the memory 31 The code bits 13〇 to 13]5 are grouped into 5 code bit groups GbbGbhGbhGbhGh according to the difference in error correction rates as shown in FIG. 62A. Here, the code bit group Gbi is a group whose subscript 丨 is smaller, and the code bit belonging to the code bit group Gbi has a better error rate (smaller). In FIG. 62A, respectively, the code bit group Gbi is a code bit element, the code bit group Gh is a code bit b, and the code bit group Gb3 is a code bit h to b. Included, the code bit group Gb4 is the code bit element, the code bit group _ group Gb5 is the code bit 13 „1 to 1)15. The modulation mode is 256QAM, in the case of multiples, the 符 元 位 位Yuanxiao 0 to >^5 is based on the difference in error correction rate, as shown in Fig. 62]3, the group can be divided into a group of symbolic elements ^"々^,^^^々%. Here, the pay unit group Gyi is the same as the code bit group, and the smaller the lower i is, the smaller the error rate of the symbol bit belonging to the symbol bit group Gyi is. In FIG. 62B, respectively, the symbol element group Gyi is represented by the symbol element ❹ 7〇71, 78, 79, and the symbol element group 〇 72 is the symbol element, 3? 3, 〇 belongs to the 'character bit group Gy; the system element bit"..., ^^~ belongs to the 'character bit group G> U is the symbol element y6, y7, y14 y15 belongs to. Figure 63 The LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and an allocation rule in the case where the modulation mode is 25 6QAM and the multiple b is 2. The allocation rule 'code position in FIG. 63 The combination of the meta group 〇 151 and the symbol element group Gy4 137720.doc 90· 200952349 is used as a group renter _ , ^ 砰, and 杲〇, which is the first one from the left in the figure. Then The group number of the group of the group is defined as a unit. Here, the group set and the number of its group bits are collectively referred to as group set information. For example, the code bit group is The group of the group of the symbol and the group of the symbol, and the number of the group of the group, that is, the number of bits, are recorded as the group collection information (Gbl, Gy4, 1}. The distribution rule in Figure 63 'In addition to group collection information (10) In addition to (3), there is also a group collection information (10) Office... (3) (4) Rushan, (Gb35Gy3, 2), (Gb3, Gy4, 2), (Gb4, Gy3, l), (Gbs^yj,!), (Gb5 , Gy2, 3), (Gb5, Gy3, l). For example, group collection information (Gb», Gy4, i) means that it will belong to the code bit group.

Gh之碼位元之丨位元,分配給屬於符元位元群組Gy*之符 元位元之1位元。 因此,於圖63之分配規則,規定如下: 根據群組集合資訊(Gb^Gy4,!)’將錯誤確率第1良好之 媽位元群組Gb!之碼位元之1位元,分配給錯誤確率第4良 好之符元位元群組Gy4之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb2,Gy4,l),將錯誤確率第2良好之 碼位元群組Gt>2之碼位元之1位元,分配給錯誤確率第4良 好之符元位元群組Gy4之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gt>3,Gyi,3) ’將錯誤確率第3良好之 石馬位元群組Gt>3之碼位元之3位元,分配給錯誤確率第j良 好之符元位元群組Gy!之符元位元之3位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb^Gy^l),將錯誤確率第3良好之 137720.doc •91 · 200952349 碼位元群組Gt>3之碼位元之1位元,分配給錯誤確率第2良 好之符元位元群組Gy2之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb3,Gy3,2),將錯誤確率第3良好之 碼位元群組Gbs之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯誤確率第3良 好之符元位元群組Gy3之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb3,Gy4,2),將錯誤確率第3良好之 碼位元群組Gb3之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯誤確率第4良 好之符元位元群組Gy4之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb^Gy3,!),將錯誤確率第4良好之❹ 碼位元群組Gb4之碼位元之1位元,分配給錯誤確率第3良 好之符元位元群組Gys之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb^G^,〗),將錯誤確率第5良好之 碼位元群組Gbs之碼位元之丨位元,分配給錯誤確率第J良 好之符元位元群組Gy!之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gbs,Gy2,3),將錯誤確率第5良好之 碼位兀群組Gbs之碼位元之3位元,分配給錯誤確率第2良 好之符元位元群組Gy2之符元位元之3位元; ❿ 及根據群組集合資訊,將錯誤確率第5良好 之碼位兀群組Gbs之碼位元之丨位元,分配給錯誤確率第3 良好之符元位元群組之符元位元之丨位元。 如上述,碼位元群組係因應錯誤確率來群組區分碼位元 之群組,符元位元群組係因應錯誤確率來群組區分符元位 X之群組。因此,分配規則亦可謂規定碼位元之錯誤確 率、與分配該碼位元之符元位元之錯誤確率之組合。 137720.doc •92· 200952349 如此,規定碼位元之錯誤確率、與分配該碼位元之符元 位元之錯誤確率之組合之分配規則係藉由例如計測BER之 模擬等,決定為改善對於錯誤之耐受性(對於雜訊之耐受 性)。 此外,即使於同一符元位元群組之位元中變更某碼位元 群組之碼位元之分配去處,(幾乎)不會影響對於錯誤之耐 受性。 因此,為了提升對於錯誤之耐受性,規定最縮小包含錯 ® 誤地板之BER(Bit Error Rate :位元錯誤率)之群組集合資 訊,亦即規定碼位元之碼位元群組與分配該碼位元群組之 碼位元之符元位元之符元位元群組之組合(群組集合)、該 群組集合之碼位元群組及符元位元群組分別之碼位元、及 符元位元之位元數(群組位元數),作為分配規則,按照該 分配規則,將碼位元分配給符元位元以進行碼位元之替換 即可。 其中,按照分配規則,將何個碼位元分配給何個符元之 具體分配方式,必須於發送裝置11及接收裝置12(圖7)間事 先決定。 圖64係表示按照圖63之分配規則之碼位元之替換例。 亦即,圖64A係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編 碼率為2/3之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM,倍數b 為2之情況下之按照圖63之分配規則之碼位元之替換之第1 例。The unit of the code bit of Gh is assigned to the 1-bit of the symbol bit belonging to the symbol bit group Gy*. Therefore, the allocation rule in FIG. 63 is defined as follows: According to the group collection information (Gb^Gy4, !), the one bit of the code bit of the first good mother bit group Gb! of the error correction rate is assigned to The error rate is the 1st bit of the symbol bit of the 4th good symbol group Gy4; according to the group set information (Gb2, Gy4, l), the error correct rate 2nd good code bit group Gt> 1 bit of the code bit, assigned to the 1st bit of the symbol bit of the 4th good symbol bit group Gy4 of the error rate; according to the group set information (Gt>3, Gyi, 3) ' The third bit of the code bit of the third good stone horse bit group Gt>3 of the error rate is assigned to the three bits of the symbol bit of the j-good symbol group Gy! According to the group collection information (Gb^Gy^l), assign the error rate to the error rate of the third digit of the 137720.doc •91 · 200952349 code bit group Gt> 2 1 bit of the symbol element of the good symbol group Gy2; according to the group set information (Gb3, Gy3, 2), the code position of the 3rd good code bit group Gbs of the error rate is determined. The 2 bits are allocated to the 2nd bit of the symbol bit of the 3rd good symbol group Gy3 of the error rate; according to the group set information (Gb3, Gy4, 2), the error rate is 3rd. The 2 bits of the code bit of the code bit group Gb3 are allocated to the 2 bits of the symbol bit of the 4th good symbol bit group Gy4 of the error correction rate; according to the group set information (Gb^Gy3, !), assigning the 1st bit of the code bit of the 4th good ❹ code bit group Gb4 of the error rate to the 1st bit of the symbol bit of the 3rd good symbol bit group Gys. According to the group set information (Gb^G^, 〗), the 码 bit of the code bit of the 5th good code bit group Gbs of the error rate is assigned to the error correct rate Jth good symbol bit group One bit of the symbol bit of the group Gy!; according to the group set information (Gbs, Gy2, 3), assign the fifth bit of the error rate to the third bit of the code bit of the group Gbs, The error rate is the 3rd bit of the second good symbol group Gy2; ❿ and according to the group collection information, the error rate is 5th good code group 码 group Gbs code bit Shu bit, assigned to the error rate determined Shu good bit of the third symbol bit group of the symbol bits. As described above, the code bit group distinguishes the groups of code bits according to the error correction rate, and the symbol bit group is grouped according to the error correction rate. Therefore, the allocation rule can also be a combination of the error rate of the specified code bit and the error rate of the symbol bit that assigns the code bit. 137720.doc •92· 200952349 In this way, the allocation rule that specifies the combination of the error rate of the code bit and the error rate of the symbol bit that assigns the code bit is determined by improving, for example, the simulation of the BER. Tolerance of errors (tolerance to noise). Furthermore, even if the allocation of the code bits of a certain code bit group is changed in the bit of the same symbol bit group, (almost) does not affect the tolerance to errors. Therefore, in order to improve the tolerance to errors, the group set information that minimizes the BER (Bit Error Rate) of the wrong floor is specified, that is, the code bit group of the specified code bit is A combination (group set) of the symbol bit groups of the symbol bits of the code bit group of the code bit group, a code bit group of the group set, and a symbol bit group respectively The code bit and the number of bits of the symbol bit (group bit number) are used as an allocation rule, and the code bit is allocated to the symbol bit according to the allocation rule to replace the code bit. Among them, according to the allocation rule, the specific allocation method of which code bit is assigned to which symbol must be determined before the transmitting device 11 and the receiving device 12 (Fig. 7). Figure 64 is a diagram showing an alternative of the code bits in accordance with the allocation rule of Figure 63. That is, FIG. 64A shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and the further modulation method is 256QAM, and the multiple b is 2, and the allocation rule according to FIG. 63 is used. The first example of the replacement of the code bit.

LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之LDPC 137720.doc -93 - 200952349 碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數1)為2之情況下,於 解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(648〇〇/(8χ2))χ(8χ2) 位元之6己憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以8x2(=mb) 位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32(圖丨6、圖17)。 替換部32係按照圖63之分配規則,將讀出自記憶體3 1之 8><2(=11113)位元之碼位元1;)()至|315,例如圖64入所示分配給連 續2(=b)個符元之8x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y。至yis,以替 換8x2(=mb)位元之碼位元1)。至1315。 亦即,替換部32係分別 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y丨5, 將碼位元b ]分配給符元位元y 7, 將石馬位元b 2分配給符元位元y j, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y 6, 將碼位元b〗分配給符元位元yi3, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y n, 將碼位元b〗分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元be分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y丨4, 將碼位元b 1 〇分配給符元位元y丨2, 將碼位元b π分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b 12分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b 13分配給符元位元y】〇, 將碼位元b 14分配給符元位元y 4, 137720.doc • 94- 200952349 將碼位元b! 5分配給符元位元y 2, 而進行替換。 圖64B係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為 2/3之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM,倍數b為2之 情況下之按照圖63之分配規則之碼位元之替換之第2例。 若根據圖64B,替換部32係按照圖63之分配規則,針對 從記憶體3 1所讀出之8 X2(=mb)位元之碼位元bG至b!5,分別 進行下述替換:The LDPC code is an LDPC 137720.doc -93 - 200952349 code with a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and a further modulation mode of 256QAM and a multiple of 1) is 2, in the case of the multiplexer 25 In the direction of the X direction, the direction of the X course is (648〇〇/(8χ2)) χ(8χ2). The 6 bits of the memory are written in the horizontal direction to 8x2 (= mb). The bit unit is read and supplied to the replacement unit 32 (Fig. 6, Fig. 17). The replacing unit 32 reads the code bits 1) of the 8><2 (=11113) bits from the memory 3 1 to the |315 according to the allocation rule of FIG. 63, for example, as shown in FIG. Give the symbolic y of 8x2 (= mb) bits of consecutive 2 (= b) symbols. To yis, replace the code bits of 8x2 (= mb) bits 1). To 1315. That is, the replacing unit 32 assigns the code bit b〇 to the symbol bit y丨5, assigns the code bit b] to the symbol bit y 7, and assigns the stone element b 2 to the symbol. Bit yj, assign code bit b3 to symbol bit y 5, assign code bit b4 to symbol bit y 6, assign code bit b to symbol bit yi3, and code bit B6 is assigned to the symbol bit yn, the code bit b is assigned to the symbol y9, the code bit be is assigned to the symbol y8, and the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol y 丨4 , the code bit b 1 〇 is assigned to the symbol bit y 丨 2, the code bit b π is assigned to the symbol y 3 , and the code bit b 12 is assigned to the symbol y 〇 , The bit b 13 is assigned to the symbol bit y], and the code bit b 14 is assigned to the symbol bit y 4, 137720.doc • 94- 200952349 The code bit b! 5 is assigned to the symbol bit y 2, and replace it. 64B is a diagram showing that the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and further modulation is 256QAM, and the multiple b is 2, and the code bit according to the allocation rule of FIG. 63 is used. The second example of replacement. According to Fig. 64B, the replacing unit 32 performs the following replacement for the code bits bG to b! 5 of the 8 X2 (= mb) bits read from the memory 3 in accordance with the allocation rule of Fig. 63:

將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y! 5, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y! 4, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元ys, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y5, 將瑪位元b4分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b 5分配給符元位元y 4, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y丨, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b 1 〇分配給符元位元y! 2, 將瑪位元b!!分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b 1 2分配給符元位元y 1 3, 將碼位元b丨3分配給符元位元y i 〇, 將碼位元b! 4分配給符元位元y 〇, 將碼位元b ! 5分配給符元位元y!!。 137720.doc -95- 200952349 於此,圖64A及圖64B所示之碼位元bi對符元位元yi之分 配方式均按照圖63之分配規則(遵守分配規則)。 圖65係表示已進行圖62至圖64所說明之新替換方式之替 換處理中之圖64A之替換處理之情況、及已進行現行方式 中之圖60C所說明之替換處理之情況之BER(Bit Error Rate :位元錯誤率)之模擬結果。 亦即,圖65係表示將碼長n為64800、編碼率為2/3之 DVB-S.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼作為對象,作為調變方式 採用256QAM,並且作為倍數b採用2之情況下之BER。。 ❿ 此外,於圖65,橫轴表示Es/N〇,縱軸表示BER ^而且, 圓圈標記表示已進行新替換方式之替換處理之情況下之 BER’星標(星形標記)表示已進行現行方式之替換處理之 情況下之BER。 比較起現行方 對於錯誤之耐 從圖65可知,於新替換方式之替換處理 式之替換處理,其錯誤地板飛躍性地降低 受性提升。 :外,於本實施型態’為了便於說明,於解多工器”, =部32係將讀出自記憶體31之碼位元作為對象而進行替 :處理’但替換處理可藉由控制對於記憶體”之 寫入或讀出來進行。 < 亦即,替換處理可藉由例如控制 出位址),以替揸接夕饭# - 1豆兀之位址(讀 )乂㈣叙碼位兀之順序進行 位元之讀出來進行。 隐體3 1之碼 接著,作為用以提升對於錯誤之耐受 之對桌,除採用 137720.doc •96· 200952349 降低錯誤地板之替換方式之替換處理以外,還有採用降低 錯誤地板之LDPC碼之方法。 因此,於LDPC編碼部21 (圖8),關於碼長N為64800位元 之編碼率r為2/3之LDPC碼,採用與DVB-S.2之規格所規定 之檢查矩陣初始值表不同之求出適當之檢查矩陣Η之檢查 矩陣初始值表,利用從該檢查矩陣初始值表所求出之檢查 矩陣Η,可進行編碼而成為性能良好之LDPC碼。 於此,適當之檢查矩陣Η係以低Es/N〇(每1符元之信號電 ® 力對雜訊電力比)或Eb/N〇(每1位元之信號電力對雜訊電力 比),發送獲自檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼之調變信號時,使 BER(Bit Error Rate :位元錯誤率)更小之符合特定條件之 檢查矩陣。而且,性能良好之LDPC碼係獲自適當之檢查 矩陣Η之LDPC碼。 適當之檢查矩陣Η可藉由例如進行計測以低Es/N〇發送獲 自符合特定條件之各種檢查矩陣之LDPC碼之調變信號時 之BER之模擬來求出。 作為適當之檢查矩陣Η所應符合之特定條件,有例如以 稱為密度演化(Density Evolution)之碼性能之解析法所獲 得之解析結果良好、於檢查矩陣Η不存在稱為循環4之1之 要素之迴圈(loop)、不存在循環6等。 於此,關於密度演化及其實裝係記載於例如「On the Design of Low-Density Parity-Check Codes within 0.0045 dB of the Shannon Limit」,S.Y.Chung, G.D.Forney, T.J.Richardson, R.Urbanke, IEEE Communications Leggers, 137720.doc -97- 200952349 VOL_5, NO.2, Feb 2001。 例如於AWGN頻道上,若雜訊之離散值從0不斷變大, 則LDPC碼之錯誤確率之期待值最初雖為0,但若雜訊之離 散值成為某臨限值(threshold)以上,則不再為0。 若根據密度演化,藉由比較其錯誤確率之期待值不再為 0之雜訊之離散值之臨限值(以下亦稱為性能臨限值),可決 定LDPC碼之性能(檢查矩陣之適當性)之良莠。於此,作為 性能臨限值係採用BER開始降低(變小)時之Eb/N〇。 若將以密度演化解析DVB-S.2之規格所規定之碼長N為 64800、編碼率r為2/3之LDPC碼(以下亦稱為規格碼)所獲 得之關於規格碼之性能臨限值,表示作V,則於模擬中, 選擇性能臨限值成為在V加上特定邊限Δ後之V+Δ以下之值 之碼長Ν為64800、編碼率r為2/3之LDPC碼(檢查矩陣),來 作為性能良好之LDPC碼。 圖66至圖68係表示作為性能臨限值之Eb/N〇為V+Δ以下之 LDPC碼(碼長Ν為64800、編碼率r為2/3之LDPC碼)中之1個 檢查矩陣初始值表。 此外,圖67係接續於圖66之圖,圖68係接續於圖67之 圖。 在從圖66至圖68之檢查矩陣初始值表所求出之檢查矩陣 Η,不存在循環4及循環6。 圖69係表示關於從圖66至圖68之檢查矩陣初始值表所求 出之檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼(以下亦稱為提案碼)之BER之模 擬結果。 137720.doc -98- 200952349 亦即,圖69係表示調變方式為256QAM之情況下之對於 規格碼之Es/N〇之BER(圖中以圓圈標記表示)、及對於提案 碼之Es/N〇之BER(圖中以矩形表示)。此外,於圖69,作為 替換處理係採用圖60C之現行方式之替換處理。 從圖69可知提案碼係較規格碼性能良好,亦即特別是錯 誤地板大幅改善。 此外’適當之檢查矩陣Η應符合之特定條件可從LDpc碼 之解碼性能提升、或LDPC碼之解碼處理之容易化(單純化) 等觀點來適宜地決定。 接著,圖7 0係表示圖7之接收裝置12之結構例之區塊 圖。 於圖70 ’接收裝置12係接收來自發送裝置u(圖7)之調變 信號之資料處理裝置,由正交解調部51、罅映射部52、解 交錯器53及LDPC解碼部56所構成。 正交解調部51係接收來自發送裝置π之調變信號,進行 ❹ 正交解調’將其結果所獲得之信號點(I及Q轴方向分別之 值)供給至解映射部52。 解映射部52係進行使來自正交解調部5 1之信號點,成為 LDPC碼之碼位元經符元化之符元之解映射,並供給至解 交錯器53。 解交錯器53係由多工器(MUX)54及縱行扭轉解交錯器55 所構成’進行來自解映射部52之符元之符元位元之解交 錯。 亦即,多工器54係將來自解映射部52之符元之符元位元 137720.doc -99- 200952349 作為對象,進行對應於圖8之解多工器25所進行之替換處 理之反替換處理(替換處理之逆向處理),亦即進行使藉由 替換處理所替換之LDPC碼之碼位元(符元位元)之位置回到 原本位置之反替換處理,將其結果所獲得之LDPC碼供給 至縱行扭轉解交錯器55。 縱行扭轉解交錯器55係將來自多工器54之LDPC碼作為 對象,進行對應於圖8之縱行扭轉交錯器24所進行之作為 重排處理之縱行扭轉交錯之縱行扭轉解交錯(縱行扭轉交 錯之逆向處理),亦即進行作為使藉由作為重排處理之縱 行扭轉交錯而變更排列之LDPC碼之碼位元,回到原本排 列之反重排處理之例如縱行扭轉解交錯。 具體而言,縱行扭轉解交錯器55係藉由對於與圖22等所 示之記憶體3 1同樣地構成之解交錯用之記憶體,寫入 LDPC碼之碼位元並進一步讀出,以進行縱行扭轉解交 錯。 其中,於縱行扭轉解交錯器55,碼位元之寫入係將來自 記憶體3 1之碼位元之讀出時之讀出位址,作為寫入位址利 用,於解交錯用之記憶體之橫列方向進行。而且,碼位元 之讀出係將對記憶體3 1之碼位元之寫入時之寫入位址,作 為讀出位址利用,於解交錯用之記憶體之縱行方向進行。 縱行扭轉解交錯之結果所獲得之LDPC碼係從縱行扭轉 解交錯器55供給至LDPC解碼部56。 於此,於從解映射部52供給至解交錯器53之LDPC碼, 同位交錯、縱行扭轉交錯及替換處理係以該順序施以,但 137720.doc •100- 200952349 於解交錯器53,僅進行對應於替換處理之反替換處理及對 應於縱行扭轉交錯之縱行扭轉解交錯,因此未進行對應於 同位交錯之同位解交錯(同位交錯之逆向處理),亦即未進 行使藉由同位交錯而變更排列之LDPC碼之碼位元回到原 本排列之同位解交錯。 因此,從解交錯器53(之縱行扭轉解交錯器55),對LDPC 解碼部56供給有已進行反替換處理及縱行扭轉解交錯,且 未進行同位解交錯之LDPC碼。 〇 LDPC解碼部56係利用對於圖8之LDPC編碼部21用於 LDpC編碼之檢查矩陣Η,至少進行相當於同位交錯之行置 換所獲得之轉換檢查矩陣,來進行來自解交錯器Μ之 LDPC碼之LDPC解碼,並將其結果所獲得之資料,作為對 象資料之解碼結果輸出。 圖71係說明圖70之接收裝置12所進行之接收處理之流程 圖。 〇 正交解調部51係於步驟Sill,接收來自發送裝置u之調 變信號’處理係前進至步驟S112,進行該調變信號之正交 解調。正《解調部51係冑正交解調之結果所獲得之信號點 供給至解映射部52,處理係從步驟S112前進至步驟S113。 於步驟S113 ’解映射部52係進行使來自正交解調部”之 2號點成為符元之解映射,並供給至解交錯器53,處理係 前進至步驟S114。The code bit bG is assigned to the symbol bit y! 5, the code bit b! is assigned to the symbol bit y! 4, the code bit b2 is assigned to the symbol bit ys, and the code bit b3 is assigned. To the symbol y5, assign the tilde b4 to the symbol y6, assign the locator b5 to the symbol y4, and assign the coder b6 to the symbol y2. Bit b7 is assigned to symbol bit y丨, code bit b8 is assigned to symbol bit y9, code bit b9 is assigned to symbol bit y7, and code bit b 1 〇 is assigned to symbol bit Yuan y! 2, assigning the m-bit b!! to the p-bit y 3, assigning the code bit b 1 2 to the symbol y 1 3, and assigning the code bit b 丨 3 to the symbol bit Yuan yi 〇, assign code bit b! 4 to symbol bit y 〇, and assign code bit b ! 5 to symbol y!!. 137720.doc -95- 200952349 Here, the code bit bi shown in FIG. 64A and FIG. 64B is assigned to the symbol bit yi in accordance with the allocation rule of FIG. 63 (according to the allocation rule). Figure 65 is a diagram showing the case where the replacement process of Figure 64A in the replacement process of the new alternative mode illustrated in Figures 62 to 64 has been performed, and the BER (Bit) in the case where the replacement process described in Figure 60C of the current mode has been performed. Error Rate: The result of the simulation of the bit error rate. That is, FIG. 65 shows an LDPC code defined by the specification of DVB-S.2 having a code length n of 64800 and a coding rate of 2/3, 256QAM as a modulation method, and 2 as a multiple b. BER in case. . ❿ In addition, in Fig. 65, the horizontal axis represents Es/N〇, the vertical axis represents BER ^, and the circle mark indicates that the BER 'star (star mark) in the case where replacement processing of the new replacement method has been performed indicates that the current The BER in the case of the replacement of the mode. Comparing the current resistance to the error As can be seen from Fig. 65, in the replacement processing of the replacement method of the new replacement method, the wrong floor drastically reduces the improvement of the reliability. In addition, in the present embodiment, for convenience of explanation, in the multiplexer, the section 32 performs the reading of the code bit from the memory 31 as an object: processing 'but the replacement processing can be controlled by The writing or reading of the memory is performed. < That is, the replacement processing can be performed by, for example, controlling the address), by reading out the bits in the order of the addresses of the 兀 饭 # - - - 读 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 四 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The code of the hidden body 3 1 is then used as a table to improve the tolerance to errors. In addition to the replacement of 137720.doc • 96· 200952349 to reduce the wrong floor, there is also an LDPC code that reduces the wrong floor. The method. Therefore, in the LDPC encoding unit 21 (Fig. 8), the LDPC code having a code length R of 64,800 bits and a coding rate r of 2/3 is different from the check matrix initial value table defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. The inspection matrix initial value table of the appropriate inspection matrix is obtained, and the inspection matrix obtained from the inspection matrix initial value table can be encoded to obtain an LDPC code with good performance. Here, the appropriate check matrix is low Es/N 〇 (signal power per 1 power signal to noise power ratio) or Eb / N 〇 (signal power to noise power ratio per 1 bit) When the modulated signal of the LDPC code obtained from the check matrix is transmitted, the BER (Bit Error Rate) is made smaller to meet the check condition of the specific condition. Moreover, the LDPC code with good performance is obtained from the LDPC code of the appropriate check matrix. A suitable check matrix can be obtained by, for example, performing a simulation to transmit a BER simulation of a modulated signal of an LDPC code obtained from various check matrices satisfying a specific condition at a low Es/N〇. As a specific condition that should be met by an appropriate inspection matrix, for example, an analytical result obtained by an analytical method called a code property called Density Evolution is good, and a check matrix does not exist as a loop 4 The loop of the feature, the loop 6 does not exist, and so on. Here, the density evolution and the actual system are described, for example, in "On the Design of Low-Density Parity-Check Codes within 0.0045 dB of the Shannon Limit", SYChung, GDForney, TJ Richardson, R. Urbanke, IEEE Communications Leggers , 137720.doc -97- 200952349 VOL_5, NO.2, Feb 2001. For example, on the AWGN channel, if the discrete value of the noise increases from 0, the expected value of the error correction rate of the LDPC code is initially 0, but if the discrete value of the noise becomes a certain threshold or more, then No longer 0. If the density is evolved, the performance of the LDPC code can be determined by comparing the threshold value of the discrete value of the noise whose expected value is no longer zero (hereinafter also referred to as the performance threshold). Sexuality. Here, as the performance threshold, Eb/N〇 when the BER starts to decrease (small) is employed. If the LDPC code (hereinafter also referred to as the specification code) whose code length N is 64800 and the coding rate r is 2/3 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2 is analyzed by density, the performance limit of the specification code is obtained. The value, expressed as V, is selected in the simulation, and the performance threshold is selected as the value of V + Δ after V plus a certain margin Δ, and the code length Ν is 64800, and the coding rate r is 2/3. (Check matrix), come as a good performance LDPC code. 66 to 68 show the initial of one check matrix in the LDPC code (the code length Ν is 64800 and the code rate r is 2/3 LDPC code) whose Eb/N 性能 is less than V+Δ as the performance threshold. Value table. Further, Fig. 67 is continued from Fig. 66, and Fig. 68 is continued from Fig. 67. In the check matrix 求出 obtained from the check matrix initial value table of Figs. 66 to 68, there are no loop 4 and loop 6. Fig. 69 is a view showing an analog result of the BER of the LDPC code (hereinafter also referred to as a proposal code) of the check matrix 求 obtained from the check matrix initial value table of Figs. 66 to 68. 137720.doc -98- 200952349 That is, Fig. 69 shows the BER of the Es/N〇 for the specification code (indicated by a circle in the figure) in the case where the modulation mode is 256QAM, and the Es/N for the proposal code. BER BER (represented by a rectangle in the figure). Further, in Fig. 69, the replacement processing of the current mode of Fig. 60C is employed as the replacement processing. As can be seen from Fig. 69, the proposed code is better than the specification code, that is, the floor is particularly improved in error. Further, the specific condition that the appropriate inspection matrix should conform to can be appropriately determined from the viewpoints of improvement in decoding performance of the LDpc code or easiness (simplification) of decoding processing of the LDPC code. Next, Fig. 70 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the receiving device 12 of Fig. 7. In Fig. 70, the receiving device 12 receives the modulated signal from the transmitting device u (Fig. 7), and is composed of a quadrature demodulating unit 51, a 罅 mapping unit 52, a deinterleaver 53 and an LDPC decoding unit 56. . The orthogonal demodulation unit 51 receives the modulated signal from the transmitting device π and performs 正交 quadrature demodulation, and supplies the signal point (the value in the I and Q-axis directions) obtained as a result to the demapping unit 52. The demapping unit 52 performs demapping of the symbol point from the orthogonal demodulation unit 51 as a symbol of the LDPC code, and supplies it to the deinterleaver 53. The deinterleaver 53 is composed of a multiplexer (MUX) 54 and a vertical twist deinterleaver 55, and performs deinterlacing of the symbol bits from the symbols of the demapping unit 52. That is, the multiplexer 54 takes the symbol bits 137720.doc -99 - 200952349 from the symbols of the demapping section 52 as objects, and performs the replacement processing by the multiplexer 25 corresponding to FIG. The replacement process (reverse processing of the replacement process), that is, the inverse replacement process of returning the position of the code bit (symbol bit) of the LDPC code replaced by the replacement process to the original position, and obtaining the result The LDPC code is supplied to the wale twist deinterleaver 55. The vertical twist deinterleaver 55 takes the LDPC code from the multiplexer 54 as a target, and performs the longitudinal twist deinterlacing of the vertical twist interlace as the rearrangement processing performed by the vertical twist interleaver 24 of FIG. (Reverse processing of the whirling and twisting interleaving), that is, as a code bit which changes the aligned LDPC code by the wobble interleave as the rearranging process, and returns to the anti-rearrangement process of the original arrangement, for example, the wales Reverse the deinterlacing. Specifically, the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 writes the code bits of the LDPC code and further reads them out by the memory for deinterleaving which is configured similarly to the memory 31 shown in FIG. 22 and the like. For longitudinal twist de-interlacing. Wherein, in the vertical twist deinterleaver 55, the writing of the code bit uses the read address from the reading of the code bit of the memory 31 as a write address, and is used for deinterleaving. The direction of the memory is in the direction of the column. Further, the reading of the code bit is performed by using the write address at the time of writing the code bit of the memory 31 as the read address, and in the wale direction of the memory for deinterleaving. The LDPC code obtained as a result of the wandering deinterleaving is supplied from the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 to the LDPC decoding unit 56. Here, in the LDPC code supplied from the demapping section 52 to the deinterleaver 53, the co-located interleaving, the wobble interleaving, and the replacement processing are applied in this order, but 137720.doc • 100- 200952349 is in the deinterleaver 53, Only the inverse replacement processing corresponding to the replacement processing and the vertical twist deinterlacing corresponding to the longitudinal twist interleaving are performed, so that the co-located deinterlacing corresponding to the co-located interleaving (the inverse processing of the co-located interleaving) is not performed, that is, The code bits of the LDPC code which are interleaved and changed and arranged are returned to the co-interleave of the original arrangement. Therefore, from the deinterleaver 53 (the vertical twist deinterleaver 55), the LDPC decoding unit 56 is supplied with an LDPC code which has undergone the inverse replacement processing and the vertical twist deinterleave, and which does not perform the co-located deinterleaving. The LDPC decoding unit 56 performs the LDPC code from the deinterleaver 利用 by using at least the conversion check matrix obtained by the LDPC encoding unit 21 for LDpC encoding in FIG. The LDPC is decoded, and the data obtained as a result is output as a decoding result of the target data. Figure 71 is a flow chart showing the receiving process performed by the receiving device 12 of Figure 70.正交 The orthogonal demodulation unit 51 is in step Sill, and receives the modulated signal from the transmitting device u. The processing proceeds to step S112, and orthogonal modulation of the modulated signal is performed. The signal point obtained by the demodulation unit 51 based on the result of the quadrature demodulation is supplied to the demapping unit 52, and the processing proceeds from step S112 to step S113. In step S113, the demapping section 52 performs demapping of the point 2 from the orthogonal demodulation section into a symbol, and supplies it to the deinterleaver 53, and the processing proceeds to step S114.

於步驟S114,解交以哭”总、隹"A 肝父錯器53係進仃來自解映射部52之符元 之符兀位兀之解交錯,處理係前進至步驟S115。 137720.doc 200952349 亦即,於步驟SI 14,於解交錯器53,多工器54係將來自 解映射部52之符元之符元位元作為對象,進行反替換處 理,並將其結果所獲得之LDPC碼之碼位元供給至縱行扭 轉解交錯器55。 縱行扭轉解交錯器55係將來自多工器54之LDPC碼作為 對象,進行縱行扭轉解交錯,並將其結果所獲得之LDPC 碼供給至LDPC解碼部56。 於步驟S115,LDPC解碼部56係利用對於圖8之LDPC編 碼部21用於LDPC編碼之檢查矩陣Η,至少進行相當於同位 交錯之行置換所獲得之轉換檢查矩陣,來進行來自縱行扭 轉解交錯器55之LDPC碼之LDPC解碼,並將其結果所獲得 之資料,作為對象資料之解碼結果輸出,處理終了。 此外,圖71之接收處理係重複進行。 而且,圖70亦與圖8之情況相同,為了便於說明,個別 地構成進行反替換處理之多工器54及進行縱行扭轉解交錯 之縱行扭轉解交錯器55,但多工器54與縱行扭轉解交錯器 55亦可一體地構成。 進一步而言,於圖8之發送裝置11不進行縱行扭轉交錯 之情況下,於圖70之接收裝置12無須設置縱行扭轉解交錯 器55。 接著,進一步說明關於圖70之LDPC解碼部56所進行之 LDPC解碼。 於圖70之LDPC解碼部56,如上述,利用對於圖8之 LDPC編碼部21用於LDPC編碼之檢查矩陣Η,至少進行相 137720.doc -102- 200952349 當於同位交錯之行置換所獲得之轉換檢查矩陣,來進行來 自縱行扭轉解交錯㈣之進行反㈣處職縱行扭轉解交 錯、且未進行同位解交錯之LDPC碼之LDpc解碼。 於此,一種LDPC解碼先已提案,其藉由利用轉換檢查 矩陣來進行LDPC解碼,可抑制電路規模,同時將動作頻 率壓低在充分可實現之範圍(參考例如曰本特開2〇〇4_ 343170號公報)。 因此,首先參考圖72至圖75,來說明關於先被提案之利 用轉換檢查矩陣之LDPC解碼。 圖72係表示碼長N為90、編碼率為2/3之LDPC碼之檢查 矩陣Η之例。 此外’於圖72(於後述之圖73及圖74亦相同)以句點㈠來 表現0。 於圖72之檢查矩陣Η,同位矩陣成為階梯構造。 圖73係表示於圖72之檢查矩陣Η,施以式(11)之列置換 及式(12)之行置換所獲得之檢查矩陣Η’。 ❹ 列置換·· 6s+t+第 1 列—5t+s+第 1 列 · · ·(11) 行置換:6x+y+第 61 行—5y+x+第 61 行 · . ·(12) 其中,於式(11)及(12),s、t、X、y分別為OS s<5、 〇St<6、0$χ<5、0$t<6之範圍之整數。 若根據式(11)之列置換,以下述情形進行置換:除以6餘 數為1之第1、7、13、19、25列分別置換為第1、2、3、 4、5列,除以6餘數為2之第2、8、14、20、26列分別置換 為第 6、7、8、9、1 0 列。 137720.doc -103 - 200952349 而且,若根據式(12)之行置換,對於第61行以後(同位矩 陣),以下述情形進行置換:除以6餘數為1之第61、67、 73、79、85行分另ij置換為第61、62、63、64、65行,除以 6餘數為2之第62、68、74、80、86行分別置換為第66、 67 、 68 、 69 、 70行。 如此,對於圖72之檢查矩陣Η進行列與行之置換所獲得 之矩陣(matrix)為圖73之檢查矩陣Η'。 於此,即使進行檢查矩陣Η之列置換,仍不會影響LDPC 碼之碼位元之排列。 而且,式(12)之行置換係相當於將上述第Κ+qx+y+l個碼 位元交錯至第Κ+Py+x+l個碼位元之位置之同位交錯之分 別設資訊長K為60、巡迴構造之單位之行數P為5及同位長 M(於此為30)之約數q(=M/P)為6時之同位交錯。 若對於圖73之檢查矩陣(以下適宜地稱為置換檢查矩 陣)H',乘以於圖72之檢查矩陣(以下適宜地稱為原本之檢 查矩陣)H之LDPC碼進行與式(12)同一置換後之矩陣,則輸 出0向量。亦即,若於作為原本之檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼(1 碼字)之列向量c,施以式(12)之行置換所獲得之列向量表 示作c',則從檢查矩陣之性質來看,HcT成為0向量,因此 當然成為0向量。 根據以上,圖73之轉換檢查矩陣H’係於原本之檢查矩陣 Η之LDPC碼c,進行式(12)之行置換所獲得之LDPC碼c'之 檢查矩陣。 因此,於原本之檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼c,進行式(12)之 137720.doc -104- 200952349 行置換,利用圖73之轉換檢查矩陣,將該行置換後之 LDPC碼C’解碼(LDPC解碼),於該解碼結果施以式(12)之行 置換之反置換’藉此可獲得將原本之檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼 利用該檢查矩陣Η予以解碼之情況同樣之解碼結果。 圖74係表示以5χ5之矩陣為單位隔著間隔之圖73之轉換 檢查矩陣Η·。 於圖74,轉換檢查矩陣Η,係以下述矩陣之組合來表示: ❹ 5x5之單位矩陣;該單位矩陣之丨之中有1個以上為〇之矩陣 (以下適宜地稱為準單位矩陣);單位矩陣或準單位矩陣經 循環移位(cyclic shift)之矩陣(以下適宜地稱為移位矩陣); 單位矩陣、準單位矩陣或移位矩陣中之2以上之和(以下適 宜地稱為和矩陣);及5 Μ之〇矩陣。 圖74之轉換檢查矩陣兄可由5χ5之單位矩陣、準單位矩 陣、移位矩陣、和矩陣及〇矩陣來構成。因此,構成轉換 檢查矩陣Η1之該等5x5之矩陣以下適宜地稱為構成矩陣。 ❹ 於由ΡΧΡ之構成矩陣所表示之檢查矩陣所表示之LDPC碼 之解碼,可利用Ρ個同時進行校驗節點運算及可變節點運 算之架構(architecture)。 圖75係表示進行該類解碼之解碼裝置之結構例之區塊 圖。 亦即,圖75係表示利用對於圖72之原本之檢查矩陣H, 至少進行式(12)之行置換所獲得之圖74之轉換檢查矩陣 H’ ’來進行LDPC碼之解碼之解碼裝置之結構例。 圖75之解碼裝置包含:由6個贝17〇3〇〇1至3〇〇6所組成之 137720.doc -105- 200952349 分枝資料儲存用記憶體300、選擇1?117〇30〇1至3〇〇6之選擇 器301、校驗節點計算部3〇2、2個循環移位電路3〇3及 308、由18個?抒〇3〇41至3〇418所組成之分枝資料儲存用記 憶體304、選擇FIF03041至3 0418之選擇器305、儲存接收資 訊之接收資料用記憶體306、可變節點計算部307、解碼字 计算部309、接收資料重排部310及解碼資料重排部311。 首先,說明關於對分枝資料儲存用記憶體300及304之資 料儲存方法。 分枝資料儲存用記憶體300係由將圖Μ之轉換檢查矩陣 H’之列數30,以構成矩陣之列數5除算後之數即6個 FIF0300〗至3006所構成。FIF〇3〇〇y(y=12 ,6)係由複數段 數之記憶區域所組成,各段數之記憶區域可同時讀出或寫 入對應於構成矩陣之列數及行數之5個分枝之訊息。而 且,FIFO300y之記憶區域之段數為圖74之轉換檢查矩陣之 列方向之1之數目(漢明權重)之最大數即9。 於FIF0300!,對應於圖74之轉換檢查矩陣11,之第^列至 第5列之丨之位置之資料(來自可變節點之訊息^係儲存為 各列均往橫向填塞之形式(以忽視〇之形式)。亦即,若將第 j列第i行表示作(j,i),則於FIFO300i之第!段記憶區域,儲 存有對應於轉換檢查矩陣Η,從(1,1)至(5,5)之5x5之單位矩 陣之1之位置之資料。於第2段記憶區域,儲存有對應於轉 換檢查矩陣H,從(1,21)至(5,25)之移位矩陣(將5χ5之單位矩 陣往右方僅循環移位3個後之移位矩陣)之丨之位置之資 料。從第3至第8段記憶區域亦同樣與轉換檢查矩陣H,賦予 137720.doc 200952349 對應而儲存有資料。然後,第9段記憶區域,儲存有對應 於轉換檢查矩陣H’從(1,86)至(5,90)之移位矩陣(將5><5之單 位矩陣中之第丨列之丨置換為〇,並往左僅循環移位丨個後之 移位矩陣)之1之位置之資料。 於FIF〇3〇〇2,儲存有對應於圖之轉換檢查矩陣之第 6列至第1 〇列之!之位置之資料。亦即,於fif〇3 之第j 知' °己隐區域’儲存有對應於構成轉換檢查矩陣H'從(6,1)至 ❹ (1〇’5)之和矩陣(將5x5之單位矩陣往右僅循環移位i個之第 1移位矩陣、與往右僅循環移位2個之第2移位矩陣之和之 和矩陣)之第1移位矩陣之1之位置之資料。而且,第2段記 憶區域’儲存有對應於構成轉換檢查矩陣H,從(^)至 0〇,5)之和矩陣之第2移位矩陣之1之位置之資料。 亦I7關於權重為2以上之構成矩陣,以權重為1之pxp 之單位矩陣、其要素之1之中有1個以上為0之準單位矩 陣'或將單位矩陣或準單位矩陣予以循環移位後之移位矩 Q 陣中複數個之和之形式表現該構成矩陣時,對應於該權重 為1之單位矩陣、準單位矩陣或移位矩陣之1之位置之資料 (對應於屬於單位矩陣、準單位矩陣或移位矩陣之分枝之 訊息)係儲存於同一位址0汀〇3〇〇1至3〇〇6中之同一 FIF〇)。 以下’關於從第3至第9段記憶區域,亦與轉換檢查矩陣 H'賦予對應而儲存有資料。 FIFO30O3至3〇〇6亦同樣與轉換檢查矩陣圧賦予對應而儲 存資料。 分枝資料儲存用記憶體304係由以構成矩陣之行數即5, 137720.doc -107- 200952349 除以轉換檢查矩陣Η,之行數90後之18個?汀〇3041至30418所 構成。FIFO304x(x=l,2,...,18)係由複數段數之記憶區域所 組成,於各段之記憶區域可同時讀出或寫入對應於轉換檢 查矩陣H’之列數及行數之5個分枝之訊息。 於FIFO304! ’對應於圖74之轉換檢查矩陣H1之第1行至 第5行之1之位置之資料(來自校驗節點之訊息Uj)係儲存為 各行均往縱向填塞之形式(以忽視〇之形式)。亦即,於 FIFO304,之第1段記憶區域,儲存有對應於轉換檢查矩陣 H'從(1,1)至(5,5)之5x5之單位矩陣之1之位置之資料。於第 2段記憶區域’儲存有對應於構成轉換檢查矩陣H,從(6,^ 至(1〇,5)之和矩陣(將5x5之單位矩陣往右僅循環移位1個之 第1移位矩陣、與往右僅循環移位2個之第2移位矩陣之和 之和矩陣)之第1移位矩陣之丨之位置之資料。而且,第3段 s己憶區域’儲存有對應於構成轉換檢查矩陣H,從(6,丨)至 (10,5)之和矩陣之第2移位矩陣之1之位置之資料。 亦即,關於權重為2以上之構成矩陣,以權重為1之ρχρ 之單位矩陣、其要素之1之中有1個以上為0之準單位矩 陣、或將單位矩陣或準單位矩陣予以循環移位後之移位矩 陣中複數個之和之形式表現該構成矩陣時,對應於該權重 為1之單位矩陣、準單位矩陣或移位矩陣之1之位置之資料 (對應於屬於單位矩陣、準單位矩陣或移位矩陣之分枝之 訊息)係儲存於同一位址(FIF〇304i至3〇418中之同一 FIFO) 〇 以下’關於從第4及第5段記憶區域’亦與轉換檢查矩障 137720.doc • 108 - 200952349 Η’賦予對應而儲存有資料。該j^Fc^ot之記憶區域之段數 係轉換檢查矩陣H,從第1行至第5行之列方向之1之數目(漢 明權重)之最大數即5。 FIFO3042及3043亦同樣與轉換檢查矩陣H,賦予對應而儲 存資料,分別之長度(段數)為5。FIFO3044至30412亦同樣 與轉換檢查矩陣H'賦予對應而儲存資料,分別之長度為 3。FIFO304〗3至304!8亦同樣與轉換檢查矩陣H,賦予對應而 儲存資料,分別之長度為2。 接著,說明關於圖75之解碼裝置之動作。 分枝資料儲存用記憶體300係由6個卩吓03001至3006所組 成’按知從刖段之循環移位電路3 〇8所供給之5個訊息D3 11 屬於轉換檢查矩陣H'之何列之資訊(Matrix資料)D3 12,從 FIF03〇〇1至30〇6中選擇儲存資料之FIFO,將5個訊息D311 併順序地儲存於選擇之FIFO。而且,分枝資料儲存用記 憶體300係於讀出資料時,從FIF030〇1順序地讀出5個訊息 D3 00!,並供給至次段之選擇器3 〇丨。分枝資料儲存用記憶 體300係於來自FIF〇3〇〇i之訊息之讀出終了後,從 FIF030〇2至30〇6亦順序地讀出訊息,並供給至選擇器 301 ° 選擇器301係按照選擇信號D301,選擇來自^117030(^至 3〇〇6中現在被讀出資料之FIFO之5個訊息,並作為訊息 D3 02供給至校驗節點計算部3 〇2。 校驗節點計算部3 02係由5個校驗節點計算器3〇2 i至3 025 所組成,利用透過選擇器3〇 1所供給之訊息〇2(D302!至 137720.doc •109- 200952349 D3025)(式(7)之訊息Vi),按照式(7)進行校驗節點運算,並 將該校驗節點運算之結果所獲得之5個訊息1至 D3035)(式(7)之訊息Uj)供給至循環移位電路go〗。 循環移位電路303係將校驗節點計算部3〇2所求出之5個 訊心D303丨至D3035,以對應之分枝在轉換檢查矩陣H,循環 移位幾個原本之單位矩陣之資訊(Matrix資料)D3 〇5為基礎 予以循環移位,將其結果作為訊息D3〇4而供給至分枝資料 儲存用記憶體304。 分枝資料儲存用記憶體3〇4係由18個1?汀〇3041至30418所 組成,按照從前段之循環移位電路3〇3所供給之5個訊息 D304屬於轉換檢查矩陣H,之何列之資訊d3〇5,從 戶吓03041至30418中選擇儲存資料之FIF〇,將5個訊息D3〇4 併順序地儲存於選擇之FIF〇。而且,分枝資料儲存用記 憶體304係於讀出資料時,從FIF〇3〇4i順序地讀出5個訊息 D306!,並供給至次段之選擇器3〇5。分枝資料儲存用記憶 體304係於來自FIF〇3〇4i之資料之讀出終了後,從 FIFO3042至304^亦順序地讀出訊息,並供給至選擇器 305 ° 選擇器305係按照選擇信號d307,選擇來自?汀〇3〇41至 3〇4u中現在被讀出資料之FIF〇之5個訊息’並作為訊息 D308供給至可變節點計算部3〇7及解碼字計算部3〇9。 另一方面,接收資料重排部3丨〇係將透過通訊道所接收 之LDPC碼D313,藉由進行式(12)之行置換來重排,並作 為接收資料D3 14而供給至接收資料用記憶體3〇6。接收資 137720.doc -110· 200952349 料用S己憶體306係從供給自接收資料重排部3丨〇之接收資料 D3 14,什算並記憶接收]^LR(對數概度比),將該接收^ 母5個併作為接收值D 3 0 9而供給至可變節點計算部3 〇 7及 解碼字計算部3〇9。 可變節點計算部307係由5個可變節點計算器3071至3〇75 所組成’利用透過選擇器305所供給之訊息D3〇8(d308i至 D3085)(式(1)之訊息Uj)及從接收資料用記憶體3〇6所供給之 5個接收值D309(式(1)之接收值U()i),按照式進行可變節 點運算’將其運算之結果所獲得之訊息〇31〇(〇31〇1至 D31〇5)(式(1)之訊息Vi)供給至循環移位電路3〇8。 循環移位電路308係將可變節點計算部307所計算之訊息 D3 1 0!至D3 1 〇5,以對應之分枝在轉換檢查矩陣H,循環移位 幾個原本之單位矩陣之資訊為基礎予以循環移位,將其結 果作為訊息D3 11而供給至分枝資料儲存用記憶體3 〇〇。 藉由將以上動作巡迴1次,可進行LDPC碼之1次解碼。 圖75之解碼裝置係僅以特定次數將ldpc碼解碼後,於解 碼字計算部309及解碼資料重排部311,求出最終之解碼結 果並輸出。 亦即’解碼字計算部3〇9係由5個解碼字計算器3〇9ι至 3〇9s所組成’利用選擇器305所輸出之5個訊息d308(D308i 至D3 08s)(式(5)之訊息Uj)及從接收資料用記憶體3〇6所供給 之5個接收值D309(式(5)之接收值U()i),作為複數次解碼之 最終段’根據式(5)計算解碼結果(解碼字),將其結果所獲 得之解碼資料D3 1 5供給至解碼資料重排部3 11。 137720.doc -111 - 200952349 解碼資料重排部311係藉由將供給自解碼字計算部309之 解碼資料腿5作為對象,進行式(12)之行置換之反置換, 以重排其順序,並作為最終之解碼結果Mb而輸出。 如以上’藉由對於檢查矩陣(原本之檢查矩陣)施以列置 換及行置換中之一方或雙方’轉換為能以ρχρ之單位矩 陣、其要素之1之中有1個以上之準單位矩陣、將單位 矩陣或準單位矩陣予以循環移位後之移位矩陣、單位矩 陣、準單位矩陣或移位矩陣之複數個之和之和矩陣、 之0矩陣之組合,亦即能以構成矩陣之組合來表示之檢查⑩ 矩陣(轉換檢查矩陣),可將LDPC碼之解碼採用同時進行? 個校驗節點運算及可變節點運算之架構(archhect叫藉 此,同時進行P個節點運算,可將動作頻率壓低在可實現 之範圍,進行許多重複解碼。 構成圖70之接收裝置122LDpc解碼部56係與圖75之解 碼裝置相同,藉由同時進行p個校驗節點運算及可變節點 運算,以進行LDPC解碼。 亦即,現在若為了簡化說明,將構成圖8之發送裝置丨丨◎ 之LDPC編碼部21所輪出之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣設作例如圖 72所不之同位矩陣成為階梯構造之檢查矩陣H,則於發送 裝置11之同位父錯器23 ’將第Κ+qx+y+l個碼位元交錯至 第K+Py+x+1個碼位元之位置之同位交錯係分別將資訊長κ 設作60、巡迴構造之單位之行數p設作5、同位長μ之約數 q(=M/P)設作6而進行。 由於該同位交錯係如上述相當於式(12)之行置換,因此 137720.doc -112· 200952349 於LDPC解碼部56無須進行式(12)之行置換。 因此,於圖70之接收裝置1 2,如上述從縱行扭轉解交錯 器55對於LDPC解碼部56,供給有未進行同位解交錯之 LDPC碼,亦即供給有已進行式(12)之行置換之狀態下之 LDPC碼,於LDPC解碼部56,除未進行式(12)之行置換以 外,與圖75之解碼裝置均進行同樣之處理。 亦即,圖76係表示圖70之LDPC解碼部56之結構例。 於圖76,LDPC解碼部56係除未設有圖75之接收資料重 ® 排部3 1 0以外,與圖75之解碼裝置均同樣地構成,除未進 行式(12)之行置換以外,與圖75之解碼裝置均進行同樣之 處理,因此省略其說明。 如以上,由於LDPC解碼部56不設置接收資料重排部310 即可構成,因此可較圖75之解碼裝置刪減規模。 此外,於圖72至圖76,為了簡化說明,分別將LDPC碼 之碼長N設作90、資訊長K設作60、巡迴構造之單位之行 數(構成矩陣之列數及行數)P設作5、同位長Μ之約數 q(=M/P)設作6,但碼長Ν、資訊長Κ、巡迴構造之單位之 行數P及約數q(=M/P)之各個不限定於上述值。 亦即,於圖8之發送裝置11,LDPC編碼部21係輸出例如 分別而言碼長N設作64800或16200、資訊長K設作N-Pq (=N-M)、巡迴構造之單位之行數P設作360及約數q設作 Μ/P之LDPC碼,但於圖76之LDPC解碼部56將該類LDPC碼 作為對象,同時進行P個校驗節點運算及可變節點運算, 藉此進行LDPC解碼之情況下亦可適用。 137720.doc -113 - 200952349 接著,上述一連串處理係藉由硬體進行, 行均可。藉由軟體進行-連串處理之情況時,=: 之程式安裝於泛用電腦等。 因此,圖77係表示安裝有執行上述一連串處理之程式之 電腦之一實施型態之結構例。 程式可事先記錄於内建在電腦之作為記錄媒體之硬碟 705 或 ROM703。 或者,程式可預先暫時或永久地儲存(記錄)於軟碟、 CD-ROM(C〇mpact Disc Read 〇nly Mem〇ry :微型碟片唯讀 記憶體)、MO(Magnet〇 〇ptical :磁光)碟片、In step S114, the disassociation is performed by the crying "total", "A", and the deciphering of the symbol from the demapping section 52, and the processing proceeds to step S115. 137720.doc In the step S14, the multiplexer 54 performs the inverse replacement processing on the symbol bit from the symbol of the demapping unit 52, and obtains the LDPC obtained as a result. The code bit is supplied to the vertical twist deinterleaver 55. The vertical twist deinterleaver 55 takes the LDPC code from the multiplexer 54 as a target, performs the longitudinal twist deinterlacing, and obtains the LDPC obtained as a result. The code is supplied to the LDPC decoding unit 56. In step S115, the LDPC decoding unit 56 performs at least the conversion check matrix obtained by the row replacement of the parity interleave using the check matrix 用于 for LDPC encoding by the LDPC encoding unit 21 of Fig. 8 . The LDPC decoding of the LDPC code from the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 is performed, and the data obtained as a result is output as the decoding result of the target data, and the processing ends. Further, the reception processing of Fig. 71 is repeated. Figure 70 also In the same manner as in Fig. 8, for convenience of explanation, the multiplexer 54 for performing the reverse replacement processing and the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 for performing the longitudinal twist deinterlacing are separately formed, but the multiplexer 54 and the longitudinal twist deinterleaver Further, in the case where the transmitting device 11 of Fig. 8 does not perform the whirling and twisting, the receiving device 12 of Fig. 70 does not need to provide the whirling twist deinterleaver 55. Next, further explanation is given. The LDPC decoding unit 56 of Fig. 70 performs LDPC decoding by the LDPC decoding unit 56 of Fig. 70. As described above, the LDPC encoding unit 21 for LDPC encoding of Fig. 8 is used to perform at least 137720.doc - 102- 200952349 The LDpc decoding of the LDPC code from the vertical twist deinterlacing (4) is performed by the inverse twist interleaving (4), and the LDPC code is not deinterlaced. Here, an LDPC decoding has been proposed, which can suppress the circuit scale by using the conversion check matrix to perform LDPC decoding, and at the same time reduce the operating frequency to a fully achievable range (see For example, LDPC decoding regarding the utilization conversion check matrix proposed first is explained with reference to Fig. 72 to Fig. 75. Fig. 72 shows that the code length N is 90, and encoding is performed. An example of the check matrix LDP of the LDPC code of 2/3 is shown as follows. In Fig. 72 (the same as Fig. 73 and Fig. 74 described later), 0 is represented by a period (1). In the check matrix of Fig. 72, the parity matrix becomes Fig. 73 is a check matrix Η' obtained by performing the row replacement of the equation (11) and the row replacement of the equation (12) in the inspection matrix 图 of Fig. 72. ❹ column permutation · 6s+t+ column 1 - 5t + s + column 1 · · · (11) row permutation: 6x + y + line 61 - 5y + x + line 61 · . (12) where, (11) and (12), s, t, X, and y are integers in the range of OS s < 5, 〇 St < 6, 0 $ χ < 5, 0 $ t < If the column is replaced by the formula (11), the substitution is performed in the following cases: the first, seventh, third, fourth, and fifth columns divided by the sixth remainder are replaced by the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth columns, respectively. The 2nd, 8th, 14th, 20th, and 26th columns with 6 remainders are replaced by the sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth columns, respectively. 137720.doc -103 - 200952349 Furthermore, if the row is replaced according to the equation (12), for the 61st row and later (the parity matrix), the substitution is performed by dividing the remainder by 6 to the 61st, 67th, 73rd, and 79th. 85 lines are replaced by the other ij, the sixth, 62, 63, 64, 65 lines, divided by the sixth remainder of 2, the 62nd, 68th, 74th, 80th, and 86th lines are replaced by the 66th, 67th, 68th, 69th, respectively. 70 lines. Thus, the matrix obtained by performing column and row permutation on the inspection matrix 图 of Fig. 72 is the inspection matrix Η' of Fig. 73. Here, even if the column replacement of the inspection matrix is performed, the arrangement of the code bits of the LDPC code is not affected. Moreover, the row permutation of the equation (12) is equivalent to the information length of the co-interleaving in which the above-mentioned Κ+qx+y+l code bits are interleaved to the position of the Κ+Py+x+l code bits. K is 60, and the number of rows P of the unit of the tour structure is 5 and the parity of the parity of the same length M (here, 30) is q (=M/P) is 6. For the check matrix of FIG. 73 (hereinafter referred to as a replacement check matrix as appropriate) H', the LDPC code multiplied by the check matrix of FIG. 72 (hereinafter referred to as the original check matrix) H is the same as the equation (12). After the replacement matrix, a 0 vector is output. That is, if the column vector obtained by the row permutation of the equation (12) is expressed as c' in the column vector c of the LDPC code (1 codeword) which is the original inspection matrix, the nature of the matrix is checked. Look, HcT becomes a 0 vector, so of course it becomes a 0 vector. According to the above, the conversion check matrix H' of Fig. 73 is based on the LDPC code c of the original check matrix ,, and the check matrix of the LDPC code c' obtained by the row replacement of the equation (12) is performed. Therefore, in the original LDPC code c of the check matrix, the 137720.doc -104-200952349 row permutation of the equation (12) is performed, and the LDPC code C' of the row replacement is decoded by the conversion check matrix of FIG. 73 (LDPC) The decoding is performed by applying the inverse permutation of the row of the equation (12) to the decoding result, whereby the decoding result of the same manner as the case where the LDPC code of the original inspection matrix 利用 is decoded by the inspection matrix 可获得 can be obtained. Fig. 74 is a diagram showing the conversion check matrix 图· of Fig. 73 with a space of 5 χ 5 in intervals. In FIG. 74, the conversion check matrix Η is represented by a combination of the following matrices: 单位 5x5 unit matrix; one or more of the unit matrix 〇 is a matrix of 〇 (hereinafter suitably referred to as a quasi-unit matrix); A matrix of cyclic shifts of a unit matrix or a quasi-unit matrix (hereinafter referred to as a shift matrix as appropriate); a sum of 2 or more of a unit matrix, a quasi-unit matrix, or a shift matrix (hereinafter suitably referred to as sum Matrix); and 5 〇 matrix. The conversion check matrix brother of Fig. 74 can be composed of a unit matrix of 5 χ 5, a quasi-unit matrix, a shift matrix, and a matrix and a unitary matrix. Therefore, the 5x5 matrix constituting the conversion check matrix Η1 is hereinafter referred to as a constituent matrix as appropriate.解码 The decoding of the LDPC code represented by the check matrix represented by the constituent matrix of ΡΧΡ can be performed by using an architecture that simultaneously performs check node operations and variable node operations. Fig. 75 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a decoding apparatus that performs such decoding. That is, Fig. 75 shows the structure of a decoding apparatus for decoding the LDPC code by using the check matrix H of Fig. 72 and at least the conversion check matrix H'' of Fig. 74 obtained by the row replacement of the equation (12). example. The decoding device of FIG. 75 includes: 137720.doc-105-200952349 branch data storage memory 300 composed of 6 bays 17〇3〇〇1 to 3〇〇6, and selecting 1?117〇30〇1 to 3〇〇6 selector 301, check node calculation unit 3〇2, 2 cyclic shift circuits 3〇3 and 308, and 18? The branch data storage memory 304 composed of 抒〇3〇41 to 3〇418, the selector 305 for selecting FIF03041 to 3 0418, the received data storage unit 306 storing the received information, the variable node calculation unit 307, and decoding The word calculation unit 309, the received data rearrangement unit 310, and the decoded data rearrangement unit 311. First, a description will be given of a method of storing data for the memory 300 and 304 for branching data storage. The branch data storage memory 300 is composed of six FIF0300 to 3006, which are the number of columns 30 of the conversion check matrix H' of the figure, which are divided by the number of columns 5 of the matrix. FIF〇3〇〇y (y=12,6) is composed of a memory area of a plurality of segments, and the memory regions of each segment can simultaneously read or write 5 columns corresponding to the number of columns and rows of the constituent matrix. Branched message. Moreover, the number of segments of the memory area of the FIFO 300y is the maximum number of the number of the column of the conversion check matrix of Fig. 74 (Hamming weight), that is, 9. In FIF0300!, corresponding to the position of the transition check matrix 11 of Fig. 74, the position between the second column and the fifth column (the message from the variable node is stored in the form of horizontally padding each column (to ignore In other words, if the i-th row of the j-th column is represented as (j, i), then in the memory segment of the FIFO 300i, the memory corresponding to the conversion check matrix 储存 is stored, from (1, 1) to (5, 5) The position of the position of the unit matrix of 5x5. In the second segment memory area, there is a shift matrix corresponding to the conversion check matrix H from (1, 21) to (5, 25) ( The data of the position where the unit matrix of 5χ5 is rotated to the right by only three shifting matrices). The memory area from the third to the eighth segment is also the same as the conversion check matrix H, which is assigned to 137720.doc 200952349. And the data is stored. Then, the memory area of the 9th segment is stored in the unit matrix corresponding to the conversion check matrix H' from (1, 86) to (5, 90) (the unit matrix of 5 < 5 After the first column is replaced by 〇, and the left is only cyclically shifted to the position of 1 of the shift matrix). 〇2, storing the data corresponding to the position of the sixth column to the first column of the conversion check matrix of the figure, that is, the jth knowing '°Hidden area' of the fif〇3 is stored corresponding to the composition Converting the check matrix H' from the sum matrix of (6,1) to ❹(1〇'5) (only shifting the unit matrix of 5x5 to the right by only shifting the first shift matrix of i, and only cyclically shifting to the right The position of the position of the first shift matrix of the sum of the two second shift matrices). Further, the second-stage memory area 'stores the corresponding change check matrix H, from (^) to 0〇, 5) The data of the position of the 1st shift matrix of the sum matrix. Also, I7 relates to a constituent matrix having a weight of 2 or more, a unit matrix of pxp having a weight of 1, a quasi-unit matrix of one or more of the elements 1 being 0 or a cyclic shift of the unit matrix or the quasi-unit matrix. The form of the sum of the complex moments in the Q-array of the shifting moment represents the position of the unit matrix, the quasi-unit matrix or the position of the shift matrix 1 (corresponding to the unit matrix, the quasi-quantity) The information of the branch of the unit matrix or the shift matrix is stored in the same FIF of the same address 0 〇 3〇〇1 to 3〇〇6). The following paragraphs are stored in the memory areas from the third to the ninth segments, and are also associated with the conversion check matrix H'. The FIFOs 30O3 to 3〇〇6 are also associated with the conversion check matrix 而 to store data. The branch data storage memory 304 is divided by the number of rows constituting the matrix, that is, 5, 137720.doc -107 - 200952349, by the conversion check matrix, and 18 of the rows 90. It consists of Tingyi 3041 to 30418. The FIFO 304x (x=l, 2, ..., 18) is composed of a plurality of segments of the memory area, and the number of rows and rows corresponding to the conversion check matrix H' can be simultaneously read or written in the memory area of each segment. The number of 5 branches of the message. The data corresponding to the position of the 1st line to the 5th line of the conversion check matrix H1 of FIG. 74 (the message Uj from the check node) is stored in the form of vertical packing of each line (to ignore) Form). That is, in the first segment memory area of the FIFO 304, data corresponding to the position of the unit matrix of 5x5 of the conversion check matrix H' from (1, 1) to (5, 5) is stored. In the second segment memory area, there is stored a sum matrix corresponding to the transition check matrix H, from (6, ^ to (1〇, 5) (the fifth shift of the unit matrix of 5x5 to the right is only shifted by one) The position of the position of the first shift matrix of the bit matrix and the sum of the second shift matrix which is only cyclically shifted to the right, and the third segment s The data of the position of the second shift matrix of the sum matrix of (6, 丨) to (10, 5) is formed by the conversion check matrix H. That is, the weight of the constituent matrix having the weight of 2 or more is weighted as a unit matrix of 1 ρ χ ρ, a quasi unit matrix in which one or more of the elements are 0, or a sum of a plurality of shift matrices in which the unit matrix or the quasi-unit matrix is cyclically shifted When constructing a matrix, the data corresponding to the position of the unit matrix, the quasi-unit matrix, or the shift matrix of 1 (corresponding to the branch belonging to the unit matrix, the quasi-unit matrix, or the shift matrix) is stored in The same address (the same FIFO in FIF〇304i to 3〇418) 〇 The 4th and 5th memory areas are also stored with the data of the conversion check obstacle barrier 137720.doc • 108 - 200952349 Η'. The number of segments of the memory area of the j^Fc^ot is the conversion check matrix H, from the The maximum number of 1s in the direction of the 1st row to the 5th row (Hamming weight) is 5. The FIFOs 3042 and 3043 are also assigned to the conversion check matrix H, and the data is stored, and the length (number of segments) is 5 respectively. The FIFOs 3044 to 30412 are also stored in correspondence with the conversion check matrix H', and the lengths are respectively 3. The FIFOs 304 to 3:304!8 are also assigned to the conversion check matrix H, and the data is stored, respectively, and the length is 2 Next, the operation of the decoding device of Fig. 75 will be described. The branch data storage memory 300 is composed of 6 intimidation 03001 to 3006, which is supplied by the cyclic shift circuit 3 〇 8 of the segment. The message D3 11 belongs to the column of the conversion check matrix H' (Matrix data) D3 12, selects the FIFO storing the data from FIF03〇〇1 to 30〇6, and stores the five messages D311 sequentially in the selection. FIFO. Moreover, branching data storage When the data is read, the five messages D3 00! are sequentially read from the FIF 030 , 1 and supplied to the selector 3 次 of the second stage. The memory 300 for branch data storage is from the FIF 〇 After the reading of the message of 3〇〇i is finished, the message is sequentially read from FIF030〇2 to 30〇6, and supplied to the selector 301. The selector 301 selects from the selection signal D301, and selects from ^117030 (^ to The 5 messages of the FIFO of the data are now read out in the 〇〇6, and are supplied to the check node calculation unit 3 〇2 as the message D3 02. The check node calculation unit 3 02 is composed of five check node calculators 3〇2 i to 3 025, and uses the message 〇2 supplied through the selector 3〇1 (D302! to 137720.doc • 109- 200952349) D3025) (Message Vi of equation (7)), perform check node operation according to equation (7), and obtain 5 messages 1 to D3035 obtained by the result of the check node operation (message Uj of equation (7) ) is supplied to the cyclic shift circuit go. The cyclic shift circuit 303 cyclically shifts the information of several original unit matrices by converting the five motion centers D303 to D3035 obtained by the check node calculating unit 3〇2, and correspondingly branching the conversion check matrix H. (Matrix data) D3 〇5 is cyclically shifted, and the result is supplied to the branch data storage memory 304 as the message D3〇4. The branch data storage memory 3〇4 is composed of 18 1st 〇3041 to 30418, and 5 messages D304 supplied from the previous stage cyclic shift circuit 3〇3 belong to the conversion check matrix H, The information d3〇5, select FIF〇 for storing data from household scare 03041 to 30418, and store 5 messages D3〇4 and sequentially store them in the selected FIF〇. Further, the branch data storage memory unit 304 sequentially reads out five messages D306! from the FIF 〇 3 〇 4i when reading the data, and supplies it to the selector 3 〇 5 of the second stage. The branch data storage memory 304 is sequentially read out from the FIFOs 3042 to 304^ after the reading of the data from the FIF〇3〇4i is completed, and is supplied to the selector 305. The selector 305 follows the selection signal. D307, choose from? The five messages of the FIF number of the data to be read from the Ting〇3〇41 to 3〇4u are supplied to the variable node calculation unit 3〇7 and the decoded word calculation unit 3〇9 as the message D308. On the other hand, the received data rearrangement unit 3 rearranges the LDPC code D313 received through the communication channel by performing the line replacement of the equation (12), and supplies it to the received data as the received data D3 14 . Memory 3〇6. Receiving funds 137720.doc -110· 200952349 The material used in the self-receiving data rearrangement unit 3 receives the data D3 14, and counts and memorizes the reception]^LR (logarithm ratio ratio), Five of the receivers are supplied to the variable node calculation unit 3 〇7 and the decoded word calculation unit 3〇9 as the reception value D 3 0 9 . The variable node calculation unit 307 is composed of five variable node calculators 3071 to 3〇75 'using the message D3〇8 (d308i to D3085) supplied by the transmission selector 305 (the message Uj of the equation (1)) and From the received value D309 (the received value U()i of the equation (1)) supplied from the received data memory 3〇6, the variable node operation is performed according to the equation 'The message obtained by the result of the calculation 〇31 〇 (〇31〇1 to D31〇5) (the message Vi of the equation (1)) is supplied to the cyclic shift circuit 3〇8. The cyclic shift circuit 308 is configured to convert the information D3 1 0! to D3 1 〇5 calculated by the variable node calculation unit 307 into the conversion check matrix H by corresponding branches, and cyclically shift the information of several original unit matrices into The basis is cyclically shifted, and the result is supplied to the branch data storage memory 3 as the message D3 11. By patrolling the above operation once, the LDPC code can be decoded once. The decoding apparatus of Fig. 75 decodes the ldpc code only a specific number of times, and obtains the final decoding result in the decoding word calculation unit 309 and the decoded data rearrangement unit 311, and outputs the result. That is, the 'decode word calculation unit 3〇9 is composed of five decoded word calculators 3〇9ι to 3〇9s', and the five messages d308 (D308i to D3 08s) output by the selector 305 (Equation (5) The message Uj) and the five received values D309 (the received value U()i of the equation (5)) supplied from the received data memory 3〇6 are calculated as the final segment of the plurality of decodings according to the equation (5). The decoding result (decode word) is supplied to the decoded data rearrangement unit 3 11 by the decoded data D3 15 obtained as a result. 137720.doc -111 - 200952349 The decoding data rearrangement unit 311 performs the inverse permutation of the line replacement of the equation (12) by using the decoded data leg 5 supplied from the decoded word calculation unit 309 as a target, and rearranges the order. And output as the final decoding result Mb. As described above, 'one or both of the column permutation and row permutation are applied to the inspection matrix (original inspection matrix) to be converted into a unit matrix of ρχρ, and one or more of the elements of the element are one or more of the quasi unit matrices. The combination of the matrix of the shift matrix, the unit matrix, the quasi-unit matrix or the shift matrix of the unit matrix or the quasi-unit matrix, and the matrix of the zero matrix, which can form a matrix Combine to check the 10 matrix (conversion check matrix), can the decoding of the LDPC code be used simultaneously? The architecture of the check node operation and the variable node operation (archhect is called to perform P node operations at the same time, and the operating frequency can be lowered to an achievable range, and a lot of repeated decoding is performed. The receiving device 122LDpc decoding unit constituting FIG. 70 is constructed. The 56 system is the same as the decoding device of Fig. 75, and performs LDPC decoding by performing p check node operations and variable node operations simultaneously. That is, now, for the sake of simplicity, the transmitting device constituting Fig. 8 will be constructed. The check matrix of the LDPC code rotated by the LDPC encoding unit 21 is set such that the parity matrix of the stepped structure is a check matrix H of the ladder structure, for example, the parity of the parity device 23 of the transmitting device 11 will be Κ+qx+ The y+l code bits are interleaved to the position of the K+Py+x+1 code bits. The parity interleave system sets the information length κ to 60, and the row number p of the tour structure unit is set to 5. The same bit length The divisor μ of q (=M/P) is set to 6. Since the co-located interleaving is equivalent to the row substitution of the equation (12), 137720.doc - 112· 200952349 is not required to be performed by the LDPC decoding unit 56 ( 12) The replacement of the line. Therefore, the receiving device 1 of Fig. 70 As described above, the LDPC decoding unit 56 supplies the LDPC code which is not subjected to the co-located deinterleaving, that is, the LDPC code in the state in which the line replacement of the equation (12) has been performed, in the LDPC. The decoding unit 56 performs the same processing as the decoding apparatus of Fig. 75 except that the line replacement of the equation (12) is not performed. That is, Fig. 76 shows a configuration example of the LDPC decoding unit 56 of Fig. 70. The LDPC decoding unit 56 is configured in the same manner as the decoding device of FIG. 75 except that the received data weighting unit 3 1 0 of FIG. 75 is not provided, and the row replacement is performed without the equation (12). Since the decoding apparatus performs the same processing, the description thereof is omitted. As described above, since the LDPC decoding unit 56 is not provided with the received data rearrangement unit 310, the decoding apparatus can be reduced in size compared with the decoding apparatus of Fig. 75. 76, in order to simplify the description, the code length N of the LDPC code is set to 90, the information length K is set to 60, the number of rows of the unit of the tour structure (the number of columns and the number of rows of the matrix) P is set to 5, and the same position. The number q (=M/P) of the long Μ is set to 6, but the code length Ν, information length Κ, tour The number of rows P and the number q (=M/P) of the unit of the structure are not limited to the above values. That is, in the transmitting device 11 of Fig. 8, the LDPC encoding unit 21 outputs, for example, the code length N is set as 64800 or 16200, the information length K is set as N-Pq (=NM), the number of rows P of the unit of the tour structure is set to 360 and the approximate number q is set as the LDPC code of Μ/P, but the LDPC decoding unit 56 in Fig. 76 will This type of LDPC code can be applied as an object while performing P check node operations and variable node operations, thereby performing LDPC decoding. 137720.doc -113 - 200952349 Next, the series of processes described above can be performed by hardware. When the software is used for serial processing, the program of =: is installed on a general-purpose computer. Therefore, Fig. 77 shows an example of a configuration in which one of the computers of the program for executing the above-described series of processes is installed. The program can be recorded in advance on a hard disk 705 or ROM 703 built into the computer as a recording medium. Alternatively, the program can be temporarily or permanently stored (recorded) on a floppy disk, CD-ROM (C〇mpact Disc Read 〇nly Mem〇ry: micro-disc read-only memory), MO (Magnet〇〇ptical: magneto-optical) Disc,

Versatile Disc:數位多功能碟片)、磁性碟片、半導體記憶 體等可移式記錄媒體711。該類可移式記錄㈣7ιι可作為 所謂套裝軟體來提供。 ~ 此外,程式係除了從如上述之可移式記錄媒體7ιι安裝 至電腦以外,可從下載頁面,經由數位衛星播放用之人工 衛星,以無線傳輸至電腦,經由LANaod Am Network:區域網路)、網際網路之網路,以有線傳輸至電 腦,於電腦,以通訊部708接收如此傳輸而來之程式並 安裝於内建之硬碟705。 電腦係内建有CPU(Central Pr〇cessing Unh :中央處理單 兀)702。於CPU702,經由匯流排7〇1連接有輸出入介面 71〇’若經由輸出入介面71〇,並由使用者將鍵盤或滑鼠、 微音器等所構成之輸入部7〇7予以操作等,以輸入指令, 則CPU702係按照其而執行儲存於 137720.doc 200952349Versatile Disc: Digital versatile disc), magnetic disc, semiconductor memory and other portable recording media 711. This type of removable recording (4) 7 ι can be provided as a so-called set of software. ~ In addition, the program can be wirelessly transmitted to the computer via the LANaod Am Network: regional network from the download page, via the artificial satellite of digital satellite playback, in addition to the portable recording medium 7 ιι as described above. The network of the Internet is transmitted to the computer by wire, and the computer transmits the program thus transmitted to the built-in hard disk 705 by the communication unit 708. The CPU is equipped with a CPU (Central Pr〇cessing Unh) 702. In the CPU 702, an input/output interface 71 is connected via the bus bar 7〇1, and the input unit 7〇7 constituted by a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or the like is operated by the user via the input/output interface 71〇. To input the instruction, the CPU 702 executes it according to it and stores it at 137720.doc 200952349

Memory:唯讀記憶體)703之程式。或者,CPU702係將儲 存於硬碟705之程式、從衛星或網路傳輸並以通訊部708接 收而安裝於硬碟705之程式、或從裝載於磁碟機709之可移 式記錄媒體711讀出並安裝於硬碟705之程式,載入 RAM(Random Access Memory:隨機存取記憶體)7〇4而執 行。藉此,CPU702係進行按照上述流程圖之處理、或進 行藉由上述區塊圖之結構所進行之處理。然後,CPU702 係因應必要,將其處理結果經由例如輸出入介面710,從 ® LCD(Liquid Crystal Display :液晶顯示器)或揚聲器等所構 成之輸出部706輸出,或者從通訊部708發送,並進一步使 其記錄於硬碟705等。 於此,本說明書中記述用以使電腦進行各種處理之程式 之處理步驟,未必要按照作為流程圖所記載之順序而循時 間序列予以處理,其亦包含並列或個別地執行之處理(例 如並列處理或依物件之處理)。 而且,程式係藉由1台電腦處理或藉由複數台電腦予以 分散處理均可。進一步而言,程式亦可傳輸至遠方之電腦 而執行。 接著,進一步說明關於藉由發送裝置11之LDPC編碼部 21所進行之LDPC編碼之處理。 例如於DVB-S.2之規格,規定有64800位元及16200位元 之2種碼長N之LDPC碼。 然後,關於碼長^^為64800位元之LDPC碼’規定有11個 編碼率 1/4、1/3、2/5、1/2、3/5、2/3、3/4、4/5、5/6、8/9 137720.doc -115- 200952349 及9/10,關於碼長N為16200位元之LDPC碼,規定有10個 編碼率 1/4、1/3、2/5、1/2、3/5、2/3、3/4、4/5、5/6 及 8/9。 LDPC編碼部21係按照依每碼長N及每編碼率所準備之檢 查矩陣Η,藉由該類碼長N為64800位元或16200位元之各 編碼率之L D P C碼進行編碼(失誤訂正編瑪)。 亦即,LDPC編碼部21係依每碼長Ν及每編碼率,記憶用 以生成檢查矩陣Η之後述之檢查矩陣初始值表。 於此,於DVB-S.2之規格,如上述規定有64800位元及 16200位元之2種碼長Ν之LDPC碼,分別關於碼長Ν為 64800位元之LDPC碼規定有11個編碼率,關於碼長N為 16200位元之LDPC碼規定有10個編碼率。 因此,發送裝置11依據DVB-S.2之規格進行處理之裝置 之情況時,於LDPC編碼部21記憶有關於碼長N為64800位 元之LDPC碼之分別對應於11個編碼率之檢查矩陣初始值 表、及關於碼長N為16200位元之LDPC碼之分別對應於10 個編碼率之檢查矩陣初始值表。 LDPC編碼部21係因應例如操作者之操作等,來設定 LDPC碼之碼長N及編碼率r 〇於此,以下適宜地將LDPC編 碼部2 1所設定之碼長N及編碼率r,分別亦稱為設定碼長N 及設定編瑪率r。 LDPC編碼部21係根據對應於設定碼長N及設定編碼率r 之檢查矩陣初始值表,將對應於因應設定碼長N及設定編 碼率r之資訊長K(=Nr=碼長N-同位長M)之資訊矩陣HAi 1 137720.doc -116- 200952349 以每行(巡迴構造之單位之行數ρ)之週期配置 於仃方向’生成檢查矩陣Η。 然後,LDPC編碼部21係從供給至發送|置“之圖像資 枓或聲音資料等作為發送對象之對象資料,棘資訊長κ 之貝Λ位70。進-步而言,LDpc編碼部η係根據檢查 矩陣Η,算出對於資訊位元之同位位元生成ι碼長份之碼 字(LDPC碼)。 〇 亦即,LDPC編碼部21係依次運算符合下式之碼字c之同 位位元。Memory: Read only memory) 703 program. Alternatively, the CPU 702 reads a program stored in the hard disk 705, a program transmitted from the satellite or the network, received by the communication unit 708, and mounted on the hard disk 705, or read from the portable recording medium 711 loaded on the disk drive 709. The program that is installed and installed on the hard disk 705 is loaded into a RAM (Random Access Memory) 7〇4 and executed. Thereby, the CPU 702 performs the processing according to the above-described flowchart or the processing performed by the above-described block diagram. Then, the CPU 702 outputs the processing result to the output unit 706 composed of an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or a speaker, for example, via the input/output interface 710, or transmits it from the communication unit 708, and further makes it possible. It is recorded on the hard disk 705 and the like. Here, the processing steps of the program for causing the computer to perform various processes are described in the present specification, and it is not necessary to process them in time series according to the sequence described in the flowchart, and also includes processing performed in parallel or individually (for example, juxtaposition Handling or handling by object). Moreover, the program can be processed by one computer or distributed by a plurality of computers. Further, the program can also be transferred to a remote computer for execution. Next, the processing of LDPC encoding by the LDPC encoding section 21 of the transmitting apparatus 11 will be further explained. For example, in the specification of DVB-S.2, there are two LDPC codes of code length N of 64800 bits and 16200 bits. Then, regarding the LDPC code whose code length ^^ is 64800 bits, there are 11 coding rates of 1/4, 1/3, 2/5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4 /5, 5/6, 8/9 137720.doc -115- 200952349 and 9/10, for LDPC codes with a code length N of 16,200 bits, 10 encoding rates of 1/4, 1/3, 2/ are specified. 5, 1/2, 3/5, 2/3, 3/4, 4/5, 5/6 and 8/9. The LDPC encoding unit 21 encodes the LDPC code of each encoding rate of 64800 bits or 16200 bits according to the check matrix 准备 prepared for each code length N and per coding rate (error correction) Ma). In other words, the LDPC encoding unit 21 stores the check matrix initial value table to be described later, based on the code length and the coding rate. Here, in the specification of DVB-S.2, as described above, there are two kinds of code lengths of 64800 bits and 16200 bits, and 11 codes are respectively specified for the LDPC code with a code length of 64800 bits. The rate is about 10 encoding rates for an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits. Therefore, when the transmitting apparatus 11 processes the apparatus according to the specifications of DVB-S.2, the LDPC encoding unit 21 stores an inspection matrix corresponding to 11 encoding rates for the LDPC codes having a code length N of 64,800 bits. The initial value table and the LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits respectively correspond to a check matrix initial value table of 10 coding rates. The LDPC encoding unit 21 sets the code length N and the encoding rate r of the LDPC code in accordance with, for example, the operation of the operator, and appropriately sets the code length N and the encoding rate r set by the LDPC encoding unit 2, respectively. Also known as setting code length N and setting the encoding rate r. The LDPC encoding unit 21 sets the information length K corresponding to the set code length N and the set coding rate r according to the check matrix initial value table corresponding to the set code length N and the set coding rate r (=Nr=code length N-co-location The information matrix of length M) HAi 1 137720.doc -116- 200952349 is arranged in the 仃 direction to generate a check matrix 以 in the cycle of each row (the number of rows ρ of the circuit structure). Then, the LDPC encoding unit 21 is a target data to be transmitted from the image resource or the sound data supplied or transmitted, and the spine information length κ is 70. In the case of the LDpc encoding unit η According to the check matrix Η, a codeword (LDPC code) for generating a long code of the same bit for the information bit is calculated. That is, the LDPC encoding unit 21 sequentially calculates the parity bit of the codeword c according to the following formula. .

HcT=〇 於此’上式中’ C表示作為碼字(LDPC碼)之列向量,cT 表示列向量C之轉置。 作為LDPC碼(1碼字)之列向量(;中,以列向量A表示資訊 位7L之部分,並且以列向量T表示同位位元之部分之情況 下’列向量c可藉由作為資訊位元之列向量a及作為同位位 元之列向量T,並以式C=[A|T;]來表示。 而且’檢查矩陣Η可藉由LDPC碼之碼位元中對應於資訊 位元之部分之資訊矩陣、及對應於同位位元之同位矩陣 Ητ ’來表示為式H=[HA|HT](資訊矩陣HA之要素設為左側要 素’同位矩陣Ητ之要素設為右側要素之矩陣)。 進一步而言,例如於DVB-S.2之規格,檢查矩陣H= [HA|HT]之同位矩陣HT成為階梯構造。 檢查矩陣Η及作為LDPC碼之列向量c=[A|T]必須符合式 HcT=0 ’作為構成符合該式hct=0之列向量c=[A|T]之同位 I37720.doc 117 200952349 位元之列向量Τ,可藉由於檢查矩陣H=[HA|HT]之同位矩陣 Ητ成為階梯構造之情況下,從式HcT=0之行向量HcT之第1 列之要素,依序使各列之要素成為〇而可逐次地求出。 LDPC編碼部21若對於資訊位元A求出同位位元T,則將 藉由該資訊位元A及同位位元T所表示之碼字c=[A|T]作為 資訊位元A之LDPC編碼結果而輸出。 如以上,LDPC編碼部21係記憶有各碼長N及對應於各編 碼率r之檢查矩陣初始值表’設定碼長N之設定編碼率r之 LDPC編碼利用從該設定碼長N及對應於設定編碼率r之檢 查矩陣初始值表所生成之檢查矩陣Η來進行。 檢查矩陣初始值表係將檢查矩陣Η之對應於因應LDPC碼 (藉由檢查矩陣Η所定義之LDPC碼)之碼長N及編碼率r之資 訊長K之資訊矩陣HA之1之要素之位置,以每3 60行(巡迴構 造之單位之行數P)表示之表,依各碼長N及各編碼率r之檢 查矩陣Η逐一事先編製。 圖78至圖123係表示包含DVB-S.2之規格所規定之檢查矩 陣初始值表之用以生成各種檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值 表。 亦即,圖78係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為16200位元之編碼率r為2/3之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 圖79至圖81係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為2/3之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 137720.doc -118· 200952349 此外,圖80係接續於圖79之圖,圖81係接續於圖80之 圖。 圖82係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長N為16200 位元之編碼率r為3/4之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖83至圖86係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為3/4之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖84係接續於圖83之圖,圖85係接續於圖84之 w 圖。而且,圖86係接續於圖85之圖。 圖87係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長N為16200 位元之編碼率r為4/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖88至圖91係表示DVB-S. 2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為4/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖89係接續於圖88之圖,圖90係接續於圖89之 圖。而且,圖91係接續於圖90之圖。 圖92係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν為16200 位元之編碼率r為5/6之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖93至圖96係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率r為5/6之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖94係接續於圖93之圖,圖95係接續於圖94之 圖。而且,圖96係接續於圖95之圖。 圖97係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν為16200 137720.doc -119- 200952349 位元之編碼率r為8/9之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 圖98至圖1〇1係表示DVB_S 2之規格所規定之對於碼長Ν 為64800位元之編碼率1*為8/9之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始 值表。 此外,圖99係接續於圖98之圖,圖100係接續於圖99之 圖。而且’圖101係接續於圖1〇0之圖。 圖102至圖105係表示DVB_S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長 Ν為64800位元之編碼率r為9/10之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 此外’圖1〇3係接續於圖1〇2之圖,圖104係接續於圖1〇3 之圖。而且,圖105係接續於圖1〇4之圖。 圖106及圖107係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長 Ν為64800位元之編碼率Γ為1/4之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 此外,圖107係接續於圖1〇6之圖。 圖108及圖109係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長 Ν為64800位元之編碼率!*為1/3之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 而且,圖109係接續於圖1〇8之圖。 圖110及圖111係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長 Ν為648〇0位元之編碼率r為2/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 此外,圖111係接續於圖110之圖。 圖112至圖114係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長 137720.doc •120- 200952349 N為64800位元之編碼率r為1/2之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 此外,圖113係接續於圖112之圖,圖U4係接續於圖U3 之圖。 圖115至圖117係表示DVB_S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長 N為64800位元之編碼率r為3/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初 始值表。 此外,圖116係接續於圖115之圖,圖117係接續於圖116 Ο π 之圖。 圖118係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長!^為 16200位元之編碼率]:為丨/4之檢查矩陣Η之檢查矩陣初始值 表。 圖119係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長\為 16200位元之編碼率]>為丨/3之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始值 表。 ❹ 圖I20係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長N為 1 6200位元之編碼率1>為2/5之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始值 表。 圖121係表示DVB_S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長1^為 16200位元之編碼率1>為丨/2之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始值 表。 圖122係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之對於碼長佾為 16200位元之編碼率Γ為3/5之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始值 表0 137720.doc -121 - 200952349 圖123係表示可取代圖122之檢查矩陣初始值表來利用之 碼長N為16200位元之對於編碼率r為3/5之檢查矩陣Η之檢 查矩陣初始值表。 發送裝置11之LDPC編碼部2 1係利用檢查矩陣初始值 表’如以下求出檢查矩陣Η。 亦即’圖124係表示從檢查矩陣初始值表求出檢查矩陣η 之方法。 此外,圖124之檢查矩陣初始值表係表示對於圖78所示 之DVB-S.2之規格所規定之碼長ν為16200位元之編碼率r 為2/3之檢查矩陣η之檢查矩陣初始值表。 檢查矩陣初始值表係如上述,將對應於因應Ldpc碼之 碼長Ν及編碼率!*之資訊長κ之資訊矩陣ηα之1之要素之位 置’以每360行(巡迴構造之單位之行數ρ)表示之表,於其 第i列’檢查矩陣Η之第l + 36〇x(i-l)行之】之要素之列號碼 (檢查矩陣Η之第1列之列號碼設作〇之列號碼)僅排列有該 第l + 36〇x(i-l)行之行所具有之行權重之數目。 於此’檢查矩陣Η之對應於同位長μ之同位矩陣Ητ係成 為階梯構造’其係事先已決定。若根據檢查矩陣初始值 表’可求出檢查矩陣Η中之對應於資訊長κ之資訊矩降 ΗΑ。 檢查矩陣初始值表之列數k+Ι係依資訊長κ而不同。 於資訊長K與檢查矩陣初始值表之列數k+1間,下式之 關係成立。 K=(k+l)x360 137720.doc 122· 200952349 於此,上式之3 60為巡迴構造之單位之行數p。 於圖124之檢查矩陣初始值表,從第丨列至第3列排列有 13個數值,從第4列至第k+Ι列(於圖124為第30列)排列有3 個數值。 因此,從圖124之檢查矩陣初始值表所求出之檢查矩陣H 之行權重係從第1行至第1+360X(3-1)-1行為13,從第 1+36〇χ(3-1)行至第Κ行為3。 Ο 圖124之檢查矩陣初始值表之第1列為〇、2〇84、1613、 1548、1286、1460、3196、4297、2481、3369、3451、 4620、2622,此係表示於檢查矩陣Η之第i行,列號碼為 0 、 2084 、 1613 、 1548 、 1286 、 1460 、 3196 、 4297 、 2481、3369、3451、4620、2622之列之要素為!(且其他要 素為0)。 而且,圖124之檢查矩陣初始值表之第2列為1、122、 1516、3448、2880、1407、1847、3799、3529、373、 ❾ 971、4358、3108,此係表示於檢查矩陣η之第 361(=1+360><(2-1))行,列號碼為1、122、1516、3448、 2880 、 1407 、 1847 、 3799 、 3529 、 373 、 971 、 4358 、 3108 之列之要素為1。 如以上,檢查矩陣初始值表係將檢查矩陣Η之資訊矩陣 ΗΑ之1之要素之位置以每360行表示。 檢查矩陣Η之第l+36〇x(M)行以外之行,亦即從第 2+36〇x(i-i)行至第36〇xi行之各行係將藉由檢查矩陣初始 值表所決定之第l+36〇x(i-l)行之1之要素,按照同位長Μ 137720.doc •123· 200952349 往下方向(行之下方向)週期性地予以循環移位而配置。 I5例如第2+360x(i-1)行係將第1 +3 60X(i-1)行往下方 向僅循環移位M/360(=q),接著之第3+36〇x(M)行係將第 1+36〇X(i_1)行往下方向僅循環移位2xM/360(=2xq)(將第 2+36〇x(i-l)行往下方向僅循環移位M/36〇(=q))。 現在,若將檢查矩陣初始值表之第1列(從上算起第i個) 之第J行(左起第j個)之數值表示作hij,並且將檢查矩陣Η 之第w打之第j個之丨之要素之列號碼表示作Η—,則檢查矩 陣只之第1+360><(丨-1)行以外之行之第〜行之1之要素之列號^ 碼^1〜可由下式求出。HcT = 于此 where 'C' denotes a column vector as a codeword (LDPC code), and cT denotes a transposition of the column vector C. As a column vector of an LDPC code (1 codeword), in the case where the column vector A represents a portion of the information bit 7L, and the column vector T represents a portion of the parity bit, the column vector c can be used as the information bit. The column vector a and the column vector T as the parity bits are represented by the formula C=[A|T;], and the 'check matrix Η can correspond to the information bit in the code bit of the LDPC code. The information matrix of part and the parity matrix Ητ ' corresponding to the parity bit are expressed as the formula H=[HA|HT] (the element of the information matrix HA is set to the left element. The element of the parity matrix Ητ is set as the matrix of the right element) Further, for example, in the specification of DVB-S.2, the parity matrix HT of the check matrix H = [HA|HT] becomes a ladder structure. The check matrix Η and the column vector c=[A|T] as the LDPC code must be The conformity HcT=0' can be used as the column vector 构成 constituting the column vector c=[A|T] of the formula hct=0, which can be used to check the matrix H=[HA|HT] When the co-located matrix Ητ is a ladder structure, the elements of the first column of the row vector HcT of the formula HcT=0 are sequentially arranged for each column element. The LDPC encoding unit 21 obtains the parity bit T for the information bit A, and then the code word c=[A| represented by the information bit A and the parity bit T. T] is output as the result of the LDPC encoding of the information bit A. As described above, the LDPC encoding unit 21 stores the code rate N and the set code rate of the check matrix initial value table 'set code length N' corresponding to each code rate r. The LDPC encoding of r is performed using the check matrix 生成 generated from the set code length N and the check matrix initial value table corresponding to the set coding rate r. The check matrix initial value table checks the matrix Η corresponding to the corresponding LDPC code ( The position of the element of the information matrix HA of 1 by the code length N of the LDPC code defined by the matrix 及 and the information length K of the coding rate r is represented by every 3 60 lines (the number of rows of the circuit of the tour structure P) The table is prepared in advance according to the code length N and the check matrix of each coding rate r. Fig. 78 to Fig. 123 show the check matrix initial value table specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 for generating various checks. Matrix check matrix initial value table. That is, Figure 78 shows the specifications of DVB-S.2. The check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 规定 for the code length Ν of 16200 bits is 2/3. Fig. 79 to Fig. 81 show the code length for the specification of DVB-S.2. The check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 64 of 64800 bits with the coding rate r of 2/3. 137720.doc -118· 200952349 In addition, Fig. 80 is continued from Fig. 79, and Fig. 81 is continued from Fig. 80. Fig. 82 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 编码 for the code rate n of 16200 bits with a code length N of 3/4 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 83 to Fig. 86 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the coding rate r of 64800 bits with a code length 64 of 3/4 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. In addition, Fig. 84 is continued from Fig. 83, and Fig. 85 is continued from Fig. 84. Moreover, Fig. 86 is continued from Fig. 85. Fig. 87 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 编码 for the code rate r of 16200 bits with a code length N of 4/5 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 88 to Fig. 91 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code length 64 of 64,800 bits and the code rate r of 4/5 as defined by the specification of DVB-S. Further, Fig. 89 is continued from Fig. 88, and Fig. 90 is continued from Fig. 89. Further, Fig. 91 is continued from Fig. 90. Fig. 92 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix 编码 for the coding rate r of the code length r of 16200 bits as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 93 to Fig. 96 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the coding rate r of the code length 64 of 64,800 bits, which is defined by the specification of DVB-S.2, which is 5/6. Further, Fig. 94 is continued from Fig. 93, and Fig. 95 is continued from Fig. 94. Moreover, Fig. 96 is continued from Fig. 95. Figure 97 is a table showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix for the code rate 16 of 16200 137720.doc -119- 200952349 bits with a code length r of 8/9 as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 98 to Fig. 1〇1 show the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix η for the coding rate 1* of 8/9 with a code length 64 of 64,800 bits as defined by the specification of DVB_S 2 . Further, Fig. 99 is continued from Fig. 98, and Fig. 100 is continued from Fig. 99. Further, Fig. 101 is continued from the diagram of Fig. 1〇0. Fig. 102 to Fig. 105 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code length 64 of 64,800 bits with a code length r of 9/10 as defined by the specification of DVB_S.2. Further, Fig. 1〇3 is continued from Fig. 1〇2, and Fig. 104 is continued from Fig. 1〇3. Moreover, Fig. 105 is continued from the diagram of Fig. 1〇4. Fig. 106 and Fig. 107 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for the code length 64 64800 bits, which is defined by the specification of DVB-S.2, which is 1/4. In addition, FIG. 107 is a diagram continued from FIG. Fig. 108 and Fig. 109 show the check matrix initial value table of the inspection matrix 码 for the code length Ν 64800 bits defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Moreover, Fig. 109 is continued from the diagram of Fig. 1-8. Fig. 110 and Fig. 111 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 for which the code length 〇 is 648 〇 0 bits and the code rate r is 2/5 as defined in the specification of DVB-S.2. In addition, FIG. 111 is continued from the diagram of FIG. Figure 112 to Figure 114 show the check matrix initial value table of the inspection matrix η for the code length 137720.doc • 120- 200952349 N for the 64800 bits with a code rate r of 1/2 as specified in the specification of DVB-S.2. . In addition, FIG. 113 is continued from the diagram of FIG. 112, and FIG. U4 is continued from the diagram of FIG. Fig. 115 to Fig. 117 are diagrams showing the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 对于 for the coding rate r of the code length N of 64,800 bits as defined by the specification of DVB_S.2. In addition, FIG. 116 is a diagram continued from FIG. 115, and FIG. 117 is a diagram connected to FIG. 116 Ο π. Figure 118 shows the code length specified by the specifications of DVB-S.2! ^ is the coding rate of 16200 bits]: is the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix of 丨/4. Fig. 119 is a table showing the initial value of the check matrix of the check matrix η for the code length \ is a coding rate of 16200 bits as defined in the specification of DVB-S.2. ❹ Figure I20 is a table showing the initial value of the check matrix of the check matrix η of 2/5 for the code rate N of 1 6200 bits as defined by the specification of DVB-S.2. Fig. 121 is a table showing the initial value of the check matrix of the check matrix η of the code length 1 > 16200 bits as defined by the specification of DVB_S.2. Figure 122 is a diagram showing the check matrix initial value of the check matrix η of the code rate Γ of 16200 bits for the code length 佾 of DVB-S.2, which is defined by the specification of DVB-S.2, 0 137720.doc -121 - 200952349 Figure 123 The check matrix initial value table of the check matrix 编码 with a code length n of 3/5 and a code length N of 16,200 bits can be used instead of the check matrix initial value table of FIG. The LDPC encoding unit 21 of the transmitting device 11 obtains the inspection matrix 如 by using the inspection matrix initial value table ' as follows. That is, Fig. 124 shows a method of obtaining the inspection matrix η from the inspection matrix initial value table. Further, the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 124 indicates a check matrix of the check matrix η having a code length ν of 16,200 bits and a code rate r of 2/3 as specified in the specification of DVB-S.2 shown in Fig. 78. Initial value table. The check matrix initial value table is as described above, and corresponds to the position of the element of the information matrix ηα corresponding to the length of the code and the coding rate of the Ldpc code!* in every 360 lines (the line of the unit of the tour structure) The table of the number ρ) is listed in the column of the element of the l + 36 〇 x (il) row of the check matrix 检查 in the i-th column (the column number of the first column of the check matrix is set as the column) The number) is only the number of rows of weights that the row of the l + 36〇x(il) line has. Here, the parity matrix Ητ corresponding to the parity length μ of the 'check matrix 系 is formed into a staircase structure', which has been determined in advance. According to the check matrix initial value table ', the information moment drop corresponding to the information length κ in the check matrix 可 can be obtained. The number of columns k+Ι of the check matrix initial value table differs depending on the information length κ. Between the information length K and the number k+1 of the check matrix initial value table, the relationship of the following formula holds. K=(k+l)x360 137720.doc 122· 200952349 Here, 3 60 of the above formula is the number of rows p of the unit of the tour structure. In the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 124, 13 values are arranged from the third column to the third column, and three values are arranged from the fourth column to the k+th column (the 30th column in Fig. 124). Therefore, the row weight of the check matrix H obtained from the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 124 is from the 1st line to the 1+360X(3-1)-1 behavior 13 from the 1+36〇χ(3) -1) Go to the third act 3.第 The first column of the check matrix initial value table of Fig. 124 is 〇, 2〇84, 1613, 1548, 1286, 1460, 3196, 4297, 2481, 3369, 3451, 4620, 2622, which is shown in the inspection matrix. In the i-th row, the elements of the column numbers 0, 2084, 1613, 1548, 1286, 1460, 3196, 4297, 2481, 3369, 3451, 4620, and 2622 are! (and other elements are 0). Moreover, the second column of the check matrix initial value table of FIG. 124 is 1, 122, 1516, 3448, 2880, 1407, 1847, 3799, 3529, 373, ❾ 971, 4358, 3108, which is shown in the inspection matrix η The 361th (=1+360><(2-1)) line, the elements of the column numbers 1, 122, 1516, 3448, 2880, 1407, 1847, 3799, 3529, 373, 971, 4358, 3108 Is 1. As above, the check matrix initial value table will check the position of the element of the matrix of the matrix 以 1 per 360 lines. Check the line other than the l+36〇x(M) line of the matrix ,, that is, the line from the 2+36〇x(ii) line to the 36〇xi line will be determined by checking the matrix initial value table. The element of the 1st l+36〇x(il) line is cyclically shifted according to the same position length 137 137720.doc •123· 200952349 downward direction (downward direction of the line). I5, for example, the 2+360x(i-1) line only shifts the 1 +3 60X(i-1) line downward by only M/360 (=q), followed by the 3+36〇x (M). The line is rotated by 2xM/360 (=2xq) in the downward direction of the 1+36〇X(i_1) line (the second 2+36〇x(il) line is only cyclically shifted M/36. 〇 (=q)). Now, if the value of the Jth row (jth from the left) of the first column (the i-th from the top) of the check matrix initial value table is expressed as hij, and the check matrix Η If the number of the elements of the j is indicated as Η—, check the column number of the first to the first line of the line other than the 1+360><(丨-1) line of the matrix ^^^1 ~ can be obtained by the following formula.

Hw.j=mod{hjj+mod((w-l),P)xq5 Μ) 於此’ mod(x,y)係意味以y除以χ後之餘數。 而且,p為上述巡迴構造之單位之行數,例如於dvb_S2 之規格為360。進一步而言,q係藉由以巡迴構造之單位之 行數P(=360)除算同位長μ所獲得之值M/360。 LDPC編碼部21係藉由檢查矩陣初始值表,特定出檢查 矩陣Η之第1+3 6〇x(i-1)行之1之要素之列號碼。 ❹ 進一步而言,LDPC編碼部21係求出檢查矩陣11之第 l+36〇x(i-l)行以外之行之第w行之丨之要素之列號碼Hw』, 生成藉由以上所獲得之列號碼之要素設作丨之檢查矩陣H。 接著,說明關於藉由發送裝置U之解多工器25之替換部 32所進行之替換處理之LDPC碼之碼位元之替換方式,亦 即LDPC碼之碼位兀與表示符元之符元位元之分配模式(以 下亦稱位元分配模式)之變化。 137720.doc -124· 200952349 於解多工器25’ LDPC碼之碼位元係於縱行方向χ橫列方 向為(N/(mb))X(mb)位元之記憶體31之縱行方向寫人,其後 以mb位元單位,於橫列方向讀出。進一步而言,於解多、: 器25,在替換部32替換於記憶體31之橫列方向讀出之祝立 元之碼位元’替換後之碼位元成為(連續)b個符元之心位 元之符元位元。 ❹Hw.j=mod{hjj+mod((w-l), P)xq5 Μ) Here, 'mod(x, y) means dividing y by the remainder after χ. Further, p is the number of rows of the above-described tour structure, for example, the specification of dvb_S2 is 360. Further, q is a value M/360 obtained by dividing the parity length μ by the number of rows P (= 360) of the unit of the tour structure. The LDPC encoding unit 21 specifies the column number of the element of the first +3 6 〇 x (i-1) row of the check matrix 藉 by checking the matrix initial value table. Further, the LDPC encoding unit 21 obtains the column number Hw of the element after the wth row of the row other than the l+36〇x(il) row of the inspection matrix 11, and generates the above obtained. The element of the column number is set as the inspection matrix H of 丨. Next, an alternative manner of the code bit of the LDPC code for the replacement process performed by the replacement unit 32 of the demultiplexer 25 of the transmitting device U, that is, the code bit LDP of the LDPC code and the symbol representing the symbol will be described. The change of the bit allocation mode (hereinafter also referred to as the bit allocation mode). 137720.doc -124· 200952349 The multiplexer 25' LDPC code is stored in the vertical direction and the (N/(mb))X(mb) bit is stored in the vertical direction. The direction is written by the person, and then read in the horizontal direction in units of mb bits. Further, in the solution 25, the code bit replaced by the replacement unit 32 in the direction of the row of the memory 31 is replaced by the code bit of (continuous) b symbols. The bit of the bit. ❹

亦即,替換部32係將從讀出自記憶體31之橫列方向之 mb位元之碼位元之最高階位元算起第i + i位元作為碼位元 h,並且將從(連續)b個符元之心位元之符元位元之最高階 位元算起第出位元作為符元位元yi,按照特定之位元分配 模式來替換mb位元之碼位元b。至吣“。 圖125係表示於LDPC碼是碼長1^為648〇〇位元、編碼率為 5/6或9/10之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為4〇96QAM、倍數 b為1之情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 DPC碼疋碼長n為64800位元、編碼率為5/6或9/1〇之 LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為4096QAM、倍數b為1之情況 下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(64800/ (12χ l))x(12x丨)位元之記憶體3丨寫入之碼位元係於橫列方 向,以12xl(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之12x1 (=mb)位元之碼 位tl b〇至bu ’如圖125所示分配給個符元之 12xU-mb)位几之符元位元至川之方式,來替換 12xl(=mb)位元之碼位元比至^^。 亦即’若根據圖125,替換部32係就碼長n為64800位元 137720.doc -125- 200952349 之[〇?(:碼中之編碼率為5/6之1^〇?<:碼、及編碼率為9/10之 LDPC碼而言,關於任一 LDPC碼均分別: 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y 〇, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y 1, 將瑪位元b4分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y 1 〇, 將碼位元b i 〇分配給符元位元y!!, 將碼位元b! i分配給符元位元y 9, 而進行替換。 圖126係表不於LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為 5/6或9/10之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為4096QAM、倍數 b為2之情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為5/6或9/10之 LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為4096QAM、倍數b為2之情況 下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為 (64800/( 12χ2))χ( 12x2)位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於 橫列方向,以12x2(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部 32 ° 137720.doc -126- 200952349 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之12x2(=mb)位元之碼 位元bG至b23,如圖126所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 12x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y〇至y23之方式,來替換 12><2(==mb)位元之碼位元be至b23。 亦即,若根據圖126,替換部32係就碼長N為64800位元 之LDPC碼中之編碼率為5/6之LDPC碼、及編碼率為9/10之 LDPC碼而言,關於任一LDPC碼均分另|J : 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y8, ® 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y丨, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b 分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b丨2分配給符元位凡y 2 ’ 將碼位元b i 4分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b! 6分配給符元位元y 7, 將碼位元b丨8分配給符元位元y】〇, 將碼位元b 2 G分配給符元位元y 1 1, 將碼位元b22分配給符元位元ys>, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y2〇, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y 12, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y! 8, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y 13, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y 16, 137720.doc -127- 200952349 將碼位元b 11分配給符元位元y 17 ’ 將碼位元bi3分配給符元位元yi4 ’ 將碼位元b! 5分配給符元位元y 15 ’ 將碼位元b 17分配給符元位元y 19 ’ 將碼位元b 1 9分配給符元位元y 2 2, 將碼位元b〗1分配給符元位元y23, 將碼位元b〗3分配給符元位元y2丨, 而進行替換。 於此,圖126之位元分配模式係直接利用倍數b為1之情〇 況下之圖125之位元分配模式。亦即,於圖126,碼位元 b〇,b2,…,bu對符元位元yi之分配方式及碼位元b〗,b3, ,^^對 符7G位TLyi之分配方式兩者均與圖125之碼位元%至^"對 符元位元yi之分配方式相同。 圖127係表示調變方式為1〇24QAM,且LDpc碼是碼長n 為16200位TL、編碼率為3/4、5/6或碼倍數匕 為2之情況’及LDPC碼是碼長料6侧位元、編碼率為 一 /6或9/1(^LDPC碼,倍數b為2之情況下可採用之位❹ 元分配模式之例。 L碼疋碼長N為162GG位心編碼率為3/4、5/6或8/9 碼進—步調變方式為1024QAM、倍數b為2之情 況下,於解多工^ ^ 益25’於縱行方向χ橫列方 (1 6200/( 1 〇χ2))χ/jqχ- 1* ?|, , 兀6己憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於 才買列方向,以1〇χ2ί= _ 32。 )位70單位讀出,並供給至替換部 137720.doc •128- 200952349 而且,LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為3/4、 5/6或9/10之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為1024QAM、倍數 b為2之情況下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為 (64800/( 1〇χ2))χ( 1〇χ2)位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於 橫列方向,以l〇x2(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部 32 ° 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之l〇x2(=mb)位元之碼 位元bG至b19,如圖127所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 ® 1 〇x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y〇至y19之方式,來替換 1 〇x2(=mb)位元之碼位元13〇至b19。 亦即,若根據圖127,替換部32係就碼長N為16200位元 之LDPC碼中之編碼率為3/4之LDPC碼、編碼率為5/6之 LDPC碼及編碼率為8/9之LDPC碼,以及碼長N為64800位 元之LDPC碼中之編碼率為3/4之LDPC碼、編碼率為5/6之 L D P C碼及編碼率為9 /10之L D P C碼而言,關於任·~~ L D P C碼 均分別: 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y! 0, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y 19, 將碼位元b 5分配給符元位元y 4, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y5, 137720.doc -129- 200952349 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y 17, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b i 〇分配給符元位元y 14, 將碼位元b!!分配給符元位元y 11, 將碼位元b! 2分配給符元位元y 2, 將碼位元b! 3分配給符元位元y i 8, 將碼位元b ! 4分配給符元位元y 1 6, 將碼位元b 15分配給符元位元y丨5, 將碼位元b! 6分配給符元位元y 〇, 將碼位元b! 7分配給符元位元y 1, 將碼位元b! 8分配給符元位元y 13, 將碼位元b ! 9分配給符元位元y 1 2, 而進行替換。 圖128係表示調變方式為4096QAM,且LDPC碼是碼長N 為16200位元、編碼率為5/6或8/9之LDPC碼,倍數b為2之 情況,及LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為5/6或 9/10之LDPC碼,倍數b為2之情況下可採用之位元分配模 式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為1 6200位元、編碼率為5/6或8/9之 LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為4096QAM、倍數b為2之情況 下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為 (16200/( 12χ2))χ( 12x2)位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於 橫列方向,以12><2(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部 32 ° 137720.doc -130· 200952349 而且,LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為5/6或 9/10之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為4096QAM、倍數b為2 之情況下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為 (64800/( 12χ2))χ( 12x2)位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於 橫列方向,以12x2(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部 32 ° 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之12x2(=mb)位元之碼 位元bG至b23,如圖128所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 ® 12><2(=mb)位元之符元位元y。至y23之方式,來替換 12><2(=mb)位元之碼位元bG至b23。 亦即,若根據圖128,替換部32係就碼長N為16200位元 之LDPC瑪中之編碼率為5/6之LDPC碼及編碼率為8/9之 LDPC碼,以及碼長N為64800位元之LDPC碼中之編碼率為 5/6之LDPC碼及編碼率為9/10之LDPC碼而言,關於任一 LDPC碼均分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y! 〇, ❹ 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y 15, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b 3分配給符元位元y! 9, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y21, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y!6, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y23, 將碼位元b 7分配給符元位元y! 8, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y i!, 137720.doc -131 - 200952349 將碼位TO b9分配給符元位元y 1 4, 將碼位7C b 1 Q分配給符元位元y 2 2, 將碼位元b 1 1分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b i 2分配給符元位元y 6, 將碼位元b13分配給符元位元yn, 將碼位元b14分配給符元位元丫13, 將碼位元b ! 5分配給符元位元y 2〇, 將碼位元b! 6分配給符元位元yi, 將碼位元b ! 7分配給符元位元y 3, φ 將碼位元b ! 8分配給符元位元y 9, 將碼位元bi9分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b〗G分配給符元位元y7, 將媽位元b21分配給符元位元y 8, 將碼位元b〗2分配給符元位元y 1 2, 將碼位元b23分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 若根據圖125至圖128所示之位元分配模式,則關於複數© 種類之LDPC碼可採用同一位元分配模式,而且關於該複 數種類之LDPC碼之任一種,均可使對於錯誤之耐受性成 為所需性能。 亦即’圖129至圖132係表示按照圖125至圖128之位元分 配模式進行替換處理之情況下之BER(Bit Error Rate :位元 錯誤率)之模擬結果。 此外,於圖129至圖132 ’橫軸表示符元之信號 137720.doc •132· 200952349 電力對雜訊電力比),縱軸表示BEK。 而且’實線表示已進行替換處理之情況下之BER,1點 短劃線表不未進行替換處理之情況下之B E R。 圖129係表示針對碼長N為64800、編碼率分別為5/6及 9/10之LDPC碼,作為調變方式採用4〇96qAM,倍數谈作 1 ’按照圖12 5之位元分配模式進行替換處理之情況下之 BER。 圖130係表示針對碼長N為64800、編碼率分別為5/6及 9/10之1^卩(:碼’作為調變方式採用4〇96(^]^,倍數^»設作 2,按照圖126之位元分配模式進行替換處理之情況下之 BER。 此外,於圖129及圖130,附有三角形標記之曲線圖表示 關於編碼率為5/6之LDPC碼之BER,附有星標(星形標記) 之曲線圖表示關於編碼率為9A0之LDPC碼之BER。 圖13 1係表示針對碼長N為16200、編碼率分別為3/4、 5/6及8/9之LDPC碼及碼長n為64800、編碼率分別為3/4、 5/6及9/10之LDPC碼’作為調變方式採用1〇24qAM,倍數 b設作2 ’按照圖127之位元分配模式進行替換處理之情況 下之BER。 此外’於圖131 ’附有星標之曲線圖表示關於碼長n為 64800、編碼率為9/1〇之LDPC碼之BER,附有朝上之三角 形標記之曲線圖表示關於碼長N為64800、編碼率為5/6之 LDPC碼之BER。而且,附有正方形標記之曲線圖係表示 關於碼長N為64800、編碼率為3/4之LDPC碼之BER。 137720.doc •133- 200952349 進一步而言’於圖131 ’附有圓圈標記之曲線圖表示關 於碼長N為16200、編碼率為8/9之LDPC碼之BER,附有朝 下之三角形標記之曲線圖表示關於碼長N為1 6200、編碼率 為5/6之LDPC碼之BER。而且,附有正號標記之曲線圖係 表示關於碼長N為16200、編碼率為3/4之LDPC碼之BER。 圖132係表示針對碼長N為16200、編碼率分別為5/6及 8/9之LDPC碼及碼長N為64800、編碼率分別為5/6及9/1〇之 LDPC碼,作為調變方式採用4096QAM,倍數b設作2 ’按 照圖128之位元分配模式進行替換處理之情況下之BER ° 此外,於圖132,附有星標之曲線圖表示關於碼長 64800、編碼率為9/10之LDPC碼之BER,附有朝上之二角 形標記之曲線圖表示關於碼長N為64800、編碼率為5/6之 LDPC碼之BER。 而且,於圖132,附有圓圈標記之曲線圖表示關於瑪長1^ 為16200、編碼率為8/9之LDPC碼之BER,附有朝下之三角 形標記之曲線圖表示關於碼長N為16200、編碼率為5/6之 LDPC碼之 BER。 若根據圖129至圖i32可知,關於複數種類之 採用同一位元分配模式,而且關於採用同一位元分配模式 之複數種類之LDPC碼之任一種,均可使對於錯誤之耐受 性成為所需性能。 亦即,關於碼長或編碼率不同之複數種類之LDPC瑪’ 分別採用該LDPC碼所專用之位元分配模式之情況時’雖 可使對於錯誤之耐受性極為高性能,但必須就不同種類之 137720.doc •134- 200952349 LDPC碼逐一變更位元分配模式。 另一方面,若根據圖125至圖128之位元分配模式,關於 碼長或編碼率不同之複數種類之LDPC碼各個可採用同一 位元分配模式,關於複數種類之LDPC碼各個,無須如採 用該LDPC碼所專用之位元分配模式之情況,就不同種類 之LDPC碼逐一變更位元分配模式。 進一步而言,若根據圖125至圖128之位元分配模式,關 於複數種類之LDPC碼各個,即使稍微不及採用該LDPC碼 ® 所專用之位元分配模式之情況,但即使如此仍可使對於錯 誤之对受性為高性能。 亦即,例如調變方式為4096QAM之情況下,就碼長N為 64800、編碼率分別為5/6及9/10之LDPC碼而言,關於任一 LDPC碼均可採用圖125或圖126之同一位元分配模式。然 後,如此,即使採用同一位元分配模式,仍可使對於錯誤 之耐受性為高性能。 進一步而言,例如調變方式為1024QAM之情況下,就碼 ❹ 長N為16200、編碼率分別為3/4、5/6及8/9之LDPC碼,及 碼長N為64800、編碼率分別為3/4、5/6及9/10之LDPC碼而 言,關於任一 LDPC碼均可採用圖127之同一位元分配模 式。然後,如此,即使採用同一位元分配模式,仍可使對 於錯誤之耐受性為高性能。 而且,例如調變方式為4096QAM之情況下,就碼長N為 16200、編碼率分別為5/6及8/9之LDPC碼,及碼長N為 64800、編碼率分別為5/6及9/10之LDPC碼而言,關於任一 137720.doc 135 - 200952349 LDPC碼均可採用圖128之同一位元分配模式。然後,如 此,即使採用同一位元分配模式,仍可使對於錯誤之耐受 性為高性能。 進一步說明關於位元分配模式之變化。 圖133係表示於LDPC碼是碼長N為16200或64800位元、 編碼率由例如從圖78至圖123所示之檢查矩陣初始值表所 生成之檢查矩陣Η所定義之LDPC碼之編碼率中之3/5以外 之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為qPSK、倍數!^為丨之情況下 可採用之位元分配模式之例。 ❿ LDPC碼是碼長N為16200或64800位元、編碼率為3/5以 外之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為QPSK、倍數13為1之情況 下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向x橫列方向為 (Ν/(2χ 1))χ(2χ 1)位元之記憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於橫列方 向,以2xl(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31i2xl(=mb)位元之碼位 兀bG及比,如圖133所示分配給1(=13)個符元之2><1(=1^)位 元之符元位元”及乃之方式,來替換2xl(=mb)位元之碼位❹ 元b〇及b 1。 亦即,若根據圖133,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bQ分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b〗分配給符元位元yi, 而進行替換。 此外,該情況下,亦可思慮不進行替換,碼位认仏 分別直接作為符元位元y。及yi。 137720.doc -136 - 200952349 圖134係表示於LDPC碼是碼長N為16200或64800位元、 編碼率為3/5以外之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為16QAM、 倍數b為2之情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為16200或64800位元、編碼率為3/5以 外之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為16QAM、倍數b為2之情 況下,於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為 (Ν/(4χ2))χ(4χ2)位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方 向,以4><2(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 ® 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之4x2(=mb)位元之碼位 元b〇至b7,如圖134所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 4x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y〇至y7之方式,來替換4x2(=mb) 位元之碼位元bG至b7。 亦即,若根據圖1 34,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y!, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y4, ❹ 將碼位元分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b 5分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖135係表示調變方式為64QAM,且LDPC碼是碼長N為 16200或64800位元、編碼率為3/5以外之LDPC碼,倍數b 137720.doc -137- 200952349 為2之情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長>1為162〇〇或648〇〇位元、編碼率為以 外之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為64QAM、絲之情 況下’於解多工器25,於縱行方向χ橫列方向為 (Ν/(6χ2))Χ(6χ2)位元之記憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於橫列方 向,以6x2(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體以的卜响位元之碼位 元〜至!^,如圖135所示分配給連續之2(叶)個符元之 6x2(=mb)位元之符元位元…至…之方式,來替換叫‘)參 位元之碼位元bQ至bu。 亦即’若根據圖1 35,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y丨丨, 將碼位元b !分配給符元位元y 7, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y 3, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y 1〇, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y2, Ο 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元.y5, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y!, 將碼位元b 9分配給符元位元y 8 ’ 將碼位元b】〇分配給符元位元y 4 ’ 將碼位元b η分配給符元位元y 〇, 而進行替換。 137720.doc -138- 200952349 圖136係表不調變方式為256QAM,J_LDPC碼是碼長^^ 為64800位元、編碼率為3/5以外之LDpc碼倍數…之 情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長以64_位元、編碼率為^以外之 LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256_、倍數_之情況 ;解多工器25 ’於縱行方向x橫列方向為(64800/That is, the replacing unit 32 calculates the i-th i-th bit from the highest-order bit of the code bit of the mb bit read from the course direction of the memory 31 as the code bit h, and will (continuously The highest order bit of the symbol bit of the b symbol is calculated as the first bit as the symbol bit yi, and the code bit b of the mb bit is replaced according to the specific bit allocation pattern. Figure 125 shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length of 1^ of 648 bits and a coding rate of 5/6 or 9/10. The further modulation method is 4〇96QAM, and the multiple b is 1. In the case of the bit allocation mode, the DPC code length n is 64800 bits, the coding rate is 5/6 or 9/1 〇 LDPC code, and the further modulation mode is 4096QAM, and the multiple b is 1. In the case of the multiplexer 25, the memory bits written in the memory 3 of the (64800/(12χl)) x (12x丨) bit in the wale direction X are in the course. The direction is read out in units of 12xl (= mb) and supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacement unit 32 is configured to read the code bits tl b from the 12x1 (= mb) bits of the memory 31 to bu ' As shown in Fig. 125, the 12xU-mb) bits of the symbols are assigned to the Chuanzhi method to replace the code bit ratio of the 12xl (= mb) bits to ^^. 125, the replacement unit 32 is code length n is 64800 bits 137720.doc -125- 200952349 [〇? (: code rate in the code is 5/6 of 1^〇?<: code, and coding rate For the 9/10 LDPC code, for any LDPC code, respectively: divide the code bit b For the symbol bit y8, the code bit b! is assigned to the symbol bit y 〇, the code bit b2 is assigned to the symbol bit y6, and the code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1, The imaginary element b4 is assigned to the symbol y4, the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol y5, the code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol y2, and the coder p7 is assigned to the symbol y3. , the code bit b8 is assigned to the symbol bit y7, the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 〇, and the code bit bi 〇 is assigned to the symbol bit y!!, the code bit b i is assigned to the symbol bit y 9, and is replaced. Figure 126 shows that the LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 5/6 or 9/10, and further modulation mode. An example of a bit allocation pattern that can be used in the case of 4096QAM and a multiple b is 2. The LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 5/6 or 9/10, and further modulation is In the case of 4096QAM and the multiple b is 2, in the demultiplexer 25, the coded bit system written in the memory 31 of the (64800/(12χ2)) χ (12x2) bit in the wale direction X direction is stored. Read in the horizontal direction, in units of 12x2 (= mb) bits, Supply to the replacement unit 32 ° 137720.doc -126- 200952349 The replacement unit 32 is to assign the code bits bG to b23 read from the 12x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 31 to the consecutive 2 as shown in FIG. (=b) The way of the symbol bits y〇 to y23 of the 12x2 (= mb) bits of the symbol is replaced by the code bits be to b23 of the 12<2 (== mb) bits. That is, according to FIG. 126, the replacing unit 32 is an LDPC code having an encoding rate of 5/6 in an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits, and an LDPC code having a coding rate of 9/10. An LDPC code is equally divided into |J: the code bit b〇 is assigned to the symbol bit y8, the code bit b2 is assigned to the symbol bit y〇, and the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y6 , the code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol bit y , the code bit b8 is assigned to the symbol bit y4 , the code bit b is assigned to the symbol bit y 5 , and the code bit b 丨 2 is allocated The symbol bit y 2 ' is assigned to the symbol bit bi 4 to the symbol bit y 3 , the code bit b b 6 is assigned to the symbol bit y 7, and the code bit b 丨 8 is assigned to the symbol Bit y], assign code bit b 2 G to symbol bit y 1 1, assign code bit b22 to symbol bit ys >, assign code bit b! to symbol bit y2 〇, the code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y 12, the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol bit y! 8, the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y 13, and the code bit b9 Assigned to the symbol bit y 16, 137720.doc -127- 200952349 assigns the code bit b 11 to the symbol y 17 'Assigning code bit bi3 to symbol bit yi4' Assigning code bit b! 5 to symbol bit y 15 ' Assigning code bit b 17 to symbol bit y 19 ' Put code bit b 1 9 is assigned to the symbol bit y 2 2, the code bit b 1 is assigned to the symbol bit y23, and the code bit b 3 is assigned to the symbol bit y2 丨 for replacement. Here, the bit allocation pattern of Fig. 126 directly uses the bit allocation pattern of Fig. 125 in the case where the multiple b is 1. That is, in FIG. 126, the allocation manner of the code bit element b〇, b2, . . . , bu to the symbol bit yi and the code bit element b, the allocation manner of the b3, , ^^, and the 7G bit TLyi are both The code bit % to ^" of FIG. 125 is assigned in the same manner as the bit element yi. Figure 127 shows the modulation mode is 1〇24QAM, and the LDpc code is the case where the code length n is 16,200 bits TL, the coding rate is 3/4, 5/6 or the code multiple 匕 is 2, and the LDPC code is the code length. The 6-bit bit and the coding rate are one/6 or 9/1 (^LDPC code, and the multiple b is 2). The L code 长 code length N is 162 GG bit rate. For the 3/4, 5/6 or 8/9 code advance-step modulation mode is 1024QAM, and the multiple b is 2, in the traversing direction ^^ 益25' in the vertical direction χ 横 横 side (1 6200/ ( 1 〇χ 2)) χ / jq χ - 1 * ? |, , 兀 6 忆 己 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入 写入And supplied to the replacement unit 137720.doc •128- 200952349 Moreover, the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 3/4, 5/6 or 9/10, and further modulation mode is 1024QAM. When the multiple b is 2, the code written in the memory 31 of the (64800/(1〇χ2)) χ (1〇χ2) bit in the direction of the X direction in the multiplexer 25 is written. The bit is read in the horizontal direction, read in units of l〇x2 (= mb), and supplied to the replacement unit 32 °. The code bits bG to b19 read from the l〇x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 31 are allocated to consecutive 2 (=b) symbols of the symbol 1 1 〇 x2 (= mb as shown in FIG. 127). The bitwise symbol y〇 to y19 of the bit is substituted for the code bits 13〇 to b19 of the 1 〇x2 (= mb) bit. That is, according to FIG. 127, the replacing unit 32 is an LDPC code having an encoding rate of 3/4 in an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits, an LDPC code having a coding rate of 5/6, and a coding rate of 8/. An LDPC code of 9 and an LDPC code having a coding rate of 3/4 in an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits, an LDPC code having a coding rate of 5/6, and an LDPC code having a coding rate of 9/10, Regarding the LDPC codes, respectively, the code bit b〇 is assigned to the symbol bit y8, the code bit b! is assigned to the symbol bit y 3, and the code bit b2 is assigned to the symbol bit. Y7, assigning the code bit b3 to the symbol bit y! 0, assigning the code bit b4 to the symbol bit y 19, and assigning the code bit b 5 to the symbol bit y 4, the code bit B6 is assigned to the symbol bit y9, the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y5, 137720.doc -129- 200952349, the code bit b8 is assigned to the symbol bit y 17, and the code bit b9 is assigned to Symbol bit y6, assigning code bit bi 〇 to symbol bit y 14, assigning code bit b!! to symbol bit y 11, assigning code bit b! 2 to symbol bit y 2, assign the code bit b! 3 to the symbol bit yi 8, and divide the code bit b ! 4 For the symbol bit y 1 6, assign the code bit b 15 to the symbol bit y 丨 5, assign the code bit b ! 6 to the symbol y 〇, and assign the code bit b! 7 to The symbol bit y 1, the code bit b! 8 is assigned to the symbol bit y 13, and the code bit b ! 9 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 2 for replacement. Figure 128 is a diagram showing that the modulation mode is 4096QAM, and the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits, a coding rate of 5/6 or 8/9, a multiple b is 2, and an LDPC code is a code length N. An example of a bit allocation pattern that can be used in the case of a 64800-bit LDPC code having a coding rate of 5/6 or 9/10 and a multiple b of 2. The LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length N of 1 6200 bits and a coding rate of 5/6 or 8/9. In the case where the modulation mode is 4096QAM and the multiple b is 2, the multiplexer 25 is used in the multiplexer 25 The memory bit written by the memory 31 in the row direction X direction is (16200/(12χ2)) χ (12x2) bits is in the horizontal direction, and is read in units of 12><2(=mb) bits. And is supplied to the replacement unit 32 ° 137720.doc -130· 200952349 Moreover, the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 5/6 or 9/10, and the modulation method is 4096QAM. When the multiple b is 2, in the demultiplexer 25, the memory 31 written in the memory 31 of the (64800/(12χ2)) χ (12x2) bit in the wale direction X is tied to the horizontal The column direction is read out in 12x2 (= mb) bit units and supplied to the replacement portion 32 °. The replacement portion 32 is to read the code bits bG to b23 from the 12x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 31, such as The symbol bit y assigned to the consecutive 2 (=b) symbols of the ® 12 > 2 (= mb) bits is shown in FIG. In the manner of y23, the code bits bG to b23 of 12<2 (= mb) bits are replaced. That is, according to FIG. 128, the replacing unit 32 is an LDPC code having an encoding rate of 5/6 and an LDPC code having an encoding rate of 8/9 in an LDPC Ma having a code length N of 16,200 bits, and a code length N being For an LDPC code with a coding rate of 5/6 and an LDPC code with a coding rate of 9/10 in an LDPC code of 64,800 bits, respectively, for any LDPC code: respectively, the code bit bG is assigned to the symbol bit y ! 〇, 分配 Assign code bit b! to symbol bit y 15, assign code bit b2 to symbol y4, assign code bit b 3 to symbol y! 9, put code Bit b4 is assigned to symbol bit y21, code bit b5 is assigned to symbol bit y!6, code bit b6 is assigned to symbol bit y23, and code bit b7 is assigned to symbol bit Element y! 8, assigning code bit b8 to symbol bit yi!, 137720.doc -131 - 200952349 assigning code bit TO b9 to symbol bit y 1 4, assigning code bit 7C b 1 Q to Symbol bit y 2 2, assign code bit b 1 1 to symbol bit y 5 , assign code bit bi 2 to symbol bit y 6, assign code bit b13 to symbol bit Yn, the code bit b14 is assigned to the symbol bit 丫13, and the code bit b ! 5 is assigned to the symbol bit Element y 2〇, assign code bit b! 6 to symbol bit yi, assign code bit b ! 7 to symbol bit y 3, φ assign code bit b ! 8 to symbol bit y 9, assigning code bit bi9 to symbol bit y2, assigning code bit b G to symbol bit y7, and assigning bit b21 to symbol bit y 8, placing code bit b 2 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 2, and the code bit b23 is assigned to the symbol bit y 〇 for replacement. According to the bit allocation pattern shown in FIG. 125 to FIG. 128, the LDPC code of the plural number type can adopt the same bit allocation mode, and any one of the LDPC codes of the plural type can make resistance to errors. Responsibility becomes the required performance. That is, 'Fig. 129 to Fig. 132 show simulation results of BER (Bit Error Rate) in the case where replacement processing is performed in accordance with the bit allocation pattern of Figs. 125 to 128. In addition, the horizontal axis of Fig. 129 to Fig. 132 indicates the signal of the symbol 137720.doc • 132· 200952349 power to noise power ratio), and the vertical axis indicates BEK. Further, the 'solid line indicates the BER in the case where the replacement processing has been performed, and the B E R in the case where the one-dot dash table is not subjected to the replacement processing. Figure 129 shows an LDPC code with a code length N of 64800 and a coding rate of 5/6 and 9/10 respectively. As a modulation method, 4〇96qAM is used, and the multiple is referred to as 1' according to the bit allocation mode of Fig. Replace the BER in the case of processing. Figure 130 shows that for a code length N of 64800 and a coding rate of 5/6 and 9/10, respectively, the code is used as a modulation method using 4〇96(^]^, and the multiple ^» is set to 2, BER in the case of replacement processing according to the bit allocation pattern of Fig. 126. Further, in Figs. 129 and 130, a graph with a triangular mark indicates a BER with respect to an LDPC code having a coding rate of 5/6, with a star attached thereto. The graph of the standard (star mark) indicates the BER of the LDPC code with a coding rate of 9A0. Fig. 13 1 shows the LDPC for the code length N of 16200 and the coding rates of 3/4, 5/6 and 8/9, respectively. The code and code length n are 64800, and the LDPC codes with the coding rates of 3/4, 5/6 and 9/10 respectively are used as the modulation method using 1〇24qAM, and the multiple b is set to 2' according to the bit allocation pattern of FIG. BER in the case of replacement processing. In addition, the graph attached to the star in Fig. 131 shows the BER of the LDPC code with a code length n of 64800 and a coding rate of 9/1 ,, with an upward triangular mark. The graph shows the BER of the LDPC code with a code length N of 64800 and a coding rate of 5/6. Moreover, the graph with the square mark indicates that the code length N is 64800, The code rate is BER of the LDPC code of 3/4. 137720.doc •133- 200952349 Further, the graph with a circle mark in 'Fig. 131' indicates an LDPC with a code length N of 16200 and a coding rate of 8/9. The BER of the code, with a downward-facing triangular mark, indicates the BER of the LDPC code with a code length N of 1 6200 and a coding rate of 5/6. Moreover, the graph with the positive mark indicates the code length. N is 16200, and the BER of the LDPC code with a coding rate of 3/4. Figure 132 shows the LDPC code with a code length N of 16200 and a coding rate of 5/6 and 8/9, respectively, and a code length N of 64800, a coding rate. The LDPC codes of 5/6 and 9/1, respectively, use 4096QAM as the modulation method, and BER ° in the case where the multiple b is set to 2' in accordance with the bit allocation mode of FIG. 128. Further, in FIG. The graph with the star indicates the BER of the LDPC code with a code length of 64800 and a coding rate of 9/10, and the graph with the upward-facing digonal mark indicates that the code length N is 64800 and the coding rate is 5/6. BER of the LDPC code. Moreover, in Fig. 132, a graph with a circle mark indicates B with respect to an LDPC code having a length of 16200 and a coding rate of 8/9. ER, a graph with a downward triangular mark indicates the BER of the LDPC code with a code length N of 16200 and a coding rate of 5/6. As can be seen from Fig. 129 to Fig. i32, the same bit allocation is used for the plural type. The mode, and with respect to any of a plurality of types of LDPC codes using the same bit allocation pattern, can make the tolerance to errors a desired performance. That is, when a plurality of types of LDPCs with different code lengths or coding rates are used in the case of the bit allocation mode dedicated to the LDPC code, 'the tolerance for errors is extremely high, but it must be different. Type 137720.doc • 134- 200952349 The LDPC code changes the bit allocation mode one by one. On the other hand, according to the bit allocation pattern of FIG. 125 to FIG. 128, the same bit allocation mode can be adopted for each of the plural types of LDPC codes having different code lengths or encoding rates, and it is not necessary to adopt the respective types of LDPC codes. In the case of the bit allocation mode dedicated to the LDPC code, the bit allocation pattern is changed one by one for different types of LDPC codes. Further, according to the bit allocation pattern of FIGS. 125 to 128, for each of the plural types of LDPC codes, even if it is slightly inferior to the bit allocation mode dedicated to the LDPC code®, even if this is the case, The correctness of the error is high performance. That is, for example, in the case where the modulation mode is 4096QAM, for an LDPC code having a code length N of 64800 and a coding rate of 5/6 and 9/10, respectively, any LDPC code can be used as shown in FIG. 125 or FIG. The same bit allocation mode. Then, even with the same bit allocation mode, the tolerance to errors can be made high performance. Further, for example, in the case where the modulation method is 1024QAM, the LDPC code with the code length N is 16200 and the coding rates are 3/4, 5/6, and 8/9, respectively, and the code length N is 64800, and the coding rate is For the LDPC codes of 3/4, 5/6, and 9/10, respectively, the same bit allocation pattern of FIG. 127 can be used for any LDPC code. Then, even if the same bit allocation mode is used, the tolerance to errors can be made high performance. Moreover, for example, in the case where the modulation mode is 4096QAM, the LDPC code having a code length N of 16200 and a coding rate of 5/6 and 8/9, respectively, and a code length N of 64800 and a coding rate of 5/6 and 9 respectively. For the LDPC code of /10, the same bit allocation pattern of Figure 128 can be used for any 137720.doc 135 - 200952349 LDPC code. Then, even with the same bit allocation mode, the tolerance to errors can be made high performance. Further explanation of the change in the bit allocation pattern. Figure 133 is a diagram showing the coding rate of the LDPC code defined by the check matrix 生成 generated by the check matrix initial value table shown in Figs. 78 to 123, in which the LDPC code is a code length N of 16,200 or 64,800 bits. In the case of the LDPC code other than 3/5, the further modulation method is qPSK, multiples! ^ is an example of the bit allocation mode that can be used in the case of 丨. ❿ LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length N of 16200 or 64800 bits and a coding rate other than 3/5. In the case where the modulation method is QPSK and the multiple 13 is 1, the multiplexer 25 is used in the traversing. The direction of the x direction is (Ν / (2 χ 1)) χ (2 χ 1) bits of memory 3 1 written code bits are in the horizontal direction, read in 2xl (= mb) bit units, And supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bits 兀bG and the ratio read from the memory 31i2x1 (= mb) bits to 1 (= 13) symbols 2 > 1 (=1^) as shown in FIG. The bitwise bit of the bit" and the way to replace the 2xl (= mb) bit of the code bits 〇 b 〇 and b 1 . That is, if according to FIG. 133, the replacing unit 32 respectively: The bit bQ is assigned to the symbol bit y〇, and the code bit b is assigned to the symbol bit yi, and is replaced. In addition, in this case, it is also possible to consider not replacing, and the code bit is directly used as Figure 134 shows an LDPC code in which the code length N is 16200 or 64800 bits and the coding rate is 3/5. The modulation method is further modified. 16QAM, an example of a bit allocation mode that can be used when the multiple b is 2. The LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length N of 16200 or 64800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and the modulation mode is 16QAM. When the multiple b is 2, in the demultiplexer 25, the coded bits written in the memory 31 of the (Ν/(4χ2))χ(4χ2) bit in the wale direction X direction are in the horizontal direction. Column direction, to 4><2(=m b) The bit unit is read and supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacement unit 32 is configured to allocate the code bits b to 4 from the 4x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 31, as shown in FIG. The code bits bG to b7 of the 4x2 (= mb) bits are replaced by the way of the 4x2 (= mb) bits of the consecutive 2 (= b) symbols from the symbol bits y 〇 y to y7. According to FIG. 1 34, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit b〇 to the symbol bit y7, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit y!, and assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol. The meta-bit y4, 分配 assigns the code bit to the symbol bit y2, assigns the code bit b4 to the symbol bit y5, and assigns the code bit b 5 to the symbol bit y 3, and sets the code bit B6 is assigned to the symbol bit y6, and the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y〇, and is replaced. Figure 135 shows that the modulation mode is 64QAM, and the LDPC code is code length N is 16200 or 64800 bits. The LDPC code with a coding rate other than 3/5, the multiple b 137720.doc -137- 200952349 is an example of a bit allocation pattern that can be used in the case of 2. The LDPC code is a code length > 1 is 162 〇〇 or 648 〇〇 bits, encoding rate other than LDPC code, further modulation In the case of 64QAM, in the case of a wire, the memory multiplexer 25 is written in the memory multiplexer 25 in the direction of the traverse direction (Ν/(6χ2)) Χ (6χ2) bits. In the course direction, it is read in units of 6x2 (= mb) and supplied to the replacement unit 32 to read the code bits from the memory to the memory bit. ^, as shown in FIG. 135, the symbol bits of the 6x2 (= mb) bits of the consecutive 2 (leaf) symbols are replaced by the code bits of the reference element To bu. That is, if according to FIG. 1 35, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit y, and assigns the code bit b ! to the symbol bit y 7, and the code bit b2 Assigned to the symbol bit y 3 , the code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 〇 , the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y6 , and the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol bit y 2 ,码 Assign code bit b6 to symbol bit y9, assign code bit b7 to symbol bit .y5, assign code bit b8 to symbol bit y!, assign code bit b 9 to The symbol bit y 8 ' assigns the code bit b 〇 to the symbol y 4 ' and assigns the code bit b η to the symbol y 〇 and replaces it. 137720.doc -138- 200952349 Figure 136 is a table modulation mode is 256QAM, J_LDPC code is a bit length ^^ is 64800 bits, the encoding rate is 3/5 LDpc code multiples... An example of a pattern. The LDPC code is an LDPC code whose code length is 64_bit and whose coding rate is other than ^, and the modulation method is 256_ and multiple _; the multiplexer 25' is in the direction of the x direction (64800/).

❹ (8X2))X(8X2)位元之記憶體3 1寫人之碼位元係於橫列方 向,以8x2㈣b)位元單位讀丨,並供給至替換部& 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3 1之8x2(=mb)位元之碼位 兀b❶至叱,如圖136所示分配給連續之2㈣個符元之 8x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y。至〜之方式,來替換8x2(=mb) 位兀之碼位元b〇至b15。 亦即,若根據圖1 36,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bQ分配給符元位元乃5, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元yi, 將碼位元h分配給符元位元。3, 將碼位元h分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元bs分配給符元位元yn, 將碼位元b0分配給符元位元力, 將碼位元h分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元bs分配給符元位元yi〇, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y6 , 將碼位元1?1()分配給符元位元y4, 137720.doc •139- 200952349 將碼位元t) Π分配給符元位元y 7, 將碼位元!),2分配給符元位元丫12, 將碼位元b〗3分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元!^4分配給符元位元714, 將碼位元bls分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖137係表示調變方式為256qAM,且ldpc碼是碼長!^ 為16200位元、編碼率為3/5以外之LDpc碼,倍數b為1之 情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長!^為162〇〇位元、編碼率為3/5以外之 LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數^^為】之情況 下於解多工器25 ’於縱行方向X橫列方向為(16200/ (8xl))x(8xl)位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方 向,以8xl(=mb)位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之8xl(=mb)位元之碼位 元b〇至t>7 ’如圖137所示分配給i(=b)個符元之l(=mb)位 凡之符元位元yG至y?之方式,來替換8x1(=nib)位元之碼位 元b〇至b7。 亦即,若根據圖137,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元比分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y J, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y2, 137720.doc -140- 200952349 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖138係表示於LDPC碼是碼長\為162〇〇或648〇〇位元、 編碼率為3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為QpsK、倍數b 為1之情況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。❹ (8X2)) X (8X2) bit memory 3 1 writer's code bit is in the horizontal direction, read in 8x2 (four) b) bit units, and supplied to the replacement unit & replacement unit 32 to The code bits 兀b❶ to 读出 from the 8x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 3 1 are read, and are assigned to the symbol bits y of the 8x2 (= mb) bits of the consecutive 2 (four) symbols as shown in FIG. In the way to ~, replace the 8x2 (= mb) bits of code bits b〇 to b15. That is, according to FIG. 36, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bQ to the symbol bit 5, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit yi, and assigns the code bit h to Symbol bit. 3. Assign the code bit h to the symbol bit y3, assign the code bit b4 to the symbol bit y8, assign the code bit bs to the symbol bit yn, and assign the code bit b0 to the symbol The bit force, the code bit h is assigned to the symbol bit y5, the code bit bs is assigned to the symbol bit yi 〇, the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit y6, and the code bit 1 is used. 1() is assigned to the symbol bit y4, 137720.doc • 139- 200952349 The code bit element t) Π is assigned to the symbol bit y 7, and the code bit !), 2 is assigned to the symbol bit 丫 12 The code bit b is assigned to the symbol bit y2, the code bit !^4 is assigned to the symbol bit 714, and the code bit bls is assigned to the symbol bit y〇 for replacement. Figure 137 shows that the modulation mode is 256qAM, and the ldpc code is the code length! ^ is an example of a bit allocation pattern that can be used in the case of a 16200-bit, LDpc code with a coding rate other than 3/5 and a multiple b of 1. The LDPC code is the code length! ^ is 162 〇〇 bits, the encoding rate is 3/5 other than the LDPC code, and the further modulation mode is 256QAM, the multiple ^^ is in the case of the multiplexer 25' in the waling direction X direction The code bits written by the memory 31 of (16200/(8xl)) x (8xl) bits are read in the horizontal direction, read in units of 8x1 (= mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacing unit 32 is configured to allocate the code bits b to 8 > 7 ' read from the 8x1 (= mb) bits of the memory 31 to i (= b) symbols as shown in FIG. 137 (= mb The way to replace the 8x1 (= nib) bits of code bits b〇 to b7. That is, according to FIG. 137, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit y7, assigns the code bit ratio to the symbol bit y3, and assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol bit. y J, assigning code bit b3 to symbol bit y 5, assigning code bit b4 to symbol bit y2, 137720.doc -140- 200952349 assigning code bit b5 to symbol bit y6, The code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol bit y4, and the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y〇 for replacement. Figure 138 shows an LDPC code in which the LDPC code is 162 〇〇 or 648 〇〇 bits and the coding rate is 3/5. The further modulation method is QpsK and the multiple b is 1. An example of a meta-allocation model.

LDPC碼疋碼長N為16200或64800位元、編碼率為3/5之 LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為QpsK、倍數^丨之情況下, 於解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(Ν/(2χ1))χ(2χ1) 位兀之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以2xl(=mb) 位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3122xl(=mb)位元之碼位 兀^及卜,如圖138所示分配給1(=13)個符元之2xl(=mb)位 元之符元位元yG&yi之方式,來替換2xl(=mb)位元之碼位 元b〇及bj。 亦即’若根據圖1 38,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b〗分配給符元位元yi, 而進行替換。 此外,該情況下,亦可思慮不進行替換,碼位元b。及h 分別直接作為符元位元yG及y,。 圖139係表示於LDPC碼是碼長;^為648〇〇位元、編碼率為 3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為mqam、倍數[)為2之情 137720.doc -141 - 200952349 況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC 碼,進一步調變方式為16QAM、倍數b為2之情況下,於解 多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(64800/(4χ2))χ(4χ2)位 元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以4x2(=mb)位 元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之4><2(=mb)位元之碼位 元bG至b7,如圖139所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 4><2(=mb)位元之符元位元yG至y7之方式,來替換4x2(=mb) 位元之碼位元bG至b7。 亦即,若根據圖1 39,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y 1, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y6, 而進行替換。 圖140係表示於LDPC碼是碼長N為16200位元、編碼率為 3/5之LDPC碼,進一步調變方式為16QAM、倍數b為2之情 況下可採用之位元分配模式之例。LDPC code 疋 code length N is 16200 or 64800 bits, encoding rate is 3/5 LDPC code, further modulation mode is QpsK, multiple ^ 丨, in the solution multiplexer 25, in the vertical direction X horizontal The code bits written in the memory 31 of the column direction (Ν/(2χ1))χ(2χ1) are in the course direction, read out in 2xl (=mb) bit units, and supplied to the replacement unit 32. . The replacing unit 32 is configured to assign the code bits read from the memory 3122x1 (= mb) bits to the 2x==== mb bits of 1 (=13) symbols as shown in FIG. The meta-bit yG&yi is used to replace the code bits b〇 and bj of 2xl (= mb) bits. That is, as shown in Fig. 1 38, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit y, and assigns the code bit b to the symbol yi, and replaces it. In addition, in this case, it is also possible to consider the replacement of the code bit b. And h are directly used as the symbol bits yG and y, respectively. Figure 139 is a diagram showing that the LDPC code is a code length; ^ is 648 〇〇 bits, and the coding rate is 3/5 LDPC code, and the further modulation is mqam, and the multiple [) is 2 137720.doc -141 - 200952349 An example of a bit allocation pattern that can be used. The LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. In the case where the modulation method is 16QAM and the multiple b is 2, the multiplexer 25 is in the X direction of the traversing direction. The code bits written in the memory 31 of the direction (64800/(4χ2)) χ (4χ2) bits are in the course direction, read out in units of 4x2 (= mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bits bG to b7 read from the 4><2 (= mb) bits of the memory 31 to the consecutive 2 (= b) symbols 4 >;< 2 (= mb) bits of the symbol bits yG to y7, in place of the 4x2 (= mb) bits of code bits bG to b7. That is, according to FIG. 1 39, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit y, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit y 5, and assigns the code bit b2. For the symbol bit y 1, the code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y2, the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y4, and the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol bit y7, the code bit is assigned The element b6 is assigned to the symbol bit y3, and the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y6 for replacement. Fig. 140 is a diagram showing an example in which the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and a bit allocation pattern which can be employed in the case where the modulation method is 16QAM and the multiple b is 2.

LDPC碼是碼長N為16200位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC 137720.doc -142· 200952349 碼,進一步調變方式為16QAM、倍數b為2之情況下,於解 多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(16200/(4χ2))χ(4χ2)位 元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以4x2(=mb)位 元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31之4x2(=mb)位元之碼位 元bG至b7,如圖140所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 4><2(=mb)位元之符元位元y〇至y7之方式,來替換4x2(=mb) 位元之碼位元b〇至b7。 ® 亦即,若根據圖140,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y 1, 將碼位元分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元ys, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y6,The LDPC code is an LDPC 137720.doc -142· 200952349 code having a code length N of 16,200 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. In the case where the modulation mode is 16QAM and the multiple b is 2, the multiplexer 25 is disposed. The code bits written in the memory 31 of the (16200/(4χ2)) χ (4χ2) bit in the wale direction X direction are in the course direction, and are read in units of 4x2 (= mb) bits. And supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bits bG to b7 read from the 4x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 31 to the consecutive 2 (= b) symbols as shown in Fig. 140 >< 2 (= mb) The bitwise symbol y〇 to y7 of the bit, replacing the code bits b〇 to b7 of the 4x2 (= mb) bit. That is, according to Fig. 140, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit y7, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit y 1, and assigns the code bit to the symbol The meta-bit y4 assigns the code bit b3 to the symbol bit y2, the code bit b4 to the symbol bit ys, the code bit b5 to the symbol bit y3, and the code bit b6. Give the symbol y6,

Q 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖141係表示調變方式為64QAM,且LDPC碼是碼長N為 64800位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC碼,倍數b為2之情況下 可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC 碼,進一步調變方式為64QAM、倍數b為2之情況下,於解 多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(64800/(6χ2))χ(6χ2)位 137720.doc -143 - 200952349 向,以 6><2(==mb)位 元之δ己憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於橫列方 元單位讀出’並供給至替換部3 2。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3丄之6 x2(=mb)位元之碼位 元bo至bn,如圖141所示分配給連續之2㈣個符元之 6x2(=mb)位元之符元位元yjyn之方式,來替換㈣卜心) 位元之碼位元bG至bn。 亦即,若根據圖1 41,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y7, 0 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元]36分配給符元位元y t, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y 8, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y i,, 〇 將碼位元b1G分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元bn分配給符元位元710, 而進行替換。 圖142係表示調變方式為64QAM,且LDPC碼是碼長N為 16200位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC碼,倍數1)為2之情況下 可採用之位元分配模式之例。Q assigns the code bit b7 to the symbol bit y〇 and replaces it. Figure 141 shows an example in which the modulation mode is 64QAM, and the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and a multiple of the bit allocation mode. The LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. In the case where the modulation method is 64QAM and the multiple b is 2, the multiplexer 25 is arranged in the X direction of the traversing direction. The direction is (64800/(6χ2)) χ(6χ2) bits 137720.doc -143 - 200952349, the code bit system written by δ ** recall 3 1 of 6<2 (== mb) bits It is read out in the horizontal unit cell and supplied to the replacement unit 32. The replacing unit 32 is configured to allocate the code bits bo to bn of 6 x 2 (= mb) bits read from the memory 3, as shown in FIG. 141 to 6x2 (= mb) bits of two consecutive (four) symbols. The way of the symbol yjyn is to replace (4) the heart of the bit element bG to bn. That is, according to FIG. 41, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit b〇 to the symbol bit y2, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit y7, 0 assigns the code bit b2 For the symbol bit y6, the code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y9, the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y, and the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol y3, and the code bit is The element]36 is assigned to the symbol bit yt, the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y8, the code bit b8 is assigned to the symbol bit y4, and the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit yi The code bit b1G is assigned to the symbol bit y5, and the code bit bn is assigned to the symbol bit 710 for replacement. Figure 142 shows an example in which the modulation mode is 64QAM, and the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 16,200 bits and a coding rate of 3/5, and a multiple of 1) is used.

LDPC碼是碼長N為1 6200位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC 137720.doc -144- 200952349 碼’ ^―步調變方式為64QAM、倍數4 2之情況下,於解 多工器25 ’於縱行方向x橫列方向為(16肩(6χ2))χ㈣)位 元:記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以6><2(=mb)位 元單位讀出,並供給至替換部3 2。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3 i之6x2(=mb)位元之碼位 元b〇至bu ’如圖142所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 6x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y()至yn之方式,來替換6χ2卜爪… 位元之碼位元bG至bu。 亦即’若根據圖142,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元yu, 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元yi〇, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y J, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b] 〇分配給符元位元y4, 將瑪位元bt !分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 圖143係表示調變方式為256QAM,且LDPC碼是碼長^^ 為64800位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC碼,倍數b為2之情況 137720.doc -145- 200952349 下可採用之位元分配模式之例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為3/5之LDPC 碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數b為2之情況下,於 解多工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(64800/(8χ2))χ(8χ2) 位元之記憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以8 x2(=mb) 位元單位讀出,並供給至替換部32。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體3 1之8 X2(=mb)位元之碼位 元bG至b15,如圖143所示分配給連續之2(=b)個符元之 8x2(=mb)位元之符元位元y。至yi5之方式,來替換8><2(=mb) 位元之碼位元b〇至b〗5。 亦即,若根據圖143,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y2, 將瑪位元b!分配給符元位元y π, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y9, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y!, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y8, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y! 〇, 將碼位元b9分配給符元位元y! 3, 將碼位元b! 〇分配給符元位元y 7, 將碼位元b! i分配給符元位元y! 4, 將碼位元b ! 2分配給符元位元y 6, 137720.doc -146- 200952349 將碼位元b13分配給符元位元丫15, 將碼位元b14分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b15分配給符元位元丫12, 而進行替換。 圖144係表示調變方式為256qaM,且LDPC碼是碼長N 為16200位元、編碼率為3/52ldpC碼,倍數13為1之情況 下可採用之位元分配模式之例。The LDPC code is an LDPC with a code length N of 1,600 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. 137720.doc -144- 200952349 code '^-step modulation mode is 64QAM, multiple 4 2, in the case of the multiplexer 25 'In the wale direction x course direction is (16 shoulders (6χ2)) χ (4)) Bits: The code bits written by the memory 31 are in the horizontal direction, in units of 6><2(=mb) bits Read out and supply to the replacement unit 32. The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bits b to b' read from the 6x2 (= mb) bits of the memory 3 i to 6x2 of the consecutive 2 (= b) symbols as shown in FIG. Mb) The bitwise symbol y() to yn of the bit, replacing the 6χ2 claws... the bitwise bits bG to bu. That is, according to FIG. 142, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit b〇 to the symbol bit yu, assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit y7, and assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol. The bit y3, the code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol yi 〇, the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol y6, the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol y2, and the code bit b6 Assigned to the symbol bit y9, the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y 5 , the code bit b8 is assigned to the symbol bit y J , and the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit y8 , The code bit b] is assigned to the symbol y4, and the megabyte bt ! is assigned to the symbol y 〇 and replaced. Figure 143 shows that the modulation mode is 256QAM, and the LDPC code is an LDPC code with a code length of ^64 for 64800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. The case where the multiple b is 2 is 137720.doc -145-200952349 An example of a bit allocation pattern. The LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. In the case where the modulation method is 256QAM and the multiple b is 2, the multiplexer 25 is disposed in the X direction of the traversing direction. The memory bit in the direction of (64800/(8χ2)) χ(8χ2) bit 3 1 is written in the horizontal direction, read out in 8 x 2 (= mb) bit units, and supplied to the replacement unit. 32. The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bits bG to b15 read from the 8 X2 (= mb) bits of the memory 3 1 to 8x2 of the consecutive 2 (= b) symbols as shown in FIG. Mb) the bit y of the bit. To the yi5 mode, replace the code bits b〇 to b of the 8<2(=mb) bits. That is, according to FIG. 143, the replacing unit 32 respectively assigns the code bit bG to the symbol bit y2, assigns the m-bit b! to the symbol bit y π, and assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol. The bit position y3 assigns the code bit b3 to the symbol bit y4, the code bit b4 to the symbol bit y, and the code bit b5 to the symbol y9, and the code bit b6 Assigned to the symbol bit y!, the code bit b7 is assigned to the symbol bit y8, the code bit b8 is assigned to the symbol bit y! 〇, and the code bit b9 is assigned to the symbol bit y! 3. Assign the code bit b! 〇 to the symbol bit y 7, assign the code bit b! i to the symbol bit y! 4, and assign the code bit b ! 2 to the symbol bit y 6 , 137720.doc -146- 200952349 assigns the code bit b13 to the symbol bit 丫15, the code bit b14 to the symbol y5, and the code bit b15 to the symbol 丫12, and Replace it. Fig. 144 shows an example in which the modulation mode is 256 qaM, and the LDPC code is a bit allocation mode in the case where the code length N is 16,200 bits, the coding rate is 3/52 ldpC code, and the multiple 13 is 1.

LDPC碼是碼長N為162〇〇位元、編碼率為3/5之LDpc 碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數]3為1之情況下,於 解夕工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(ΐ62〇〇/(8χ1))χ(8χ1) 位元之記憶體31寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以8xl(=mb) 位元單位讀出’並供給至替換部3 2。 替換部32係以將讀出自記憶體31i8xl(=mb)位元之碼位 元bG至h,如圖144所示分配給1(=b)個符元之位 元之符元位元yG至h之方式,來替換8xl(=mb)位元之碼位 元b〇至b*7 ^ 亦即,若根據圖1 44,替換部32係分別: 將碼位元bG分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b〗分配給符元位元y3, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元yi, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y5, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y2, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y4, 137720.doc •147- 200952349 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元y〇, 而進行替換。 接著,說明關於構成接收裝置12之解交錯器53。 圖145係說明構成解交錯器53之多工器54之處理之圖。 亦即’圖145Α係表示多工器54之功能性結構例。 多工器54係由反替換部1〇〇1及記憶體1〇〇2所構成。 多工器54係將供給自前段之解映射部52之符元之符元位 元作為對象,進行對應於發送裝置11之解多工器25所進行 之替換處理之反替換處理(替換處理之逆向處理),亦即進 ® 行使藉由替換處理所替換之LDPC碼之碼位元(符元位元)之 位置回到原本位置之反替換處理,將其結果所獲得之 LDPC碼供給至後段之縱行扭轉解交錯器55 〇 亦即’於多工器54,對反替換部1001,以(連續)b個符 元之單位供給有該b個符元之mb位元之符元位元 y〇,y】,.“,ymb-i 〇 反替換部1 001係進行使mb位元之符元位元yQ至ymb_!回到 原本之mb位元之碼位元boAnbmw之排列(於構成發送裝® 置11側之解多工器25之替換部32之替換進行前之碼位元b〇 至bmb-〗之排列)之反替換,並輸出其結果所獲得之mb位元 之碼位元bG至bmw。 記憶體1002係與構成發送裝置11側之解多工器25之記憶 體3 1相同’含有於橫列(row)(橫)方向記憶mb位元,並且於 縱行(column)(縱)方向記憶N/(mb)位元之記憶容量。亦 即,δ己憶體1002係由記憶N/(mb)位元之mb個縱行所構成。 137720.doc •148· 200952349 其中,於記憶體1002,在從發 記憶體31進行碼位一:送裝置11之解多工器25之 70之讀出之方向,進行反替換部1001所 輸出之LDPC碼之猓办-々命 元 焉位70之寫入,在往記憶體3 1進行碼位 寫入之方向,進行寫入於記憶體1002之碼位元之讀 出0 亦即’於接收裝置12之多工器54,如圖145A所示,將反 ,換部则所輸出之LDPC碼之碼位元以灿位元單位於橫 〇列方向之寫人,係從記憶體之第i列往下列依次進 行。 然後,若1碼長份之碼位元之寫入終了,則於多工器 W ’從記憶體1002 ’將碼位元從縱行方向讀出,並供給至 後段之縱行扭轉解交錯器5 5。 於此,圖145B係表示從記憶體丨〇〇2之碼位元之讀出之 圖。 於夕工器54,LDPC碼之碼位元在構成記憶體1〇〇2之縱 Q 仃從上往下方向(縱行方向)之讀出係從左朝向右方向之縱 行進行。 接著’參考圖146來說明構成接收裝置12之解交錯器53 之縱行扭轉解交錯器55之處理。 圖係表示多工器54之記憶體1〇〇2之結構例。 記憶體1002具有於縱行(縱)方向記憶mb位元,並且於橫 列(橫)方向記憶N/(mb)位元之記憶容量,由mb個縱行所構 成。 縱行扭轉解交錯器55係對於記憶體1002,控制將LDpc 137720.doc •149· 200952349 碼之碼位元寫入於橫列方向、於縱行方向讀出時之開始讀 出位置,藉此進行縱行扭轉解交錯。 亦即,於縱行扭轉解交錯器55,針對複數縱行分別適宜 地變更開始碼位元之讀出之開始讀出位置,藉此進行使縱 行扭轉父錯所重排之碼位元之排列回到原本排列之反重排 處理。 於此,圖146係表示調變方式為16QAM,且倍數1?為丄之 情況下之s己憶體1002之結構例。因此,1符元之位元數瓜為 4位元,而且記憶體1 〇〇2係以4(=mb)個縱行所構成。 縱行扭轉解交錯器55係(取代多工器54)從記憶體1〇〇2之 第1列朝下之列,依次進行替換部1 〇〇 1所輸出之LDJ>C碼之 碼位元往横列方向之寫入。 然後,若1碼長份之碼位元之寫入終了,縱行扭轉解交 錯器55係從左朝向右方向之縱行,將碼位元從記憶體1〇〇2 之上往下方向(縱行方向)進行讀出。 其中’縱行扭轉解交錯器55係將發送裝置U側之縱行扭 轉交錯器24寫入碼位元之開始寫位置,作為碼位元之開始 讀出位置,從記憶體1〇〇2進行碼位元之讀出。 亦即,若將各縱行之開頭(最上面)之位置之位址設為 0 ’以升序之整數表示縱行方向之各位置之位址,則於調 變方式為16QAM且倍數b為1之情況下,於縱行扭轉解交錯 器55 ’關於最左縱行,將開始讀出位置設作位址為〇之位 置,關於(左起)第2縱行’將開始讀出位置設作位址為2之 位置’關於第3縱行’將開始讀出位置設作位址為4之位 137720.doc -150- 200952349 置’關於第4縱行’將開始讀出位置設作位址為7之位.置。 此外’關於開始讀出位置是位址為〇之位置以外之位置 之縱行,將碼位元之讀出進行至最下面之位置後,返回開 頭(位址為〇之位置),進行即將至開始讀出位置前之位置為 止之讀出。然後,其後進行從下一(右)縱行之讀出。 藉由進行如以上之縱行扭轉解交錯’縱行扭轉交錯所重 排之碼位元之排列會回到原本排列。 接著,® 147係表示接收裝置12之其他結構例之區塊 圖。 於圖147 ’接收裝置12係接收來自發送裝置”之調變信 號之資料處理裝置,由正交解調部51、解映射部52、解交 錯器53及LDPC解碼部1〇21所構成。 正交解調部51係接收來自發送裝置u之調變信號,進行 正交解調,將其結果所獲得之符元(1及卩轴方向&別之值) 供給至解映射部52。 解映射部52係進行使來自正交解調部51之符元成為 LDPC碼之碼位元之解映射,並供給至解交錯器53。 解交錯器53係由多工器(Μυχ)54、縱行扭轉解交錯器55 及同位解交錯器1011所構成,進行來自解映射部”之 LDPC碼之碼位元之解交錯。 亦即,多工器54係將來自解映射部522LDpc碼作為對 象,進行對應於發送裝置丨丨之解多工器25所進行之替換處 理之反替換處理(替換處理之逆向處理),亦即進行使藉由 替換處理所替換之碼位元之位置回到原本位置之反替換處 137720.doc -151 - 200952349 理,並將其結果所獲得之LDPC碼供給至縱行扭轉解交錯 器55。 縱行扭轉解交錯器55係將來自多工器54之LDPC碼作為 對象,進行對應於發送裝置11之縱行扭轉交錯器24所進行 之作為重排處理之縱行扭轉交錯之縱行扭轉解交錯。 縱行扭轉解交錯之結果所獲得之LDPC碼係從縱行扭轉 解交錯器5 5供給至同位解交錯器1011。 同位解交錯器1011係將縱行扭轉解交錯器55之縱行扭轉 解交錯後之碼位元作為對象,進行對應於發送裝置11之同 位交錯器23所進行之同位交錯之同位解交錯(同位交錯之 逆向處理),亦即進行使藉由同位交錯變更排列之LDPC碼 之碼位元回到原本排列之同位解交錯。 同位解交錯之結果所獲得之LDPC碼係從同位解交錯器 1011供給至LDPC解碼部1021。 因此,於圖147之接收裝置12,對LDPC解碼部1021供給 有已進行反替換處理、縱行扭轉解交錯及同位解交錯之 LDPC碼,亦即供給有藉由按照檢查矩陣Η之LDPC編碼所 獲得之LDPC碼。 LDPC解碼部1021係利用發送裝置11之LDPC編碼部21用 於LDPC編碼之檢查矩陣Η本身、或對於該檢查矩陣Η至少 進行相當於同位交錯之行置換所獲得之轉換檢查矩陣,來 進行來自解交錯器53之LDPC碼之LDPC解碼,並將其結果 所獲得之資料,作為對象資料之解碼結果輸出。 於此,於圖147之接收裝置12,由於從解交錯器53(之同 137720.doc -152- 200952349 位解交錯器1011)對於LDPC解碼部1021,供給藉由按照檢 查矩陣Η之LDPC編碼所獲得之LDPC碼,因此於發送裝置 11之LDPC編碼部21利用LDPC編碼所用之檢查矩陣Η本 身,來進行該LDPC碼之LDPC解碼之情況時,LDPC解碼 部1021可由例如藉由於每1個節點依次進行訊息(校驗節點 訊息、可變節點訊息)之運算之全串列譯碼(full serial decoding)方式進行LDPC解碼之解碼裝置,或藉由針對所 有節點同時(並列)進行訊息之運算之全並行譯碼(full ® parallel decoding)方式進行LDPC解碼之解碼裝置來構成。 而且,於LDPC解碼部1021,利用對於發送裝置11之 LDPC編碼部21用於LDPC編碼之檢查矩陣Η,至少進行相 當於同位交錯之行置換所獲得之轉換檢查矩陣,來進行 LDPC碼之LDPC解碼之情況時,可由同時進行Ρ(或Ρ之1以 外之約數)個校驗節點運算及可變節點運算之架構 (architecture)之解碼裝置,且含有藉由對LDPC碼施以與用 以獲得轉換檢查矩陣之行置換同樣之行置換,以重排該 LDPC碼之碼位元之接收資料重排部3 10之解碼裝置來構 成。 此外,於圖147,為了便於說明,分別個別地構成進行 反替換處理之多工器54、進行縱行扭轉解交錯之縱行扭轉 解交錯器55及進行同位解交錯之同位解交錯器1011,但多 工器54、縱行扭轉解交錯器55及同位解交錯器1011之2以 上可與發送裝置11之同位交錯器23、縱行扭轉交錯器24及 解多工器25同樣地一體地構成。 137720.doc -153- 200952349 接著,圖148係表示可適用於接收裝置12之接收系統之 第1結構例之區塊圖。 於圖148,接收系統係由取得部11〇1、傳送道解碼處理 部1102及資訊源解碼處理部11〇3所構成。 取得部1101係經由例如地面數位播放、衛星數位播放、 CATV網、網際網路和其他網路等未圖示之傳送道,取得 包含將節目之圖像資料或聲音資料等對象資料至少予以 LDPC編碼所獲得之LDPC碼之信號,並供給至傳送道解碼 處理部1102。 於此,於取得部11 〇 1所取得之信號例如從播放台經由地 波、衛星波、CATV(Cable Television :有線電視)網等播放 而來之情況下,取得部11〇1係以調階器或STB(Set τ〇ρThe LDPC code is an LDpc code with a code length N of 162 bits and a coding rate of 3/5. In the case where the modulation mode is 256QAM and the multiple is 3, the solution is in the vertical direction. The code bit written in the memory 31 in the X-direction of (ΐ62〇〇/(8χ1))χ(8χ1) bits is in the horizontal direction, and is read out in 8xl (=mb) bit units and supplied To the replacement part 3 2 . The replacing unit 32 is configured to assign the code bits bG to h read from the memory 31i8x1 (= mb) bits to the symbol bits yG of the bits of 1 (= b) symbols as shown in FIG. In the manner of h, the code bits b〇 to b*7^ of 8xl (= mb) bits are replaced. That is, if the replacement unit 32 is respectively according to FIG. 1 44, the code bit bG is assigned to the symbol bit. Y7, assigning the code bit b to the symbol bit y3, assigning the code bit b2 to the symbol bit yi, assigning the code bit b3 to the symbol bit y5, and assigning the code bit b4 to the symbol The bit y2 assigns the code bit b5 to the symbol y6, and the code bit b6 to the symbol y4, 137720.doc • 147- 200952349 assigns the code bit b7 to the symbol y Oh, and replace it. Next, the deinterleaver 53 constituting the receiving device 12 will be described. Figure 145 is a diagram for explaining the processing of the multiplexer 54 constituting the deinterleaver 53. That is, 'Fig. 145' shows a functional configuration example of the multiplexer 54. The multiplexer 54 is composed of a reverse replacement unit 1〇〇1 and a memory 1〇〇2. The multiplexer 54 performs the inverse replacement processing (replacement processing) of the replacement processing performed by the demultiplexer 25 of the transmitting apparatus 11 with the symbol bit supplied from the symbol of the demapping section 52 of the preceding stage as a target. Reverse processing), that is, the position of the code bit (symbol bit) of the LDPC code replaced by the replacement processing is returned to the original position, and the LDPC code obtained by the result is supplied to the latter stage. The vertical twist deinterleaver 55, that is, 'in the multiplexer 54, supplies the symbol bit of the mb bit of the b symbol to the unit of (continuous) b symbols for the inverse replacement unit 1001. Y〇, y],. ", ymb-i 〇 替换 替换 1 1 1 1 进行 001 mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb mb The replacement portion 32 of the demultiplexer 25 on the side of the transmitting device 11 is replaced by the reverse of the arrangement of the preceding code bits b〇 to bmb-, and the code position of the mb bit obtained by the result is output. The element b2 to bmw. The memory 1002 is the same as the memory 3 1 constituting the demultiplexer 25 on the side of the transmitting device 11 The row (horizontal) direction memorizes the mb bit, and memorizes the memory capacity of the N/(mb) bit in the column (longitudinal) direction. That is, the δ-recall cell 1002 is composed of memory N/( Mb) mb _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ In the direction of the output, the writing of the LDPC code outputted by the anti-replacement unit 1001 is performed, and writing to the memory 1002 is performed in the direction of writing the code to the memory 31. The reading of the code bit 0 is the 'multiplexer 54 of the receiving device 12, as shown in FIG. 145A, and the code bit of the LDPC code outputted by the reverse part is in the horizontal unit. The direction writer is sequentially performed from the i-th column of the memory to the following. Then, if the writing of the code bit of 1 yard long is finished, the code bit is transmitted from the memory 1002 in the multiplexer W' It is read from the wale direction and supplied to the whirling twist deinterleaver 5 of the rear stage. Here, Fig. 145B shows the reading from the code bit of the memory 丨〇〇2. In the circumscribing device 54, the reading position of the LDPC code in the vertical direction Q □ constituting the memory 1 〇〇 2 is performed from the top left direction to the right direction. Fig. 146 is a diagram showing the processing of the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 constituting the deinterleaver 53 of the receiving device 12. The drawing shows the configuration example of the memory 1 2 of the multiplexer 54. The memory 1002 has a wales ( The vertical direction memory mb bits, and the memory capacity of the N/(mb) bits is stored in the horizontal (horizontal) direction, and is composed of mb wales. The vertical twist deinterleaver 55 controls the memory 1002 to control the start of the reading position when the code bits of the LDpc 137720.doc • 149·200952349 code are written in the course direction and read in the wale direction. Perform longitudinal twist de-interlacing. In other words, the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 appropriately changes the start reading position of the start code bit for each of the plurality of wales, thereby performing the code bit rearranged by the vertical twist parent error. Arrange back to the original rearrangement processing. Here, Fig. 146 shows an example of the configuration of the suffix 1002 in the case where the modulation method is 16QAM and the multiple 1 is 丄. Therefore, the number of bits of a symbol is 4 bits, and the memory 1 〇〇 2 is composed of 4 (= mb) vertical lines. The vertical twist deinterleaver 55 (instead of the multiplexer 54) sequentially performs the code bits of the LDJ>C code output from the replacement unit 1 〇〇1 from the first column of the memory 1〇〇2. Write to the direction of the column. Then, if the writing of the code bit of 1 code long is finished, the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 is a vertical line from the left to the right direction, and the code bit is moved from above the memory 1〇〇2 ( Read in the wale direction). The 'longitudinal twist deinterleaver 55' writes the vertical twist interleaver 24 on the transmitting device U side to the start writing position of the code bit as the starting read position of the code bit, and proceeds from the memory 1〇〇2. The reading of the code bit. That is, if the address of the position of the beginning (topmost) of each wales is set to 0', the address of each position in the walody direction is represented by an integer in ascending order, then the modulation mode is 16QAM and the multiple b is 1. In the case of the vertical twist deinterleaver 55' with respect to the leftmost vertical line, the start reading position is set to the position where the address is 〇, and the (second from left) the start position is set as the read position. The location where the address is 2 'About the 3rd ordinate' will start the read position and set the address to 4. 137720.doc -150- 200952349 Set 'About the 4th Queue' to start the read position as the address For the 7th position. Set. In addition, the beginning of the reading position is the vertical position of the position other than the position of the address, and the reading of the code bit is performed to the lowermost position, and then the head is returned (the address is the position of the 〇), and the Readout before reading the position before the position is read. Then, the reading from the next (right) wales is performed thereafter. The arrangement of the code bits rearranged by the longitudinal twist de-interlacing 'longitudinal twist interleaving as described above will return to the original arrangement. Next, the ® 147 is a block diagram showing another configuration example of the receiving device 12. The data processing device of the modulation signal of the receiving device 12 receiving the transmission device from Fig. 147 is composed of a quadrature demodulating unit 51, a demapping unit 52, a deinterleaver 53 and an LDPC decoding unit 1〇21. The intermodulation unit 51 receives the modulated signal from the transmitting device u, performs quadrature demodulation, and supplies the obtained symbol (1 and the x-axis direction & other value) to the demapping unit 52. The mapping unit 52 performs demapping of the symbols from the orthogonal demodulation unit 51 into code bits of the LDPC code, and supplies them to the deinterleaver 53. The deinterleaver 53 is composed of a multiplexer 54 and a vertical The line twist deinterleaver 55 and the parity deinterleaver 1011 are configured to perform deinterleaving of the code bits of the LDPC code from the demapping unit. In other words, the multiplexer 54 performs the inverse replacement processing (reverse processing of the replacement processing) corresponding to the replacement processing performed by the demultiplexer 25 of the transmitting device 作为 as the target from the demapping unit 522LDpc code, that is, The reverse replacement 137720.doc - 151 - 200952349 is performed to return the position of the code bit replaced by the replacement processing to the original position, and the LDPC code obtained as a result is supplied to the walt deinterleaver 55. The vertical twist deinterleaver 55 takes the LDPC code from the multiplexer 54 as a target, and performs a longitudinal twisting solution of the longitudinal twist interleaving performed as the rearrangement processing by the vertical twist interleaver 24 of the transmitting device 11. staggered. The LDPC code obtained as a result of the whirling de-interlacing is supplied from the wale twist deinterleaver 55 to the par-interleaver 1011. The parity deinterleaver 1011 performs the co-located deinterleaving (co-location) of the co-interleaving performed by the co-interleaver 23 of the transmitting device 11 with the code bit elements deinterlaced by the wobble deinterlacing of the wander twist deinterleaver 55 as a target. The inverse processing of the interleaving), that is, the parity bit of the LDPC code arranged by the co-located interleaving change is returned to the co-located deinterlacing of the original arrangement. The LDPC code obtained as a result of the co-deinterlacing is supplied from the parity deinterleaver 1011 to the LDPC decoding unit 1021. Therefore, in the receiving apparatus 12 of FIG. 147, the LDPC decoding unit 1021 is supplied with the LDPC code which has undergone the inverse replacement processing, the vertical twist deinterleave, and the colocated deinterleaving, that is, the LDPC code which is supplied by the inspection matrix. Obtained LDPC code. The LDPC decoding unit 1021 uses the LDPC encoding unit 21 of the transmitting device 11 for the LDPC-encoded check matrix Η itself or the conversion check matrix obtained by performing at least the interleave-interlaced row replacement for the check matrix. The LDPC code of the LDPC code of the interleaver 53 is decoded, and the data obtained as a result is output as a decoding result of the object data. Here, in the receiving apparatus 12 of FIG. 147, since the deinterleaver 53 (the same as 137720.doc - 152 - 200952349 bit deinterleaver 1011) supplies the LDPC decoding unit 1021 by LDPC encoding according to the check matrix When the LDPC code obtained by the LDPC encoding unit 21 of the transmitting apparatus 11 performs the LDPC decoding of the LDPC code by using the check matrix Η itself used for the LDPC encoding, the LDPC decoding unit 1021 can be sequentially performed, for example, by one node. A decoding device that performs LDPC decoding by performing a full serial decoding method for performing a message (check node message, variable node message), or by performing simultaneous (parallel) information processing for all nodes A decoding device that performs LDPC decoding by a full ® parallel decoding method. Further, the LDPC decoding unit 1021 performs LDPC decoding of the LDPC code by performing at least the conversion check matrix obtained by the row replacement of the co-interleave by the LDPC encoding unit 21 for the LDPC encoding by the LDPC encoding unit 21 of the transmitting device 11. In the case of a decoding device capable of performing an architecture of a check node operation and a variable node operation at the same time, and including the conversion of the LDPC code to obtain a conversion The row of the check matrix is replaced by the same row permutation, and is configured by rearranging the decoding means of the received data rearrangement unit 3 10 of the code bit of the LDPC code. In addition, in FIG. 147, for convenience of explanation, the multiplexer 54 for performing the inverse replacement processing, the vertical twist deinterleaver 55 for performing the wandering deinterlacing, and the colocated deinterleaver 1011 for performing the co-located deinterleaving are separately configured. However, two or more of the multiplexer 54, the vertical twist deinterleaver 55, and the in-position deinterleaver 1011 can be integrally formed in the same manner as the parity interleaver 23, the vertical twist interleaver 24, and the demultiplexer 25 of the transmitting device 11. . 137720.doc - 153 - 200952349 Next, Fig. 148 is a block diagram showing a first configuration example of a receiving system applicable to the receiving device 12. In Fig. 148, the receiving system is composed of an obtaining unit 11〇1, a channel decoding processing unit 1102, and an information source decoding processing unit 11〇3. The acquisition unit 1101 obtains, by means of, for example, terrestrial digital broadcasting, satellite digital broadcasting, CATV network, Internet, and other networks, a transmission channel including at least LDPC encoding of image data such as image data or audio data of the program. The signal of the obtained LDPC code is supplied to the transmission channel decoding processing unit 1102. Here, when the signal acquired by the acquisition unit 11 〇1 is played back from the broadcast station via a ground wave, a satellite wave, a CATV (Cable Television) network, or the like, the acquisition unit 11 〇 1 is adjusted. Or STB (Set τ〇ρ

Box·機上盒)等所構成。而且,取得部11〇1所取得之信號 例如從網頁伺服器,如 IPTV(Internet Pr〇t〇C()1 Televisi()n : 網路協疋電視)以多點播送發送而來之情況下取得部 1101係以例如NIC(Network Interface Card :網路介面卡)等 網路I/F(Inter face :介面)所構成。 傳送道解碼處理部1102係對於取得部丨101經由傳送道所 取得之信號,施以至少包含訂正在傳送道所產生之失誤之 處理之傳送道解瑪處理,將其結果所獲得之信號供給至資 訊源解碼處理部11 〇3。 亦即,取得部11 〇 1經由傳送道所取得之信號係藉由至少 進行用以訂正在傳送道所產生之失誤之失誤訂正編碼所獲 得之信號,傳送道解碼處理部1102係對於該類信號,施以 137720.doc •154- 200952349 例如失誤訂正處理等傳送道解碼處理。 j作為失誤5丁正編碼有例如LDpc編碼或李德所羅 門編碼等。於此,作為失誤訂正編碼至少進行LDPC編 碼。 而且,傳送道料處理可能包含調變信號之解調等。 資訊源解碼處係對讀施㈣送道解碼處理之 信號’施以至少包含將麼縮之資訊伸張為原本資訊之處理 之資訊源解碼處理。 亦即,於取得部1101經由傳送道所取得之信號,為了減 少作為資訊之圖像或聲音等之資料量,可能施以壓縮資訊 之壓縮編碼,該情況下,資訊源解媽處理部11G3係對於經 施讀送道解碼處理之信號,施以將壓縮之資訊伸張為原 本資訊之處理(伸張處理)等資訊源解碼處理。 此外,於取得部1101經由傳送道所取得之信號未施以壓 縮編碼之情況下,於資訊源解碼處理部11〇3,不進行將壓 Ifg之資訊伸張為原本資訊之處理。 於此’作為伸張處理有例如mpeg譯碼等。而且,傳送 道解碼處理除了伸張處理以外,可能包含解拌碼等。 如以上所構成之接收系統’於取得部1101,例如對於圖 像或聲音等資料,施以MPEG編碼等壓縮編碼,並進—步 經由傳送道取得經施以LDPC編碼等失誤訂正編碼之作 號’並供給至傳送道解碼處理部1102。 於傳送道解碼處理部1102,對於來自取得部11〇1 Ί〇 號,作為傳送道解碼處理而施以例如與正交解調部51咬解 137720.doc -155- 200952349 映射部52、解交錯器53、LDPC解碼部56(或LDPC解碼部 1021)同樣之處理’其結果所獲得之信號供給至資訊源解 碼處理部1103。 於資訊源解碼處理部1103,對於來自傳送道解碼處理部 1102之k號,施以MPEG譯碼等資訊源解碼處理,輸出其 結果所獲传之圖像或聲音。 如以上之圖148之接收系統可適用於例如接收作為數位 播放之電視播放之電視調階器等。 此外,取得部11 〇 1、傳送道解碼處理部i i 02及資訊源解 碼處理部1103分別可作為1個獨立之裝置(硬體 (iqintegmed Circuit :積體電路)等))或軟體模組而構 成。 而且,關於取得部1101、傳送道解碼處理部11〇2及資訊 源解碼處理部1103,可將取得部1101與傳送道解碼處理部 11〇2之集合、或傳送道解碼處理部11〇2與資訊源解碼處理 部1103之集合、取得部11〇1、傳送道解碼處理部ιι〇2及資 訊源解碼處理部1103之集合作為丨個獨立之裝置而構成。 圖149係表示可適用於接收裝置12之接收系統之第2結構 例之區塊圖。 此外,圖中,關於與圖148之情況相對應之部分係附上 同一符號,於以下適宜地省略其說明。 圖149之接收系統係於含有取得部丨丨〇丨、傳送道解碼處 理部11〇2及資訊源解碼處理部1103之點,與圖148之情況 共通,於新設有輸出部““之點,與圖148之情況相異。 137720.doc •156- 200952349 輸出部1111係例如顯示圖像之顯示裝置或輪出聲音之揚 聲器’其輸出從資訊源解碼處理部11G3所輸出 之圖像或聲音等。亦即,輸出部刪顯示圖像= 音。 如以上之圖149之接收系統可適用於例如接收作為數位 播放之電視播放之TV(電視受像機)、錢收廣播播 播接收機等。 療 〇Box, set-top box, etc. Further, the signal acquired by the acquisition unit 11〇1 is transmitted from a web server such as IPTV (Internet Pr〇t〇C()1 Televisi()n: Internet Protocol TV) by multicast. The acquisition unit 1101 is configured by, for example, a network I/F (Interface: Interface) such as an NIC (Network Interface Card). The channel decoding processing unit 1102 applies a channel gamma process to the signal acquired by the acquisition unit 101 via the transmission channel, and at least includes a process of processing the error generated by the channel, and supplies the signal obtained as a result. The information source decoding processing unit 11 〇3. That is, the signal obtained by the acquisition unit 11 〇1 via the transmission path is a signal obtained by at least performing error correction coding for correcting the error generated by the transmission path, and the transmission channel decoding processing unit 1102 is for such a signal. , 137720.doc • 154- 200952349 For example, the error correction processing such as the error correction processing. j is a code for error 5, such as LDpc code or Lie Solomon code. Here, at least LDPC encoding is performed as the error correction code. Moreover, the transport material processing may include demodulation of the modulated signal, and the like. The information source decoding unit applies the information source decoding process to the process of reading (4) the channel decoding processing by applying at least the information to be stretched into the original information. In other words, the signal acquired by the acquisition unit 1101 via the transmission path may be subjected to compression coding of compressed information in order to reduce the amount of data such as images or sounds of information. In this case, the information source solution processing unit 11G3 is used. For the signal subjected to the read channel decoding processing, information source decoding processing such as processing (stretching processing) of compressing the information into the original information is applied. Further, when the signal acquired by the acquisition unit 1101 via the transmission path is not subjected to compression coding, the information source decoding processing unit 11〇3 does not perform the process of expanding the information of the pressure Ifg into the original information. Here, as the stretching processing, for example, mpeg decoding or the like is used. Moreover, the channel decoding processing may include a descrambling code or the like in addition to the stretching processing. In the acquisition unit 1101 configured as described above, for example, for data such as images or sounds, compression coding such as MPEG encoding is applied, and the error correction correction code such as LDPC coding is acquired via the transmission path. It is supplied to the transmission channel decoding processing unit 1102. In the transmission channel decoding processing unit 1102, for example, the orthogonal demodulation unit 51 bites the 137720.doc-155-200952349 mapping unit 52 and deinterleaves the transmission channel decoding processing for the transmission channel decoding processing. In the same manner, the LDPC decoding unit 56 (or the LDPC decoding unit 1021) supplies the signal obtained as a result to the information source decoding processing unit 1103. The information source decoding processing unit 1103 performs information source decoding processing such as MPEG decoding on the k number from the channel decoding processing unit 1102, and outputs the image or sound obtained as a result. The receiving system as shown in Fig. 148 above can be applied to, for example, a television level adjuster that receives television broadcast as digital broadcasting. Further, the acquisition unit 11 〇1, the transmission channel decoding processing unit ii02, and the information source decoding processing unit 1103 can be configured as one independent device (hardware (integrated circuit) or the like) or a software module. . Further, the acquisition unit 1101, the channel decoding processing unit 11〇2, and the information source decoding processing unit 1103 can set the acquisition unit 1101 and the channel decoding processing unit 11〇2 or the channel decoding processing unit 11〇2 and The collection of the information source decoding processing unit 1103, the acquisition unit 11〇1, the transmission channel decoding processing unit ιι〇2, and the information source decoding processing unit 1103 are configured as separate devices. Figure 149 is a block diagram showing a second configuration example of a receiving system applicable to the receiving device 12. In the drawings, the same reference numerals are attached to the portions corresponding to those in the case of Fig. 148, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate. The receiving system of FIG. 149 is the same as the case of FIG. 148 except that the acquisition unit 丨丨〇丨, the channel decoding processing unit 11〇2, and the information source decoding processing unit 1103 are included, and the output unit “" is newly provided. This is different from the case of Figure 148. 137720.doc • 156 - 200952349 The output unit 1111 is, for example, a display device that displays an image or a speaker that emits sound, and outputs an image or sound output from the information source decoding processing unit 11G3. That is, the output section deletes the display image = sound. The receiving system as shown in Fig. 149 above can be applied to, for example, a TV (television receiver) that receives television broadcast as digital broadcasting, a money receiving broadcast broadcast receiver, and the like. Treatment

此外,於取得部11G1所取得之信號未施以壓縮編瑪之情 況下,傳送道解碼處理部1102所輸出之信號係供給 : 部1111。 出 圖150係表示可適用於接收裝置12之接收系統之第3姓 例之區塊圖。 …攝 此外,圖中,關於與圖148之情況相對應之部分係附上 同一符號,於以下適宜地省略其說明。 圖150之接收系統係於含有取得部11〇1及傳送道解碼声 理部1102之點,與圖148之情況共通。 处 其中,圖150之接收系統係於未設有資訊源解碼處理部 11〇3而新設有記錄部1121之點,與圖148之情況相異。° 圮錄部1121係將傳送道解碼處理部丨丨〇2所輸出之俾。 (例如MPEG之TS之TS封包),記錄於(使其記憶於)光^7 或硬碟(磁性碟片)、快閃記憶體等記錄(記憶)媒體。 如以上之圖150之接收系統可適用於將電視播放予以 像之錄影機等。 ^ 此外,於圖150,接收系統係設置資訊源解碼處理部 I37720.doc •157- 200952349 1103而構成’於資訊源解碼處理部11〇3,能以記錄部ιΐ2ι 吕己錄經施以資訊源解碼處理後之信號,亦即藉由譯竭所獲 得之圖像或聲音。 然而,若根據按照圖63之分配規則,如圖64所示替換碼 位元之新替換方式之替換處理,可較如圖6〇c所示替換碼 位元之現行方式之替換處理,使對於錯誤之耐受性提升 (圖 65)。 而且,若根據從圖66至圖68之檢查矩陣初始值表所求出 之檢查矩陣Η之LDPC碼(提案碼),如圖69所示,可較規格@ 碼使對於錯誤之耐受性提升。 如以上’僅採用新替換方式或提案碼,亦可使對於錯誤 之耐受性提升’但藉由採用提案碼’且採用進行按照對該 提案碼適切之分配規則之碼位元之替換之方式(以下亦;: 為適切方式)之替換處理,可使對於錯誤之耐受性進一 提升。 / 園151至圖155係說明適切方式之圖。Further, when the signal acquired by the acquisition unit 11G1 is not subjected to compression coding, the signal output from the transmission channel decoding processing unit 1102 is supplied to the portion 1111. Figure 150 is a block diagram showing a third example of a receiving system applicable to the receiving device 12. In the drawings, the same reference numerals are attached to the portions corresponding to those in the case of Fig. 148, and the description thereof will be omitted as appropriate. The receiving system of Fig. 150 is common to the case of the acquisition unit 11〇1 and the transmission channel decoding unit 1102, as shown in Fig. 148. Here, the receiving system of Fig. 150 is different from the case of Fig. 148 in that the recording unit 1121 is newly provided without the information source decoding processing unit 11〇3. The recording unit 1121 is a unit that outputs the channel decoding processing unit 丨丨〇2. (For example, TS packet of TS of MPEG), recorded (memorized) in recording (memory) media such as optical film 7 or hard disk (magnetic disk), flash memory. The receiving system as shown in Fig. 150 above can be applied to a video recorder or the like that plays television. In addition, in FIG. 150, the receiving system sets the information source decoding processing unit I37720.doc • 157-200952349 1103 to constitute the information source decoding processing unit 11〇3, and can apply the information source by the recording unit ιΐ2ι Decoding the processed signal, that is, the image or sound obtained by the translation. However, if the replacement processing of the new replacement method of replacing the code bit as shown in FIG. 64 is performed according to the allocation rule according to FIG. 63, the replacement processing of the current mode of replacing the code bit as shown in FIG. Increased tolerance to errors (Figure 65). Further, according to the LDPC code (proposal code) of the inspection matrix 求出 obtained from the check matrix initial value table of Figs. 66 to 68, as shown in Fig. 69, the tolerance to errors can be improved compared with the specification @ code. . If the above is just a new replacement method or proposal code, it can also improve the tolerance for errors 'but by using the proposal code' and adopt the method of replacing the code bits according to the allocation rule that is appropriate for the proposal code. The replacement treatment (hereinafter also: the appropriate method) can improve the tolerance to errors. / Park 151 to Figure 155 are diagrams showing the appropriate mode.

亦即,圖係表示LDPC碼是碼長料⑷⑼位元、 率為2/3之從圖66至圖68之檢查矩陣初始值表所求出. 查矩陣Η之LDPC碼(提案碼),進一步調變方3 :且叫趙、倍數…之情況下之碼位元群組及符元位。 _兄下,從記憶體31係以8斧叫位元之碼位元^至 15之單位進行讀出,該8χ 因應錯誤確率之差別,如) 70之碼位^。至h係 圖151A所不可群組區分為5個碼 137720.doc •158- 200952349 位元群組 GbbGbafbhGbhGbs。 於圖151A,分別而言,碼位元群組Gb〗係碼位元b〇所 屬,碼位元群組Gb>2係碼位元bi所屬,媽位元群組Gb3係碼 位元h>2至b9所屬’碼位元群組Gb4係碼位Xb1G所屬,碼位 元群組Gb5係碼位元bu至b15所屬。 調變方式為256QAM,倍數b為2之情況下,8x2(=mb)位 元之符元位元y〇至yis係因應錯誤確率之差別,如圖151B所 示可群組區分為4個符元位元群組〇71,〇72,0丫3,0丫4。 於圖15 1B ’分別而言,符元位元群組Gy!係符元位元 丫〇,丫1,78,丫9所屬’符元位元群組〇丫2係符元位元72,73,71(),711 所屬,符元位元群組Gy3係符元位元74,丫5,乂12,713所屬,符 元位元群組Gy4係符元位元丫6,77,)^14,715所屬。 圖152係表示LDPC碼為提案碼,調變方式為256QAM、 倍數b為2之情況下之適切方式之分配規則。 於圖152之分配規則,規定有群組集合資訊(Gbi,Gy4 l), (Gb2,Gy2,l), (Gb3,Gy,,2), (Gb3,Gy2,2), (Gb3,Gy3,2), (Gb3,Gy4,2), (Gb4,Gy4,l),(Gb^Gy!,〗),(Gb5,Gy2,l),(Gb5,Gy3,2)。 因此,於圖1 52之分配規則,規定如下: 根據群組集合資訊(Gb^Gy^l),將錯誤確率第1良好之 碼位元群組Gb 1之碼位元之1位元’分配給錯誤確率第4良 好之符元位元群組Gy4之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合 > 訊(Gb2,Gy2,1)’將錯誤確率第2良好之 碼位元群組Gb>2之碼位元之1位元,分配給錯誤確率第2良 好之符元位元群組Gy2之符元位元之1位元; 137720.doc -159- 200952349 根據群組集合資訊(Gb3,G^,2),將錯誤確率第3 p好之 碼位元群組Gh之碼位元之2位元,分配给-μ 士 + σ錯块確率第1良 好之符元位元群組Gy丨之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb3,Gy2,2),將錯誤確垄 ^ %牛弟3良好之 碼位兀群組Gh之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯誤確率第2良 好之符元位元群組Gy2之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(GbhGyy),將錯誤確康 _ 第3良好之 碼位70群組Gb3之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯誤確率第3良 好之符元位元群組Gy;之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb3,Gy4,2),將錯誤確率第3良好之 碼位元群組Gbs之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯誤確率' 好之符元位元群組Gy#之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb4,Gy4,l),將錯誤確率笛 __ 卞昂4良好之 碼位兀群組GW之碼位元之丨位元,分配給錯誤確率第*良 好之符元位元群組Gy*之符元位元之1位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gb5,Gyi,2),將錯誤確率第$产好之 碼位兀群組Gbs之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯 — 蹄為確率第1良 好之符元位元群組Gy!之符元位元之2位元; 根據群組集合資訊(Gbs,Gy2,l),將錯誤確率第5户士 碼位元群組Gb5之碼位元之i位元,分配給錯誤確率、第好二 好之符元位元群組Gys之符元位元之1位元; 及根據群組集合資訊(Gb5,Gy3,2),將錯誤確率第好 之碼位元群組Gb5之碼位元之2位元,分配給錯誤確率P 良好之符元位元群組Gy3之符元位元之2位元。 137720.doc 200952349 圖153係表示按照圖152之分配規則之碼位元之替換例。 亦即,圖153A係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編 碼率為2/3之提案碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數b 為2之情況下之按照圖1 52之分配規則之碼位元之替換之第 1例。 LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之提案碼, 進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數b為2之情況下,於解多 工器25,於縱行方向X橫列方向為(64800/(8χ2))χ(8x2)位元 ® 之記憶體3 1寫入之碼位元係於橫列方向,以8x2(=mb)位元 單位讀出,並供給至替換部32(圖16、圖17)。 替換部32係按照圖152之分配規則,將讀出自記憶體31 之8><2(=1111))位元之碼位元15()至1315,例如圖153八所示分配 給連續2(=b)個符元之8x2(=mb)位元之符元位元>^至y15, 以替換8><2(=mb)位元之碼位元5〇至b15。 亦即,替換部32係分別 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y7, ❹ 將碼位元b!分配給符元位元y 2, 將碼位元b2分配給符元位元ys>, 將碼位元b3分配給符元位元y〇, 將碼位元b4分配給符元位元y4, 將碼位元b5分配給符元位元y6, 將碼位元b6分配給符元位元y! 3, 將碼位元b7分配給符元位元, 將碼位元b8分配給符元位元y!4, 137720.doc -161 - 200952349 將碼位7〇 b 9分配給符元位元y 1 〇 , 將碼位7〇 b 1 ο分配給符元位元y 15 ’ 將碼位元b i!分配給符元位元y 5, 將碼位元b 1 2分配給符元位元y 8 ’ 將碼位元b 13分配給符元位元y 12 ’ 將碼位兀b 1 4分配給符元位兀y 1 1, 將碼位元b 15分配給符兀位几y 1 ’ 而進行替換。 圖153B係表示LDPC碼是碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為 2/3之提案碼,進一步調變方式為256QAM、倍數b為2之情 況下之按照圖152之分配規則之碼位元之替換之第2例。 若根據圖153B,替換部32係按照圖152之分配規則,針 對從記憶體3 1所讀出之8 x2(=mb)位元之碼位元b〇至b15,分 別進行下述替換: 將碼位元b〇分配給符元位元y7, 將碼位元b丨分配給符元位元y 2, 將碼位元b 2分配給符元位元y 1 ’ 將碼位元b 3分配給符元位元y 〇 ’ 將碼位元b 4分配給符元位元y 13 ’ 將碼位元b 5分配給符元位元y 12, 將碼位元b 6分配給符元位元y 6 ’ 將碼位元b 7分配給符元位元y 3 ’ 將碼位元b 8分配給符元位元y 15 ’ 將碼位元b 9分配給符兀位兀y 11 ’ 137720.doc -162- 200952349 將瑪位元b 1 q分配給符元位元y 14 ’ 將碼位元b η分配給符元位元y 5 ’ 將碼位元b 12分配給符元位元y 8, 將碼位元b 13分配給符元位元y 4, 將碼位元b14分配給符元位元丫10, 將碼位元b 15分配給符元位元y 9。 於此,圖153八及圖1536所示之瑪位元1^對符元位元)^之 分配方式均按照圖152之分配規則(遵守分配規則)。 圖154及圖155係表示已進行圖151至圖153所說明之適切 方式之替換處理之情況下之BER之模擬結果。 此外,於圖154及圖155,橫轴表示Es/N〇,縱軸表示 BER。而且,於圖154及圖155,調變方式為25 6QAM,倍 數b為2。 圖154係表示針對提案碼進行圖ι51至圖ι53所說明之適 切方式中之圖153A之替換處理之情況下之BER(圖中以圓 圈標記表示)’及針對碼長N為64800、編碼率為2/3之DVB- S.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼(規格碼)進行圖60C所說明之替 換處理(現行方式之替換處理)之情況下之BER(圖中以星標 表示)。 從圖154可知,藉由針對提案碼進行適切方式之替換處 理’可較針對規格碼進行現行方式之替換處理之情況使 錯誤地板飛躍性地降低,對於錯誤之耐受性提升。 圖155係表示針對提案碼進行適切方式之替換處理之情 況下之BER(圖中以圓圈標記表示),及針對提案碼進行圖 137720.doc -163- 200952349 60C所說明之替換處理(現行方式之替換處理)之情況下之 BER(圖中以星標表示)。 從圖1 55可知,藉由針對提案碼採用適切方式之替換處 理,可較採用現行方式之替換處理之情況,使BER降低, 對於錯誤之耐受性提升。 此外,本發明之實施型態不限定於上述實施型態,於不 脫離本發明之要旨之範圍内可予以各種變更。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1係說明LDPC碼之檢查矩陣Η之圖。 圖2係說明LDPC碼之解碼程序之流程圖。 圖3係表示LDPC碼之檢查矩陣之例之圖。 圖4係表示檢查矩陣之Tanner圖之圖。 圖5係表示可變節點之圖。 圖6係表示校驗節點之圖。 圖7係表示適用本發明之傳送系統之一實施型態之結構 例之圖。 圖8係表示發送裝置11之結構例之區塊圖。 圖9係表示檢查矩陣之圖。 圖10係表示同位矩陣之圖。 圖11係表示DVB-S.2之規格所規定之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣 及行權重之圖。 圖12A、12B係表示16QAM之信號點配置之圖。 圖13係表示64QAM之信號點配置之圖。 圖14係表示64QAM之信號點配置之圖。 137720.doc -164- 200952349 圖1 5係表示64QAM之信號點配置之圖。 圖16A〜D係說明解多工器25之處理之圖。 圖17A、17B係說明解多工器25之處理之圖。 圖1 8係表示關於LDPC碼之解碼之Tanner圖之圖。 圖19A、19B係表示成為階梯構造之同位矩陣Ητ及對應 於該同位矩陣Ητ之Tanner圖之圖。 圖20係表示對應於同位交錯後之LDPC碼之檢查矩陣Η之 同位矩陣Ητ之圖。 圖21A、21Β係表示轉換檢查矩陣之圖。 圖22係說明縱行扭轉交錯器24之處理之圖。 圖23係表示縱行扭轉交錯所必要之記憶體3 1之縱行數及 開始寫位置之位址之圖。 圖24係表示縱行扭轉交錯所必要之記憶體3 1之縱行數及 開始寫位置之位址之圖。 圖25係說明發送處理之流程圖。 圖26A、26B係表示在模擬所採用之通訊道之模型之 ❹ 圖。 圖27係表示在模擬所獲得之錯誤率與顫振之都卜勒頻率 fd之關係之圖。 圖28係表示在模擬所獲得之錯誤率與顫振之都卜勒頻率 fd之關係之圖。 圖29係表示LDPC編碼部21之結構例之區塊圖。 圖30係說明LDPC編碼部21之處理之流程圖。 圖31係表示編碼率2/3、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 137720.doc -165- 200952349 之圖。 圖32係表示編碼率2/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖33係表示編碼率2/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖34係表示編碼率2/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖35係表示編碼率3/4、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖36係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖37係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖38係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖39係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖40係表示編碼率4/5、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖41係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖42係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖43係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 137720.doc • 166 - 200952349 之圖。 圖44係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖45係表示編碼率5/6、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖46係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。That is, the graph indicates that the LDPC code is a code length material (4) (9) bit, and the rate is 2/3, which is obtained from the initial value table of the check matrix of FIG. 66 to FIG. 68. Check the matrix LDPC code (proposal code), further Modulation 3: And the number of symbol groups and symbols in the case of Zhao, multiples... _Brother, read from the memory 31 series with 8 axe bit position code ^ to 15 units, the 8 χ in response to the difference in error rate, such as 70 code position ^. To h system Figure 151A can not be grouped into 5 codes 137720.doc •158- 200952349 bit group GbbGbafbhGbhGbs. In FIG. 151A, respectively, the code bit group Gb is associated with the code bit b〇, the code bit group Gb>2 is the code bit bi, and the mom bit group Gb3 is the code bit h> 2 to b9 belong to the 'code bit group Gb4 code bit Xb1G, and the code bit group Gb5 is the code bit bu to b15. When the modulation mode is 256QAM and the multiple b is 2, the symbol bits y〇 to yis of the 8x2 (= mb) bits are different according to the error rate. As shown in FIG. 151B, the group can be divided into 4 characters. The meta-bit group 〇71, 〇72,0丫3, 0丫4. In FIG. 15 1B ' respectively, the symbol element group Gy! is a symbol element 丫〇, 丫 1, 78, 丫 9 belongs to the 'character bit group 〇丫 2 line symbol bit 72, 73, 71 (), 711 belongs to, the symbol element group Gy3 is a symbol element 74, 丫 5, 乂 12, 713 belongs to, the symbol element group Gy4 is a symbol element 丫 6, 77,) ^ 14, 715 Own. Figure 152 is a diagram showing an allocation rule of a suitable mode in the case where the LDPC code is a proposal code, the modulation method is 256QAM, and the multiple b is 2. In the distribution rule of Figure 152, group group information (Gbi, Gy4 l), (Gb2, Gy2, l), (Gb3, Gy, 2), (Gb3, Gy2, 2), (Gb3, Gy3, 2), (Gb3, Gy4, 2), (Gb4, Gy4, l), (Gb^Gy!, 〗), (Gb5, Gy2, l), (Gb5, Gy3, 2). Therefore, the allocation rule in FIG. 1 52 is defined as follows: According to the group set information (Gb^Gy^l), the 1-bit '1' of the code bit of the first good code bit group Gb 1 of the error rate is assigned. Give the 1st bit of the symbol bit of the 4th good symbol group Gy4 of the error rate; according to the group set > (Gb2, Gy2, 1)', the error rate is the 2nd good code bit group One bit of the code bit of the group Gb>2 is allocated to the one bit of the symbol bit of the second good symbol bit group Gy2 of the error correction rate; 137720.doc -159- 200952349 According to the group collection information (Gb3, G^, 2), assigning the 2 bits of the code bit of the error bit rate 3b to the code bit group Gh to the -μ 士 + σ block error rate 1st good symbol bit Group Gy丨 is a 2-bit symbol; according to the group collection information (Gb3, Gy2, 2), the error is tang ^ ^ Niu Di 3 good code position 兀 group Gh code bit 2 The bit is allocated to the 2-bit of the symbol bit of the second good symbol group Gy2 of the error rate; according to the group set information (GbhGyy), the error is confirmed _ the third good code group 70 group Group 2 of Gb3 code bits Yuan, assigned to the 3rd good symbol group Gy of the error rate; 2 bits of the symbol bit; according to the group set information (Gb3, Gy4, 2), the error rate is the 3rd good code point The 2 bits of the code bit of the meta-group Gbs are assigned to the 2-bit element of the error bit rate of the good symbol bit group Gy#; according to the group set information (Gb4, Gy4, l) , the error rate __ 卞 ang 4 good code position 兀 group GW code bit 丨 bit, assigned to the error rate of the * good symbol group Gy * symbol bit 1 Bits; according to the group set information (Gb5, Gyi, 2), assign the wrong error rate to the wrong bit of the coded bit of the group Gbs to the wrong bit - the hoof is the first good 2 bits of the symbol bit group Gy!; according to the group set information (Gbs, Gy2, l), the error rate is the 5th bar code bit group Gb5 of the code bit i Bit, assigned to the error rate, the 1st bit of the symbol of the second best symbol group Gys; and according to the group collection information (Gb5, Gy3, 2), the error rate is the best Code bit group Gb5 Bit 2 of the code bits allocated to the P well of the error rate determined symbol bits of the symbol bit group Gy3 2 of bits. 137720.doc 200952349 Figure 153 is an alternative representation of the code bits in accordance with the allocation rules of Figure 152. That is, FIG. 153A shows that the LDPC code is a proposal code having a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and further modulation mode is 256QAM, and the multiple b is 2, according to the allocation rule of FIG. The first example of the replacement of the code bits. The LDPC code is a proposed code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3. In the case where the modulation method is 256QAM and the multiple b is 2, the multiplexer 25 is disposed in the X direction of the traverse direction. The memory bit in the direction of (64800/(8χ2))χ(8x2) bit® is written in the horizontal direction, read in 8x2 (=mb) bits, and supplied to the replacement unit. 32 (Fig. 16, Fig. 17). The replacing unit 32 assigns the code bits 15() to 1315 read from the 8><2 (=1111) bits of the memory 31 in accordance with the allocation rule of FIG. 152, for example, as shown in FIG. (=b) 8x2 (= mb) bit symbol bits >^ to y15 of the symbol to replace the code bits 5〇 to b15 of 8<2(=mb) bits. That is, the replacing unit 32 assigns the code bit b〇 to the symbol bit y7, 分配 assigns the code bit b! to the symbol bit y 2, and assigns the code bit b2 to the symbol bit ys> The code bit b3 is assigned to the symbol bit y〇, the code bit b4 is assigned to the symbol bit y4, the code bit b5 is assigned to the symbol bit y6, and the code bit b6 is assigned to the symbol Meta-bit y! 3, assign code bit b7 to symbol bit, assign code bit b8 to symbol y!4, 137720.doc -161 - 200952349 assign code bit 7〇b 9 to The symbol bit y 1 〇, assigning the code bit 7〇b 1 ο to the symbol bit y 15 ' assigns the code bit bi! to the symbol bit y 5 , and assigns the code bit b 1 2 to the symbol The meta-bit y 8 ' assigns the code bit b 13 to the symbol bit y 12 '. The code bit 兀b 1 4 is assigned to the symbol bit 兀 y 1 1, and the code bit b 15 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 ' and replace it. 153B shows that the LDPC code is a coded code having a code length N of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3. Further modulation is 256QAM, and the multiple b is 2, and the code bit according to the allocation rule of FIG. The second example of replacement. According to FIG. 153B, the replacing unit 32 performs the following replacement for the code bits b〇 to b15 of the 8 x2 (= mb) bits read from the memory 31 in accordance with the allocation rule of FIG. 152: The code bit b〇 is assigned to the symbol bit y7, the code bit b丨 is assigned to the symbol bit y 2 , and the code bit b 2 is assigned to the symbol bit y 1 '. The code bit b 3 is allocated Assigning the symbol bit y 〇 ' to the symbol bit y 13 ' assigns the code bit b 5 to the symbol bit y 12 and assigns the code bit b 6 to the symbol bit y 6 'Assign code bit b 7 to symbol bit y 3 ' Assign code bit b 8 to symbol bit y 15 ' Assign code bit b 9 to symbol 兀 y 11 ' 137720. Doc -162- 200952349 Assigning the tilde b 1 q to the symbol y 14 ' assigning the code bit b η to the symbol y 5 ' assigning the code bit b 12 to the symbol y 8 The code bit b 13 is assigned to the symbol bit y 4 , the code bit b 14 is assigned to the symbol bit 丫 10 , and the code bit b 15 is assigned to the symbol bit y 9 . Here, the allocation of the megabytes 1^ to the symbol bits φ shown in Fig. 153 and Fig. 1536 is in accordance with the distribution rule of Fig. 152 (according to the allocation rule). Fig. 154 and Fig. 155 show the simulation results of the BER in the case where the replacement processing of the appropriate mode described in Figs. 151 to 153 has been performed. Further, in Figs. 154 and 155, the horizontal axis represents Es/N 〇 and the vertical axis represents BER. Further, in Figs. 154 and 155, the modulation method is 25 6QAM, and the multiple b is 2. Figure 154 is a diagram showing the BER (indicated by a circle in the figure) in the case of the replacement processing of Figure 153A in the applicable mode illustrated in Figures ι 51 to ι 53 for the proposal code, and the code length N is 64800, and the coding rate is The LDP (code) of the DVB-S.2 specification specified in 2/3 carries out the BER (indicated by a star in the figure) in the case of the replacement processing (the replacement processing of the current mode) described in FIG. 60C. As can be seen from Fig. 154, the replacement of the proposed code by the appropriate method can make the wrong floor drastically lower than the current mode of replacement processing for the specification code, and the tolerance to errors is improved. Figure 155 is a diagram showing the BER in the case where the proposal code is subjected to the replacement processing in the appropriate manner (indicated by a circle in the figure), and the replacement processing described in the figure 137720.doc-163-200952349 60C for the proposal code (the current mode) BER in the case of replacement processing (indicated by a star in the figure). As can be seen from Fig. 1 55, by adopting an appropriate replacement process for the proposal code, the BER can be lowered and the tolerance to errors can be improved compared with the case of the replacement process in the current mode. The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a diagram showing a check matrix of an LDPC code. Figure 2 is a flow chart showing the decoding procedure of the LDPC code. Fig. 3 is a view showing an example of a check matrix of an LDPC code. Figure 4 is a diagram showing the Tanner graph of the inspection matrix. Figure 5 is a diagram showing a variable node. Figure 6 is a diagram showing a check node. Fig. 7 is a view showing an example of a configuration of an embodiment of a transport system to which the present invention is applied. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the transmitting device 11. Figure 9 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix. Fig. 10 is a view showing a parity matrix. Figure 11 is a diagram showing the check matrix and row weight of the LDPC code defined by the specifications of DVB-S.2. 12A and 12B are diagrams showing the signal point arrangement of 16QAM. Figure 13 is a diagram showing the signal point configuration of 64QAM. Figure 14 is a diagram showing the signal point configuration of 64QAM. 137720.doc -164- 200952349 Figure 1 5 is a diagram showing the signal point configuration of 64QAM. 16A to 16D are diagrams for explaining the processing of the multiplexer 25. 17A and 17B are diagrams for explaining the processing of the multiplexer 25. Figure 18 is a diagram showing a Tanner graph for decoding of an LDPC code. 19A and 19B are views showing a parity matrix Ητ which is a step structure and a Tanner graph corresponding to the parity matrix Ητ. Figure 20 is a diagram showing the parity matrix Ητ of the check matrix 对应 corresponding to the LDPC code after the co-located interleaving. 21A and 21 are views showing a conversion check matrix. Fig. 22 is a view showing the processing of the whirling twist interleaver 24. Fig. 23 is a view showing the number of wales of the memory 3 1 and the address at which the write position is started, which are necessary for the whirling of the wagger. Fig. 24 is a view showing the number of wales of the memory 3 1 and the address at which the writing position is started, which are necessary for the whirling of the wagger. Fig. 25 is a flow chart showing the transmission processing. 26A and 26B are views showing a model of a communication channel used in the simulation. Fig. 27 is a graph showing the relationship between the error rate obtained by the simulation and the Bucher frequency fd of the flutter. Fig. 28 is a graph showing the relationship between the error rate obtained by the simulation and the Buhler frequency fd of the flutter. FIG. 29 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the LDPC encoding unit 21. Fig. 30 is a flow chart for explaining the processing of the LDPC encoding unit 21. Figure 31 is a diagram showing a check matrix initial value table 137720.doc - 165 - 200952349 of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 16200. Figure 32 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 33 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 34 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 35 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 36 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 37 is a view showing a table of initial values of inspection matrices of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 38 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 39 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 40 is a view showing a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 16200. Figure 41 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 42 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 43 is a diagram showing the check matrix initial value table 137720.doc • 166 - 200952349 of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 44 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 45 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 46 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800.

圖47係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖48係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖49係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖50係表示編碼率8/9、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖51係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖52係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖53係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖54係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之圖。 圖55係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 137720.doc -167- 200952349 表之圖。 圖56係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之圖。 圖57係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之圖。 圖58係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之圖。 圖59係說明從檢查矩陣初始值表求出檢查矩陣Η之方法 之圖。 圖60Α〜C係說明現行方式之替換處理之圖。 圖61Α〜C係說明現行方式之替換處理之圖。 圖62A、62B係表示以256QAM調變碼長64800、編碼率 2/3之LDPC碼,且倍數b為2之情況下之碼位元群組及符元 位元群組之圖。 圖63係表示以256QAM調變碼長64800、編碼率2/3之 LDPC碼,且倍數b為2之情況下之分配規貝ij之圖。 圖64A、64B係表示以256QAM調變碼長64800、編碼率 2/3之LDPC碼,且倍數b為2之情況下之按照分配規則之碼 位元之替換之圖。 圖65係表示已進行新替換方式之替換處理之情況及已進 行現行方式之替換處理之情況之BER之圖。 圖66係表示作為性能臨限值之Eb/N〇較規格碼良好之 LDPC碼之檢查矩陣初始值表之例之圖。 圖67係表示作為性能臨限值之Eb/N〇較規格碼良好之 137720.doc -168· 200952349 LDPC碼之檢查矩陣初始值表之例之圖。 圖68係表示作為性能臨限值之Eb/N〇較規格碼良好之 LDPC碼之檢查矩陣初始值表之例之圖。 圖69係表示關於規格碼及提案碼2Es/N〇與BER之關係之 圖。 圖70係表示接收裝置12之結構例之區塊圖。 圖7 1係說明接收處理之流程圖。 圖72係表示LDPC碼之檢查矩陣之例之圖。 ❹ 圖73係表示於檢查矩陣施以列置換及行置換後之矩陣 (轉換檢查矩陣)之圖。 圖74係表示分割為5x5單位之轉換檢查矩陣之圖。 圖75係表示匯總P個進行節點運算之解碼裝置之結構例 之區塊圖。 圖76係表示LDPC解碼部56之結構例之區塊圖。 圖77係表示適用本發明之電腦之一實施型態之結構例之 區塊圖。 圖78係表示編碼率2/3、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖79係表示編碼率2/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖80係表示編碼率2/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖81係表示編碼率2/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 137720.doc -169- 200952349 圖82係表示編碼率3/4、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖83係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖84係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖85係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖86係表示編碼率3/4、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖87係表示編碼率4/5、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖88係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖89係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖90係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖91係表示編碼率4/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖92係表示編碼率5/6、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖93係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 137720.doc -170- 200952349 圖94係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖95係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖96係表示編碼率5/6、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖97係表示編碼率8/9、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 〇 圖98係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖99係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值表 之例之圖。 圖100係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖101係表示編碼率8/9、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 ◎ 圖102係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖103係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖104係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖105係表示編碼率9/10、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 137720.doc -171 - 200952349 圖106係表示編螞率1/4、碼長648〇〇之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖107係表不編碼率1/4、碼長648〇〇之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖108係表不編碼率1/3、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖109係表示編碼率1/3、碼長648〇〇之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖110係表不編碼率2/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖111係表示編碼率2/5、碼長648〇〇之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖112係表示編碼率1/2、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖113係表不編碼率1 /2、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖114係表示編褐率丨/2、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖115係表示編碼率3/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖116係表示編碼率3/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖117係表示編碼率3/5、碼長64800之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 137720.doc 200952349 圖118係表示編碼率1/4、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖119係表示編碼率1/3、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖120係表示編碼率2/5、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖121係表示編碼率1/2、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 Ο 圖122係表示編碼率3/5、碼長1 6200之檢查矩陣初始值 表之例之圖。 圖123係表示編碼率3/5、碼長16200之檢查矩陣初始值 表之其他例之圖。 圖124係說明從檢查矩陣初始值表求出檢查矩陣Η之方法 之圖。 圖125係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖126係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 ❹ 圖127係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖128係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖129係表示BER之模擬結果之圖。 圖130係表示BER之模擬結果之圖。 圖131係表示BER之模擬結果之圖。 圖132係表示BER之模擬結果之圖。 圖13 3係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖134係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 137720.doc -173- 200952349 圖135係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖136係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖137係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖138係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖⑼係表不媽位元之替換例之圖。 圖140係表示石馬位元之替換例之圖。 圖141係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖142係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖143係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖144係表示碼位元之替換例之圖。 圖145A、145B係說明構成解交錯器53之多工器54之處 理之圖。 圖146係說明縱行扭轉解交錯器55之處理之圖。 圖147係表示接收裝置12之其他結構例之區塊圖。 圖148係表示可適用於接收裝置12之接收系統之第1結構 例之區塊圖。 圖149係表示可適用於接收裝置12之接收系統之第2結構 例之區塊圖。 圖150係表示可適用於接收裝置12之接收系統之第3結構 例之區塊圖。 圖151A、151B係表示以256QAM調變碼長648〇()、編碼 率2/3之提案碼,且倍數&為2之情況下之碼位元群組及符 元位元群組之圖。 圖152係表示以256QAM調變碼長648〇〇、編碼率2/3之提 I37720.doc -174- 200952349 案碼,且倍數b為2之情況下之分配規則之圖。 圖153A、153B係表示以256QAM調變碼長64800、編碼 率2/3之提案碼,且倍數b為2之情況下之按照分配規則之 碼位元之替換之圖。 圖1 54係表示針對提案碼進行適切方式之替換處理之情 況,及針對規格碼進行現行方式之替換處理之情況下之 BER之圖。 圖155係表示針對提案碼進行適切方式之替換處理之情 況,及進行現行方式之替換處理之情況下之BER之圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 11 發送裝置 12 接收裝置 21 LDPC編碼部 22 位元交錯器 23 同位交錯器 24 縱行扭轉交錯器 25 解多工器 26 映射部 27 正交調變部 31 記憶體 32 替換部 51 正交解調部 52 解映射部 53 解交錯器 137720.doc -175- 200952349 54 多工器 55 縱行扭轉解交錯器 56 LDPC解碼部 300 分枝資料儲存用記憶體 301 選擇器 302 校驗節點計算部 303 循環移位電路 304 分枝資料儲存用記憶體 305 選擇器 306 接收資料用記憶體 307 可變節點計算部 308 循環移位電路 309 解碼字計算部 310 接收資料重排部 311 解碼資料重排部 601 編碼處理部 602 記憶部 611 編碼率設定部 612 初始值表讀出部 613 檢查矩陣生成部 614 資訊位元讀出部 615 編碼同位運算部 616 控制部 701 匯流排 137720.doc -176- 200952349Figure 47 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 48 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 49 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 50 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 16200. Figure 51 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 52 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 53 is a diagram showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 54 is a view showing an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 55 is a diagram showing the table of initial values of the check matrix of the code rate of 9/10 and the code length of 64,800 137720.doc -167 - 200952349. Fig. 56 is a view showing a table of initial values of inspection matrices of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 57 is a view showing a table of initial values of inspection matrices of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 58 is a view showing a table of initial values of inspection matrices of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 59 is a view for explaining a method of obtaining a check matrix 从 from a check matrix initial value table. Figures 60A through C are diagrams illustrating the replacement process of the current mode. Fig. 61Α~C are diagrams showing the replacement processing of the current mode. 62A and 62B are diagrams showing a code bit group and a symbol bit group in the case where the LDPC code having a code length of 64800 and a coding rate of 2/3 is modulated by 256QAM and the multiple b is 2. Fig. 63 is a diagram showing an allocation rule ij in the case where the LDPC code having a code length of 64800 and a coding rate of 2/3 is modulated by 256QAM and the multiple b is 2. Figs. 64A and 64B are diagrams showing the replacement of the code bits according to the allocation rule in the case where the LDPC code having a code length of 64800 and a coding rate of 2/3 is modulated by 256QAM and the multiple b is 2. Fig. 65 is a view showing the BER of the case where the replacement processing of the new replacement mode has been performed and the case where the replacement processing of the current mode has been performed. Fig. 66 is a view showing an example of an inspection matrix initial value table of an LDPC code which is a good performance Eb/N 〇 compared with a specification code. Fig. 67 is a view showing an example of an inspection matrix initial value table of the LDPC code of the 137720.doc -168·200952349 which is a good performance limit Eb/N〇. Fig. 68 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of an LDPC code which is a good performance Eb/N 〇 compared with a specification code. Fig. 69 is a view showing the relationship between the specification code and the proposal code 2Es/N〇 and BER. Fig. 70 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the receiving device 12. Figure 7 is a flow chart illustrating the receiving process. Fig. 72 is a view showing an example of a check matrix of an LDPC code. ❹ Fig. 73 is a diagram showing a matrix (conversion check matrix) after the column replacement and row replacement are performed on the inspection matrix. Fig. 74 is a view showing a conversion check matrix divided into 5 x 5 units. Fig. 75 is a block diagram showing an example of a configuration of a decoding apparatus for performing P node operations. Fig. 76 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the LDPC decoding unit 56. Fig. 77 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of an embodiment of a computer to which the present invention is applied. Fig. 78 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 79 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 80 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 81 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 2/3 and a code length of 64,800. 137720.doc -169- 200952349 Fig. 82 is a diagram showing an example of an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 83 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 84 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 85 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 86 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 3/4 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 87 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 88 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 89 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 90 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 91 is a view showing an example of an inspection matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 4/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 92 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 93 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. 137720.doc -170- 200952349 Fig. 94 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 95 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 96 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 5/6 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 97 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 16200. 〇 Fig. 98 is a diagram showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 99 is a view showing an example of a check matrix initial value table of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 100 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 101 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 8/9 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 102 is a diagram showing an example of an initial value of a check matrix of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 103 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 104 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 105 is a view showing an example of an initial value of a check matrix of a coding rate of 9/10 and a code length of 64,800. 137720.doc -171 - 200952349 Figure 106 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix with a quartering rate of 1/4 and a code length of 648〇〇. Fig. 107 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix having a coding rate of 1/4 and a code length of 648 。. Fig. 108 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix having a coding rate of 1/3 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 109 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 1/3 and a code length of 648 。. Fig. 110 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 2/5 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 111 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 2/5 and a code length of 648 。. Figure 112 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 1/2 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 113 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 1 / 2 and a code length of 64,800. Fig. 114 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a knitting ratio 丨/2 and a code length of 64800. Fig. 115 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 3/5 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 116 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 3/5 and a code length of 64,800. Figure 117 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 3/5 and a code length of 64,800. 137720.doc 200952349 Fig. 118 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 1/4 and a code length of 16200. Figure 119 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 1/3 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 120 is a diagram showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 2/5 and a code length of 16200. Fig. 121 is a view showing an example of a table of initial values of a check matrix of a coding rate of 1/2 and a code length of 16,200. Ο Fig. 122 is a diagram showing an example of an initial value of a check matrix of a coding rate of 3/5 and a code length of 1,600. Fig. 123 is a view showing another example of the check matrix initial value table of the coding rate 3/5 and the code length 16200. Figure 124 is a diagram for explaining a method of obtaining a check matrix 从 from a check matrix initial value table. Figure 125 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure 126 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. ❹ Figure 127 is a diagram showing an alternative of the code bits. Figure 128 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure 129 is a diagram showing the simulation result of BER. Figure 130 is a diagram showing the simulation result of BER. Fig. 131 is a view showing the simulation result of the BER. Figure 132 is a diagram showing the simulation result of BER. Figure 13 is a diagram showing an alternative of the code bits. Figure 134 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. 137720.doc -173- 200952349 Figure 135 is a diagram showing an alternative to a code bit. Figure 136 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure 137 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure 138 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure (9) is a diagram showing an alternative to the table. Figure 140 is a diagram showing an alternative of a stone horse bit. Figure 141 is a diagram showing an alternative of the code bits. Figure 142 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure 143 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. Figure 144 is a diagram showing an alternative of a code bit. 145A and 145B are views showing the multiplexer 54 constituting the deinterleaver 53. Figure 146 is a diagram illustrating the processing of the wobble twist deinterleaver 55. Figure 147 is a block diagram showing another configuration example of the receiving device 12. Figure 148 is a block diagram showing a first configuration example of a receiving system applicable to the receiving device 12. Figure 149 is a block diagram showing a second configuration example of a receiving system applicable to the receiving device 12. Figure 150 is a block diagram showing a third configuration example of a receiving system applicable to the receiving device 12. 151A and 151B are diagrams showing a code bit group and a symbol bit group in the case where the code number is 648 〇 () and the code rate is 2/3, and the multiple & . Figure 152 is a diagram showing the allocation rule in the case where the 256QAM modulation code length is 648 〇〇, the coding rate is 2/3, and the code b is 2, and the multiple b is 2. Figs. 153A and 153B are diagrams showing the replacement of the code bits according to the allocation rule in the case where the 256QAM modulation code length 64800 and the coding rate 2/3 are proposed codes, and the multiple b is 2. Fig. 1 is a diagram showing a case where the replacement processing of the proposed code is performed in a suitable manner, and a BER in the case where the current mode is replaced by the specification code. Fig. 155 is a diagram showing the case where the replacement processing of the proposal code is performed in the appropriate manner, and the BER in the case where the replacement processing of the current mode is performed. [Description of main component symbols] 11 Transmitting device 12 Receiving device 21 LDPC encoding unit 22 Bit interleaver 23 Co-located interleaver 24 Vertical twist interleaver 25 Demultiplexer 26 Mapping unit 27 Quadrature modulation unit 31 Memory 32 replacement Unit 51 orthogonal demodulation unit 52 demapping unit 53 deinterleaver 137720.doc -175- 200952349 54 multiplexer 55 vertical twist deinterleaver 56 LDPC decoding unit 300 branch data storage memory 301 selector 302 Verification node calculation unit 303 Cyclic shift circuit 304 Branch data storage memory 305 Selector 306 Receive data memory 307 Variable node calculation unit 308 Cyclic shift circuit 309 Decode word calculation unit 310 Receive data rearrangement unit 311 Decode Data rearrangement unit 601 Encoding processing unit 602 Memory unit 611 Encoding rate setting unit 612 Initial value table reading unit 613 Check matrix generation unit 614 Information bit reading unit 615 Encoding parity calculation unit 616 Control unit 701 Confluence row 137720.doc - 176- 200952349

702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 1001 1002 1011 1021 1101 1102 1103 1111 1121702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 1001 1002 1011 1021 1101 1102 1103 1111 1121

CPUCPU

ROMROM

RAM 硬碟 輸出部 輸入部 通訊部 磁碟機 輸出入介面 可移式記錄媒體 反替換部 記憶體 同位解交錯器 LDPC解碼部 取得部 傳送道解碼處理部 資訊源解碼處理部 輸出部 記錄部 137720.doc -177-RAM hard disk output unit input unit communication unit disk drive input/output interface removable recording medium reverse replacement unit memory co-located deinterleaver LDPC decoding unit acquisition unit transmission channel decoding processing unit information source decoding processing unit output unit recording unit 137720. Doc -177-

Claims (1)

200952349 七、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種資料處理裝置,其包含: 替換機構,其係將碼長為N位元之LDPC(Low Density Parity Check :低密度同位校驗)碼之碼位元記憶於橫列 方向及縱行方向之記憶機構之前述縱行方向所寫入、於 前述橫列方向所讀出之前述LDPC碼之碼位元之m位元被 作為1個符元,且 特定正整數設為b, 前述記憶機構於前述橫列方向記憶mb位元,並且於前 述縱行方向記憶N/(mb)位元, 前述LDPC碼之碼位元於前述記憶機構之前述縱行方 向寫入,其後於前述橫列方向讀出, 於前述記憶機構之前述橫列方向所讀出之mb位元之碼 位元被作為b個前述符元之情況下, 替換前述mb位元之碼位元,將替換後之碼位元作為用 以表示前述符元之符元位元;且 前述LDPC碼係如DVB-S.2或DVB-T.2之規格所規定, 碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之LDPC碼, 前述m位元為8位元,且前述整數b為2, 前述碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成 256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任一個, 前述記憶機構具有於橫列方向記憶8x2位元之16個縱 行,並於縱行方向記憶64800/(8x2)位元; 前述替換機構係 137720.doc 200952349 將於刖述§己憶機構之橫列方向所讀出之8 x 2位元之碼 位元從最高階位元算起第i+1位元設為位元bi,並且將連 續2個前述符元之8x2位元之符元位元從最高階位元算起 第i+1位元設為位元y;,而進行 將位元bG分配給位元y15, 將位元b!分配給位元y7, 將位元b2分配給位元y!, 將位元b3分配給位元y5, 將位元b4分配給位元y6, 將位元b5分配給位元y!3, 將位元b6分配給位元y i!, 將位元b7分配給位元y9, 將位元b8分配給位元y8, 將位元b9分配給位元y i4, 將位元b1G分配給位元y12, 將位元b! i分配給位元y 3, 將位元b丨2分配給位元y 〇, 將位元b〗3分配給位元y 1 〇, 將位元b! 4分配給位元y 4, 將位元b! 5分配給位元y2 ’ 之各分配替換。 2. —種資料處理方法,其包含以下步驟: 替換步驟,其係將瑪長為N位元之LDPC(Low Density Parity Check :低密度同位校驗)碼之碼位元記憶於橫列 137720.doc 200952349 方向及縱行方向之記憶機構之前述縱行方向所寫入、於 前述橫列方向所讀出之前述LDPC碼之碼位元之m位元被 作為1個符元,且 特定正整數設為b, 前述記憶機構於前述橫列方向記憶mb位元,並且於前 述縱行方向記憶N/(mb)位元, 前述LDPC碼之碼位元於前述記憶機構之前述縱行方 向寫入,其後於前述橫列方向讀出, 於前述記憶機構之前述橫列方向所讀出之mb位元之碼 位元被作為b個前述符元之情況下, 替換前述mb位元之碼位元,將替換後之碼位元作為用 以表示前述符元之符元位元;且 前述LDPC碼係如DVB-S.2或DVB-T.2之規格所規定, 碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之LDPC碼, 前述m位元為8位元,且前述整數b為2, 前述碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成 256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任一個, 前述記憶機構具有於橫列方向記憶8x2位元之16個縱 行,並於縱行方向記憶64800/(8x2)位元; 於前述替換步驟中, 將於前述記憶機構之橫列方向所讀出之8x2位元之碼 位元從最高階位元算起第i+Ι位元設為位元bi,並且將連 續2個前述符元之8x2位元之符元位元從最高階位元算起 第i +1位元設為位元yi,而進行 137720.doc 200952349 將位元bG分配給位元y 15 ’ 將位元bi分配給位元y7 ’ 將位元b2分配給位元y 1 ’ 將位元b3分配給位元y5 ’ 將位元b4分配給位元y6 ’ 將位元b5分配給位元y 13 ’ 將位元b6分配給位元y 11 ’ 將位元b7分配給位元y9 ’ 將位元b8分配給位元y8 ’ 將位元b9分配給位元yi4 ’ 將位元b i 〇分配給位元y 12, 將位元b i!分配給位元y 3, 將位元b丨2分配給位元y 〇, 將位元b 13分配給位元y! 〇, 將位元b〗4分配給位元y 4, 將位元b! 5分配給位元y 2, 之各分配替換。 3. —種編碼裝置,其進行藉由LDPC(Low Density Parity Check :低密度同位校驗)碼之編碼,並包含: 編碼機構,其係進行藉由碼長為64800位元、編碼率 為2/3之LDPC碼之編碼;且 前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣之檢查矩障 初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每36〇行之週期配置 於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與前述碼 137720.doc 200952349 長及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩陣的 1要素之位置以每360行表示者; 前述檢查矩陣初始值表係包括: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 439412762 14505 14593 14692165221773719245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 86449282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 2095421002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568108961248613663 163981659919475 1978120625 2096121335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 1284613629 14755 15688 1639216419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 1080911326 12072 17516 19344 19938 21202648 3155 3852 6888 12258 14821 1535916378 16437177912061421025 1085 2434 58167151 80509422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 G 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 137720.doc 200952349 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 137720.doc 200952349 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 991020194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 _ 555 13816 15376 ❹ 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 137720.doc 200952349 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 137720.doc 200952349 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 Ο 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 _ 36 3175 8475 ❹ 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 137720.doc 200952349 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 4. 一種編瑪方法,其利用藉由LDPC(Low Density Parity Check :低密度同位校驗)碼來編碼之編碼裝置,並包含 以下步驟: 前述編碼裝置進行藉由碼長為64800位元、編碼率為 2/3之LDPC碼之編碼之步驟;且 前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣之檢查矩陣 初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每360行之週期配置 於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與前述碼 長及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩陣的 1要素之位置以每360行表示者; 前述檢查矩陣初始值表係包括: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 19582007329443941276214505 14593 14692165221773719245 2127221379 127 860 5001 5633 86449282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 2095421002 25142822 5781 6297 8063 94699551 11407 11837 12985 1571020236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 1659919475 1978120625 2096121335 4257 1044912406 14561 16049 16522 1721418029 18033 18802 19062 1952620 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 137720.doc -10- 200952349 77759067403 8550 87178770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 1080911326 12072 17516 19344 19938 212026483155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437177912061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 80509422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470200952349 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A data processing device, comprising: a replacement mechanism, which memorizes a code bit of an LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code having a code length of N bits. The m-bit of the code bit of the LDPC code read in the row direction of the memory device in the course direction and the wale direction is written as one symbol and a specific positive integer Let b, the memory means memorize mb bits in the horizontal direction, and store N/(mb) bits in the wale direction, and the code bits of the LDPC code are written in the longitudinal direction of the memory mechanism. And then reading in the horizontal direction, and replacing the code bits of the mb bits in the case where the code bits of the mb bits read in the row direction of the memory mechanism are used as the b symbols. a symbol, the replaced code bit is used as a symbol bit to represent the preceding symbol; and the foregoing LDPC code is as specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 or DVB-T.2, and the code length N is 64800 bits. An LDPC code having a coding rate of 2/3, the m-bit is octet, and The integer b is 2, and the octet of the code bit is mapped as one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one of the symbols, and the memory mechanism has a memory of 8×2 bits in the horizontal direction. Longitudinal and memorize 64800/(8x2) bits in the wale direction; the aforementioned replacement mechanism is 137720.doc 200952349 which will read the 8 x 2 bit code position read by the direction of the § recall mechanism The i+1th bit is set to the bit bi from the highest order bit, and the iq bit of the 8x2 bit of the preceding two symbols is counted from the highest order bit. Set bit y; to assign bit bG to bit y15, bit b! to bit y7, bit b2 to bit y!, bit b3 to bit y5 , bit b4 is assigned to bit y6, bit b5 is assigned to bit y!3, bit b6 is assigned to bit yi!, bit b7 is assigned to bit y9, bit b8 is assigned to Bit y8, bit b9 is assigned to bit y i4, bit b1G is assigned to bit y12, bit b! i is assigned to bit y 3, bit b 丨 2 is assigned to bit y 〇 Will B〗 element 3 to the bit y 1 billion, the bit b!. 4 bits assigned to y 4, the bit b! Assigned to each assigned 5-bit y2 'of replacement. 2. A data processing method comprising the following steps: a replacement step of memorizing a code bit of an LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code of length N bits in a row 137720. Doc 200952349 The m-bit of the code bit of the LDPC code read in the preceding direction of the memory device in the direction and the wale direction is regarded as one symbol and a specific positive integer Let b, the memory means memorize mb bits in the horizontal direction, and store N/(mb) bits in the wale direction, and the code bits of the LDPC code are written in the longitudinal direction of the memory mechanism. And then reading in the horizontal direction, and replacing the code bits of the mb bits in the case where the code bits of the mb bits read in the row direction of the memory mechanism are used as the b symbols. a symbol, the replaced code bit is used as a symbol bit to represent the preceding symbol; and the foregoing LDPC code is as specified by the specification of DVB-S.2 or DVB-T.2, and the code length N is 64800 bits. An LDPC code having a coding rate of 2/3, the m-bit is 8 bits, and the foregoing The integer b is 2, and the octet of the code bit is mapped as one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one of the symbols, and the memory mechanism has 16 bits of 8x2 bits stored in the horizontal direction. Longitudinally, and remembering 64800/(8x2) bits in the wale direction; in the foregoing replacement step, the code bits of 8x2 bits read out in the row direction of the memory mechanism are counted from the highest order bit The i+th bit is set to the bit bi, and the symbol bits of the 8x2 bits of the consecutive two preceding symbols are set to the bit yi from the highest order bit, and the i+1th bit is set as the bit yi. 137720.doc 200952349 Assigning bit bG to bit y 15 'Assign bit bi to bit y7 ' Assign bit b2 to bit y 1 ' Assign bit b3 to bit y5 ' Bit b4 Assigned to bit y6 'Assign bit b5 to bit y 13 ' Assign bit b6 to bit y 11 ' Assign bit b7 to bit y9 ' Assign bit b8 to bit y8 ' The element b9 is assigned to the bit yi4', the bit bi 〇 is assigned to the bit y 12, the bit bi! is assigned to the bit y 3 , and the bit b 丨 2 is assigned Y billion dollars, the bit b 13 to the bit y! Square, the bit b 4 to the bit y〗 4, the bit b!. 5 assigned to the bit y 2, the allocation of each alternative. 3. An encoding apparatus that performs encoding by an LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code, and includes: an encoding mechanism that performs a code length of 64,800 bits and a coding rate of 2 And encoding the LDPC code of the LDPC code; and the check matrix of the LDPC code is configured by arranging the 1 element of the information matrix defined by the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix in the row direction every 36 〇 rows, the check The matrix initial value table indicates the position of the first element of the information matrix corresponding to the length of the information corresponding to the foregoing code 137720.doc 200952349 and the foregoing encoding rate in every 360 rows; the foregoing check matrix initial value table includes: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 439412762 14505 14593 14692165221773719245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 86449282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 2095421002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568108961248613663 16398165 9919475 1978120625 2096121335 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 19526 20 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 1284613629 14755 15688 1639216419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 1080911326 12072 17516 19344 19938 21202648 3155 3852 6888 12258 14821 1535916378 16437177912061421025 1085 2434 58167151 80509422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 G 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 137720.doc 200952349 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 1859 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 555 13816 15376 ❹ 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 137720.doc 200952349 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 137720.doc 200952349 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 75 20 10027 Ο 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 _ 36 3175 8475 ❹ 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 137720.doc 200952349 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. 4. A method of encoding, which utilizes an encoding device encoded by an LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code, and includes the following steps: The encoding device performs encoding with a code length of 64,800 bits. a step of encoding an LDPC code of 2/3; and the check matrix of the LDPC code is configured according to a period of every 360 lines of the information matrix of the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix. The check matrix initial value table indicates the position of the 1 element of the information matrix corresponding to the information length corresponding to the code length and the foregoing coding rate in every 360 rows; the foregoing check matrix initial value table includes: 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 19582007329443941276214505 14593 14692165221773719245 2127221379 127 860 5001 5633 86449282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 2095421002 25142822 5781 6297 8063 94699551 11407 11837 12985 1571020236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568 10896 12486 13663 16398 1659919475 1978120625 2096121335 4257 1044912406 14561 16049 16522 1721418029 18033 18802 19062 1952620 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 137720.doc -10- 200952349 77759067403 8550 87178770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 1080911326 12072 17516 19344 19938 212026483155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437177912061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 80509422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 137720.doc 200952349 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 137720.doc 200952349 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 ◎ 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 _ 3676 9347 18761 G 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 137720.doc -13- 200952349 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 137720.doc 200952349 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 ❹ 5. —種資料處理裝置,其包含: 替換機構,其係將碼長為N位元之LDPC(Low Density Parity Check :低密度同位校驗)碼之碼位元記憶於橫列 方向及縱行方向之記憶機構之前述縱行方向所寫入、於 前述橫列方向所讀出之前述LDPC碼之碼位元之m位元被 作為1個符元,且 特定正整數設為b, 前述記憶機構於前述橫列方向記憶mb位元,並且於前 137720.doc -15- 200952349 述縱行方向記憶N/(mb)位元, 前述LDPC碼之碼位元於前述記憶機構之前述縱行方 向寫入,其後於前述橫列方向讀出, 於前述記憶機構之前述橫列方向所讀出之mb位元之碼 位元被作為b個前述符元之情況下, 替換前述mb位元之碼位元,將替換後之碼位元作為表 示前述符元之符元位元;且 前述LDPC碼係碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之 L D P C 碼, 前述m位元為8位元,且前述整數b為2, 前述碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成 256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任一個, 前述記憶機構具有於橫列方向記憶8x2位元之16個縱 行,於縱行方向記憶64800/(8x2)位元; 前述替換機構係 將於前述記憶機構之橫列方向所讀出之8x2位元之碼 位元從最高階位元算起第i + Ι位元設為位元bi,並且將連 續2個前述符元之8x2位元之符元位元從最高階位元算起 第i+Ι位元設為位元yi,而進行 將位元bG分配給位元y7, 將位元b!分配給位元y 2, 將位元b2分配給位元y9, 將位元b3分配給位元y〇, 將位元b4分配給位元y4, 137720.doc -16- 200952349 將位元b 5分配給位元y 6, 將位元b6分配給位元y 5 3, 將位元b7分配給位元y3, 將位元b 8分配給位元y丨4, 將位元b9分配給位元y丨〇, 將位元b丨〇分配給位元y丨5, 將位元b 11分配給位元y 5, 將位元b! 2分配給位元y 8, 〇 將位元b 13分配給位元y i 2, 將位元b 14分配給位元y丨丨, 將位元b! 5分配給位元y j, 之各分配替換; 前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣之檢查矩陣 初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每360行之週期配置 於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與前述碼 ^ 長及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩陣的 ❹ 1要素之位置以每360行表示者; 前述檢查矩陣初始值表係包括 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 43941276214505 14593 14692165221773719245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 2514 2822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 15710 20236 20393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 706 3220 8568108961248613663 1639816599194751978120625 20961 21335 137720.doc -17· 200952349 4257 10449 12406 14561 16049 16522 17214 18029 18033 18802190621952620 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 212026483155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 2061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 137720.doc •18, 200952349 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 Ο 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 Λ 3083 4944 21021 ❹ 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 137720.doc -19 200952349 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 137720.doc 200952349 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 Ο 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 義 8031 18420 19733 ❹ 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 137720.doc -21 200952349 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 6. —種資料處理方法,其包含以下步驟: 替換步驟,其係將碼長為N位元之LDPC(Low Density Parity Check :低密度同位校驗)碼之碼位元記憶於橫列 方向及縱行方向之記憶機構之前述縱行方向所寫入、於 前述橫列方向所讀出之前述LDPC碼之碼位元之m位元被 137720.doc •22· 200952349 作為1個符元,且 特定正整數設為b, 前述記憶機構於前述橫列方向記憶mb位元,並且於 前述縱行方向記憶N/(mb)位元, 前述LDPC碼之碼位元於前述記憶機構之前述縱行方 向寫入,其後於前述橫列方向讀出, 於前述記憶機構之前述橫列方向所讀出之mb位元之 碼位元被作為b個前述符元之情況下, 〇 替換前述mb位元之碼位元,將替換後之碼位元作為 表示前述符元之符元位元;且 前述LDPC碼係碼長N為64800位元、編碼率為2/3之 L D P C 碼, 前述m位元為8位元,且前述整數b為2, 前述碼位元之8位元作為1個前述符元而映射成 256QAM所決定之256個信號點中之任一個, ^ 前述記憶機構含有於橫列方向記憶8χ2位元之1 6個縱 行,於縱行方向記憶64800从8><2)位元; 於前述替換步驟中 將於前述記憶機構之橫列方向所讀出之8x2位元之碼 位元從最高階位元算起第i+Ι位元設為位元bi,並且將連 續2個前述符元之8 x2位元之符元位元從最高階位元算起 第i+1位元設為位元yi,而進行 將位元bQ分配給位元y 7, 將位元b!分配給位元y 2, 137720.doc •23· 200952349 將位元b2分配給位元y9, 將位元b3分配給位元y〇, 將位元b4分配給位元y4, 將位元b5分配給位元y6, 將位元b6分配給位元y13, 將位元b7分配給位元y3, 將位元b8分配給位元y14, 將位元b9分配給位元y! 〇, 將位元b1()分配給位元yi5, 將位元b! i分配給位元y 5, 將位元b! 2分配給位元y 8, 將位元b! 3分配給位元y 1 2, 將位元b ! 4分配給位元y 1 1, 將位元b! 5分配給位元y 1, 之各分配替換; 前述LDPC碼之檢查矩陣係依該檢查矩陣之檢查矩陣 初始值表所定之資訊矩陣的1要素以每360行之週期配置 於行方向上而構成,該檢查矩陣初始值表係將與前述碼 長N及前述編碼率相應之資訊長所對應的前述資訊矩陣 的1要素之位置以每360行表示者; 前述檢查矩陣初始值表係包括 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 19582007329443941276214505 14593 146921652217737 192452127221379 127 860 5001 5633 86449282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 137720.doc -24- 200952349 25142822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 157102023620393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 7063220 8568108961248613663 16398 1659919475 1978120625 2096121335 4257 1044912406 14561 1604916522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 1952620 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 1080911326 12072 17516 19344 19938 21202648315538526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437177912061421025 10852434 58167151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 1872920920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 A 1778 6973 10739 G 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 137720.doc -25- 200952349 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 137720.doc 200952349 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 ❹ 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 _ 3971 11673 20009 Q 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 137720.doc -27- 2009523492474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 137720. Doc 200952349 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 137720.doc 200952349 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 ◎ 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 _ 3676 9347 18761 G 350 11 659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 137720.doc -13- 200952349 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 18919 13115 17259 17332. ❹ 5. A data processing apparatus, comprising: a replacement mechanism for storing code bits of an LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code having a code length of N bits in a horizontal direction and a vertical direction The m-bit of the code bit of the LDPC code read in the preceding direction of the memory direction in the row direction is defined as one symbol, and the specific positive integer is b, The memory mechanism memorizes mb bits in the foregoing direction, and stores the N/(mb) bits in the wale direction in the first 137720.doc -15-200952349, and the code bits of the LDPC code are in the foregoing wales of the foregoing memory mechanism. The direction is written, and then read in the horizontal direction, and the mb bit is replaced by the mb bit in the case where the mb bits of the mb bits read in the row direction of the memory mechanism are b symbols. a code bit, the replaced code bit is used as a symbol bit representing the symbol; and the LDPC code is an LDPC code having a code length N of 64800 bits and a coding rate of 2/3, and the m bit Is 8 bits, and the aforementioned integer b is 2, and the octet of the aforementioned code bit is made One of the aforementioned symbols is mapped to any one of 256 signal points determined by 256QAM. The memory mechanism has 16 vertical lines that store 8x2 bits in the horizontal direction and 64800/(8x2) bits in the vertical direction. The replacement mechanism is that the 8x2 bit code bit read out in the row direction of the memory mechanism is calculated from the highest order bit, and the i + + bit is set as the bit bi, and will be consecutive 2 The symbolic element of the 8x2 bit of the symbol is set to the bit yi from the highest order bit, and the bit bG is allocated to the bit y7, and the bit b! is assigned to Bit y 2, assigning bit b2 to bit y9, assigning bit b3 to bit y, assigning bit b4 to bit y4, 137720.doc -16- 200952349 assigning bit b 5 to Bit y 6, assigning bit b6 to bit y 5 3, assigning bit b7 to bit y3, assigning bit b 8 to bit y丨4, and assigning bit b9 to bit y丨〇, assigning bit b丨〇 to bit y丨5, assigning bit b 11 to bit y 5, assigning bit b! 2 to bit y 8, and assigning bit b 13 to bit Yuan yi 2, the bit b 14 is assigned to the bit y 丨丨, the bit b ! 5 is assigned to the bit yj, and each of the allocations is replaced; the check matrix of the LDPC code is determined according to the check matrix initial value table of the check matrix One element of the information matrix is arranged in the row direction every 360-row period, and the check matrix initial value table is the ❹ 1 element of the information matrix corresponding to the information length corresponding to the code length and the encoding rate. The position is expressed in every 360 rows; the aforementioned inspection matrix initial value table includes 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 1958 2007 3294 43941276214505 14593 14692165221773719245 21272 21379 127 860 5001 5633 8644 9282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 10809 11326 12072 17516 19344 19938 212026483155 38526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437 17791 2061421025 1085 2434 5816 7151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 17733 18140 18729 20920 856 1690 12787 6532 7357 9151 4210 16615 18152 11494 14036 17470 2474 10291 10323 1778 6973 10739 4347 9570 18748 2189 11942 20666 3868 7526 17706 8780 14796 18268 160 16232 17399 1285 2003 18922 4658 17331 20361 2765 4862 5875 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 137720.doc •18, 200952349 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 Ο 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 Λ 3083 4944 21021 ❹ 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10 084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 137720.doc -19 200952349 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 3971 11673 20009 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 137720.doc 200952349 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 Ο 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 义8031 18420 19733 ❹ 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 137720.doc -21 200952349 1965 393 1 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 2667 10062 15972 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. 6. A data processing method, comprising the following steps: a replacement step of storing a code bit of an LDPC (Low Density Parity Check) code having a code length of N bits in a horizontal direction and The m-bit of the code bit of the LDPC code read in the preceding direction of the memory device in the wale direction is 137720.doc •22·200952349 as one symbol, and a specific positive integer is set to b, the memory means memorizes mb bits in the horizontal direction, and stores N/(mb) bits in the longitudinal direction, and the code bits of the LDPC code are in the foregoing wales of the memory mechanism. The direction is written, and then read in the horizontal direction, and in the case where the code bits of the mb bits read in the row direction of the memory mechanism are b symbols, the mb bits are replaced. a code bit element of the element, the replaced code bit element is used as a symbol bit element representing the symbol element; and the foregoing LDPC code system has a code length N of 64800 bits and an LDPC code with a coding rate of 2/3, the m bit The element is 8 bits, and the aforementioned integer b is 2, the aforementioned code position The octet is mapped to one of the 256 signal points determined by 256QAM as one of the preceding symbols, ^ the memory mechanism contains 16 wales of 8 χ 2 bits in the horizontal direction, in the traverse direction Memory 64800 from 8><2) bits; in the foregoing replacement step, the code bits of 8x2 bits read out from the direction of the memory mechanism are counted from the highest order bit by the i+th bit The bit b is set, and the symbol bit of 8 x 2 bits of the preceding two symbols is set as the bit yi from the highest order bit, and the bit bQ is allocated. Given bit y 7, assign bit b! to bit y 2, 137720.doc •23· 200952349 assign bit b2 to bit y9, bit b3 to bit y〇, bit b4 Assigned to bit y4, bit b5 is assigned to bit y6, bit b6 is assigned to bit y13, bit b7 is assigned to bit y3, bit b8 is assigned to bit y14, bit b9 is assigned Assigned to bit y! 〇, assign bit b1() to bit yi5, bit b! i to bit y 5, bit b! 2 to bit y 8, bit b ! 3 points The bit y 1 2 is assigned, the bit b ! 4 is assigned to the bit y 1 1, and the bit b! 5 is assigned to the bit y 1, and each allocation is replaced; the check matrix of the aforementioned LDPC code is based on the check matrix The first element of the information matrix defined by the check matrix initial value table is arranged in the row direction every 360-row period, and the check matrix initial value table is the aforementioned corresponding to the information length corresponding to the code length N and the encoding rate. The position of the 1 element of the information matrix is represented by every 360 rows; the foregoing check matrix initial value table includes 317 2255 2324 2723 3538 3576 6194 6700 9101 10057 12739 17407 21039 19582007329443941276214505 14593 146921652217737 192452127221379 127 860 5001 5633 86449282 12690 14644 17553 19511 19681 20954 21002 137720.doc -24- 200952349 25142822 5781 6297 8063 9469 9551 11407 11837 12985 157102023620393 1565 3106 4659 4926 6495 6872 7343 8720 15785 16434 16727 19884 21325 7063220 8568108961248613663 16398 1659919475 1978120625 2096121335 4257 1044912406 14561 1604916522 17214 18029 18033 18802 19062 1952620 748 412 433 558 2614 2978 4157 6584 9320 11683 11819 13024 14486 16860 777 5906 7403 8550 8717 8770 11436 12846 13629 14755 15688 16392 16419 4093 5045 6037 7248 8633 9771 10260 1080911326 12072 17516 19344 19938 21202648315538526888 12258 14821 15359 16378 16437177912061421025 10852434 58167151 8050 9422 10884 12728 15353 733 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -25- 200952349 4565 5521 8759 3484 7305 15829 5024 17730 17879 7031 12346 15024 179 6365 11352 2490 3143 5098 2643 3101 21259 4315 4724 13130 594 17365 18322 5983 8597 9627 10837 15102 20876 10448 20418 21478 3848 12029 15228 708 5652 13146 5998 7534 16117 2098 13201 18317 9186 14548 17776 5246 10398 18597 3083 4944 21021 13726 18495 19921 6736 10811 17545 10084 12411 14432 1064 13555 17033 679 9878 13547 1 37720.doc 200952349 3422 9910 20194 3640 3701 10046 5862 10134 11498 5923 9580 15060 1073 3012 16427 5527 20113 20883 7058 12924 15151 9764 12230 17375 ❹ 772 7711 12723 555 13816 15376 10574 11268 17932 15442 17266 20482 390 3371 8781 10512 12216 17180 4309 14068 15783 _ 3971 11673 20009 Q 9259 14270 17199 2947 5852 20101 3965 9722 15363 1429 5689 16771 6101 6849 12781 3676 9347 18761 350 11659 18342 5961 14803 16123 137720.doc -27- 200952349 2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 137720.doc -28 - 200952349 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 _ 2667 10062 15972 ❹ 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332。 137720.doc -29-2113 9163 13443 2155 9808 12885 2861 7988 11031 7309 9220 20745 6834 8742 11977 2133 12908 14704 10170 13809 18153 13464 14787 14975 799 1107 3789 3571 8176 10165 5433 13446 15481 3351 6767 12840 8950 8974 11650 1430 4250 21332 6283 10628 15050 8632 14404 16916 6509 10702 16278 15900 16395 17995 8031 18420 19733 3747 4634 17087 4453 6297 16262 2792 3513 17031 14846 20893 21563 17220 20436 21337 137720.doc -28 - 200952349 275 4107 10497 3536 7520 10027 14089 14943 19455 1965 3931 21104 2439 11565 17932 154 15279 21414 10017 11269 16546 7169 10161 16928 10284 16791 20655 36 3175 8475 2605 16269 19290 8947 9178 15420 5687 9156 12408 8096 9738 14711 4935 8093 19266 _ 2667 10062 15972 ❹ 6389 11318 14417 8800 18137 18434 5824 5927 15314 6056 13168 15179 3284 13138 18919 13115 17259 17332. 137720.doc -29-
TW098103754A 2008-03-18 2009-02-05 Data processing device and data processing method TWI389460B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008070467 2008-03-18
PCT/JP2008/070960 WO2009069513A1 (en) 2007-11-26 2008-11-18 Data process device, data process method, coding device, coding method
PCT/JP2008/071312 WO2009069580A1 (en) 2007-11-26 2008-11-25 Data processing device, data processing method, coding device and coding method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200952349A true TW200952349A (en) 2009-12-16
TWI389460B TWI389460B (en) 2013-03-11

Family

ID=41090621

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97147861A TW200943737A (en) 2008-03-18 2008-12-09 Data processing device and data processing method
TW098103711A TW201034392A (en) 2008-03-18 2009-02-05 Data process device, data process method, coding device, coding method
TW098103754A TWI389460B (en) 2008-03-18 2009-02-05 Data processing device and data processing method

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW97147861A TW200943737A (en) 2008-03-18 2008-12-09 Data processing device and data processing method
TW098103711A TW201034392A (en) 2008-03-18 2009-02-05 Data process device, data process method, coding device, coding method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (3) TW200943737A (en)
WO (1) WO2009116204A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8799735B2 (en) * 2008-12-31 2014-08-05 Mediatek Inc. Channel interleaver having a constellation-based unit-wise permuation module
JP5630278B2 (en) 2010-12-28 2014-11-26 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and data processing method
JP2012151655A (en) * 2011-01-19 2012-08-09 Sony Corp Data processing device and data processing method
JP5630283B2 (en) * 2011-01-19 2014-11-26 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and data processing method
JP5630282B2 (en) * 2011-01-19 2014-11-26 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and data processing method
JP2012151656A (en) * 2011-01-19 2012-08-09 Sony Corp Data processing device and data processing method
JP5637393B2 (en) * 2011-04-28 2014-12-10 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and data processing method
EP2525495A1 (en) 2011-05-18 2012-11-21 Panasonic Corporation Bit-interleaved coding and modulation (BICM) with quasi-cyclic LDPC codes
EP2525498A1 (en) 2011-05-18 2012-11-21 Panasonic Corporation Bit-interleaved coding and modulation (BICM) with quasi-cyclic LDPC codes
EP2525496A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-21 Panasonic Corporation Bit-interleaved coding and modulation (BICM) with quasi-cyclic LDPC codes
EP2525497A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-21 Panasonic Corporation Bit-interleaved coding and modulation (BICM) with quasi-cyclic LDPC codes
JP5648852B2 (en) * 2011-05-27 2015-01-07 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and data processing method
JP5664919B2 (en) * 2011-06-15 2015-02-04 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and data processing method
EP2536030A1 (en) 2011-06-16 2012-12-19 Panasonic Corporation Bit permutation patterns for BICM with LDPC codes and QAM constellations
EP2552043A1 (en) * 2011-07-25 2013-01-30 Panasonic Corporation Spatial multiplexing for bit-interleaved coding and modulation with quasi-cyclic LDPC codes
EP2560311A1 (en) * 2011-08-17 2013-02-20 Panasonic Corporation Cyclic-block permutations for spatial multiplexing with quasi-cyclic LDPC codes

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20060097503A (en) * 2005-03-11 2006-09-14 삼성전자주식회사 Channel interleaving/de-interleaving apparatus in a communication system using a low density parity check code and control method thereof
JP2007214783A (en) * 2006-02-08 2007-08-23 Kddi Corp Transmission device, reception device, and transmitting method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2009116204A1 (en) 2009-09-24
TWI389460B (en) 2013-03-11
TW200943737A (en) 2009-10-16
TW201034392A (en) 2010-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI377793B (en)
TW200952349A (en) Data processing device and data processing method
TWI538415B (en) Data processing device and data processing method
KR101752070B1 (en) Data processing device, and data processing method
JP5664919B2 (en) Data processing apparatus and data processing method
JP5500379B2 (en) Data processing apparatus and data processing method
WO2014123018A1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
JP2012124623A (en) Data processing apparatus and data processing method
WO2014123017A1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
WO2014123015A1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
WO2014123014A1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
TW201006137A (en) Encoding device and encoding method
KR101929298B1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
KR101929296B1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
WO2011105288A1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
WO2014123016A1 (en) Data processing device and data processing method
JP2011176645A (en) Data processing apparatus and data processing method
TW200947880A (en) Data process device and data process method
TW201010295A (en) Data processing device and data processing method
TW200939642A (en) Data processing device and data processing method
KR20160060026A (en) Data processing device and data processing method
WO2011105289A1 (en) Data processing device, and data processing method
KR20160060029A (en) Data processing device and data processing method
KR20160060027A (en) Data processing device and data processing method
JP2012239130A (en) Data processing device and data processing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees